Vil oe Ser 02m Dee +) eee - or TU eet wy" he J + ny ‘etl Ss Rell nl rthe be bogees arate 0» Pe 9004 Tithe em Ce Ore +S Hod we he Oey het ote > br LY “O-9 bn ag =P h@ pordas ws oh Os he . e+ \ - te be of On0-8) boas ihes " wae Sy) o-4) HWA oe bod $579) pene, t Wo dried ig) oe bem b oe od ~~. > et a Mey SAWS ten try eas ge = =3* Ve hy H EO ot te > Memes teF, 3. * stv ie +e 4 eaeses, =ist 4. + Fos den b 0-8, we a-be weirs a Pa > We Gee f he te deh de ry ric} Pah De Oi how tag. Picket ttt hr te +0 0 WP U6Ore sengiad © Hos g, toes lone $ v-bedon. se Sette eee + Robe lk fem wa == ‘ee? oben ek * Pe ae ihe LOrES® boos sab ng ace, ‘ae oe igieiny Ayit! Desa * PVs Dado iday, . rhe ee 343 “1 eo hee eet oe oe iting Wudbie ot Stel a gohs + a ot be Oh dep em Van ve bd te rey Ee) bes z me Ww ayy 9d he bape pe +> tiene rs ive eiey hans yt pea ect b) hotouot, ¢ 4 Fede tertheteg Leann , ate saibecetaneeaeesec ah he A, ' om Whe bows ae v6 wee _" me pgl "i paipecndees apeir a » the oh Ap Pomthe we ; rx Pe Cian v : a: \h “es tee or v beetle gaard Woe) haany =P: Bn@e oie: 1, ot p 4 yy Mipbisdoe , Wek iLerys Sei is etaeas “ faye ate ei ais ; . bbeth itn: is es ae Bes ee .. to aye eh ion alee + ae 4 bse 4 > ant a8 8) Gitte ibe af hap oy bore ear: lap We Hee PN pre J 7 bBo bee bb pen BI YYYYY TPYY Y.\YY. = AANAR AAAAA AA BAAR RAAARAAAEL@-AAAAAAAAAR A AAAAARARA a ~ AAA A AAR aa AA : I a DA AA AAARRAAAA : Aaaaaananaane WAAANAAAAAAAAA: ri Oy ANA : a wnnrmnrrpnanannen er PENA 3 AANAAAAA 2 aaalala RAAAAAAS Berane A IA\ AA Recannnaassnacaente canoes RARAA AA " (i) YY NAA a U A 2 p AVA ANAAAAC AAAY A AANA AAAAAAA R ~VaV VA ANARAL AYA = saan ae DAA AAA Annan AA An AAAAAAAARARAAAA AAAAAAA AAAR WANAAAAAAAMAARAAAAAA visa AA sceesaaaaanannnne ses Rikiagananananacneacnccnn Fas \ lat), vy AAA v~ vale ami fat 79/aal vif a A AA AR ~ S-ab ae > . ar agai earl, ~ ~ LVI j a y vy aoa PERERA aati Vannnananeaanne Aw val ~ ed SS Font) nha) em af vA) aman’ aAAA (WAY eee mE ore RY Y alate eielal AARRRAPY Jpanee ay og ANY aly mate NI WAAAY Mr AAS al, wy * | : Ya y AA eae an non PY ILY FY ox LOPPLAD ee anne’ tone rN al ’ ae spain EERARR. aye aval lana pie my Y . RACES ARR, > hae YY v ‘Mp)aya Y AAAAAAA BAN AA RRARAAAR, ai anne ‘ani ee a > fom ON al A ANAM Sona aaAp a \' Hy) am \) a i ae PES CEC CCL LD AY ial “nr Mn iain rnrnnnyy ‘al aes Fannerannee aly a \AAAAAA Mee 4 > 4 air ae. i ANE IPA, Vryi? TY dt of > PPAR ie afar ans ponders ARAA, a\ NANA 05) Ai aii AAAAAAaaaaa air vv Y WAIAYS am RARAAARAR AAs AAnAA val BAAAA AAAS a a SP RRA an zy wes " GAARA AAA AAT vidas aA) aaaae aan AP! aa aap) ! AAR AARAARRA ALYY) MOA MAAAAAAR AA aaannAnnervyn wevosces ’ 4 t a , ) Cee, | ny at ik: . i - .] Se . ie Oe UT fs i i Fant igs 7 ¥ rodnty at W a, ee i VOR MY. 47 a # * PROCEEDINGS oF THE ke ‘ R2° 995 S MS ”~% : Sch 344 uti Z Biological Society of Washington | VOLUME. 4] 1928 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY a COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS CHAS. W. RICHMOND, Chairman J. H. RILEY F, C. LINCOLN G. S. MILLER, JR. W.-W PUBLICATION NOTE By a change in the By-Laws of the Biological Society of Washington, effective March 27, 1926, the fiscal year now begins in May, and the offi- cers will henceforth hold office from May to May. This, however, will make no change in the volumes of the Proceedings, which will continue to coincide with the calendar year. In order to furnish desired informa- tion, the title page of the current volume and the list of newly elected officers and committees will hereafter be published soon after the annual election in May. PRESS OF H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc. WASHINGTON, D. C. OFFICERS AND COUNCIL OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (FOR 1928-1929) (ELECTED MAY 5, 1928) OFFICERS President KE. A. GOLDMAN Vice-Presidents A. WETMORE Be > T.: JACKSON C. E. CHAMBLISS C. W. STILES Recording Secretary S. F. BLAKE Corresponding Secretary W. H. WHITE Treasurer F, C. LINCOLN COUNCIL V. BAILEY* py. A. LUCAS* PAUL BARTSCH* WILLIAM R. MAXON FREDERICK V. COVILLE* C. HART MERRIAM#* AS A DOOLITTLE EK. W. NELSON* B. W. EVERMANN?* H. C. OBERHOLSER* H. C. FULLER T. S..PALMER* J. W. GIDLEY* Ss. A. ROHWER* mm. FO HAY* H. M. SMITH* ae Ss al TCHCOCK* T. E. SNYDER I. HOFFMAN L. STEJNEGER* A. DD. BOPKINS* DAVID WHITE* EO. HOWARD* STANDING COMMITTEES—1928-1929 Committee on Communications W. B. Brey, Chairman VV. Bainry j Lewis RADCLIFFE W. H. WuiTe C. E. CHAMBLISS Committee on Zoological Nomenclature G. 8. Miuuer, Jr., Chairman A. C. BAKER Paut BartscH E. A. CHAPIN H. C. OBERHOLSER Committee on Publications Cuas. W. RicumMonp, Chairman J. H. Ritzy F. C. Lincoun G. S. MiLier, JR. W. H. Waite Trustees of Permanent Funds T. S. Patmer, Chairman A. S. Hitcucock H. C. OBERHOLSER *f\x-Presidents of the Society. (iii) EX-PRESIDENTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON *THroporE N. Gitu, 1881, 1882 *CHARLES A. WHITE, 1883, 1884 *G. Brown Goope, 1885, 1886 *WiLLiAM H. Datu, 1887, 1888 *Lester F. Warp, 1889, 1890 C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892 *€, V. Ritey, FS893,, 1894 *Grno. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896 L. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898 Freperick V. CoviLie, 1899, 1900 F. A. Lucas, 1901, 1902 B. W. Evermann, 1903, 1904 *F, H. Know.utTon, 1905, 1906 L. STEJNEGER, 1907, 1908 T. S. Patmer, 1909, 1910 Davip Waite, 1911 E. W. Netson, 1912, 1913 Pau Bartscn, 1914, 1915 W. PP. Hay, 1916, 1917 *J. N. Ross, 1918 Hucu M. Smiru, 1919 A. D. Hopkins, 1920 *N. Houuister, 1921 VERNON BarLEy, 1922 A. 8. Hitcucock, 1923 J. W. Gipiey, 1924 S. A. Rouwer, 1925 H. C. OpErRHOoLsER, 1926-1927 *Deceased. (iv) Viak 6 ‘SR. Sy ' Ma. hy ‘+ TABLE OF CONT Officers and Committees for 1928-1929... et ill CONST LES IMIR SRS PES RE CSRS EI SP te ee Ce RON 9 ce ix—Xlil Five New Mammals of the Genus Peromyscus from El Salvador, STA Op OTC EO EO Eat EY ee 1-6 Five New Mammals of the Rodent Genera Sciurus, Orthogeomys, 5 REI REPT EST OI a cant eo: ERE ee Ce”. 7-14 What is Agoseris apiculata Greene?, by William A. Dayton_.____... 17-20 Synonymical Notes on Tingitid Genera with the Descriptions of two New Species from Haiti (Hemip.), by Carl J. Drake_____.. 21-24 Three New Gerrids from North America (Hemip.), by C. J. ee ane trarnert, Mi Harrigan ob Ul ie 25-30 Key to the Species of Clivinema with Descriptions of Seven New Species (Hemiptera, Miridae), by Harry H. Knight... 31-36 The Song Sparrow of San Miguel Island, California, by Joseph SL IE SBS IAD Siete Fi To ts OER lly CO RON 37-38 A Character for Recognition of the Family Membracidae, by Wa, MeAtee and JR. Malloehy i:.2 1) et ee 39-40 New Chinese Mammals, by A. Brazier Howell... 41-44 A New Species of Chamaelinorops from Haiti, by Doris M. CLE SUE aE DSS Or a ee SO SEEN ee oR eR 45-48 A New Genus and Species of Lizard, Hispaniolus pratensis, from the Haitian Republic, by Doris M. Cochran... 49-52 The Herpetological Collections made in Haiti and its adjoining Islands by Walter J. Eyerdam, by Doris M. Cochran___........... 53-60 Charles Vancouver Piper and the Flora of the Pacific Northwest, eee WWCTIL, yet tier emer te fae Vicor doy) ir Se he 61-66 A New Bat from Dominica, by H. Harold Shamel..........--... 67-68 A New Crab from Costa Rica, by Mary J. Rathbun... 69-70 Concerning the Structure, Function, and Origin of the Cornicles of the Family Aphididae, by F. C. Hottes......0000200..22 2. 71-84 A New Bat of the Genus Coelops, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr............. 85-86 An Earlier Name for the Genus Evotomys, by T. S. Palmer........ 87-88 A New Species of Hyla from Louisiana, by Percy Viosca, Jr......... 89-92 Notes on Melierax with Description of a New Form, by Herbert OEE PEE ia dls ees 808, DPPE EME 0 NP Ed CEOS eS 93-96 A Revision of the Loco-weeds of Washington, by Harold St. John 97-106 The Crinite Headed Hieraciums of the Northwest, by Harold St. Omari Hime: Au W APE tie eee eal 107-110 Five New Manakins from South America, by W. E. Clyde Todd.... 111-114 (v) vi Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. New Asiatic Mammals Collected by F. R. Wulsin, by A. Brazier [8 tes) | AA nO ann sc 1 amma ec e SE) i 115-120 The Clapper Rail of Hispaniola, by Alexander Wetmore.............. 121-122 An Apparently New Hyla from El Salvador, by Remington Foollope. 2 hg A eee ee ee ee 123-124 A New Orthrius from Siam (Col.: Cleridae), by Edward A. Chapin 125-126 The Identity of Werner’s Dromicus w-nigrum, by Doris M. OCTET he crete a yu ke a 127-128 Further Descriptions of New Birds from El Salvador, by Donald Ri. Dickeytand:A.:J. Van oossen......0 bce OO ee ee 129-132 Borderline Aphid Studies, by F. C. Hottes_...........-..---..------------------ 133-138 A New Grindelia from Texas, by S. F. Blake... 139-140 A New Kangaroo Rat from Sonora, by E. A. Goldman.._......._._.. 141-142 A New Hare from the Mountains of China, by A. Brazier Howell 143-144 Notes on Thelesperma,; by S. FyBlake oe 3 ee 145-150 A New Violet from Colombia, by Wilhelm Becker............-.... 151-152 Descriptions of Three New Subspecies of Birds from Mexico and Guatemala, (by Ib. W. Nelkon02 0-5), eS ene eee 153-156 New Species of Grasses from the United States, by A. S. Hitchcock 157-164 The Short-eared Owls of Porto Rico and Hispaniola, by Alexander Wetmore) noc ON EDN 165-166 Wreetrone 02 0 in Ae AIC RAG Oe en te een 167-168 A Second Species of Deiroptyx from Cuba, by Doris M. Cochran 169-170 General: Notes ck ee ee 171-174 The Generic Position of the Porpoise Described by Philippi as Tursio? panope, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., 171; The Pollack Whale in the Gulf of Campeche, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., 171; Prothonotary Warbler Breeding in the Washington Region, by Frederick C. Lincoln, 172; The Mourning Dove in Jamaica, by Alexander Wetmore, 173. Notes on Spiders from Southeastern Utah, by R. V. Chamberlin aiid Wo. Gertsebi. 25.20). oho Sas A ae a tae een ae 175-188 A New Subspecies of Myioborus and a New Species of Chloro- spingus from El Salvador, by Donald R. Dickey and A. J. Vain. Reaasern 020) Ok ee) CREO Sk eee eee 189-190 New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants. Part1. By Harold St: John and others) ee Uh Oe eee 191-200 Additional Plants from Glacier National Park, by Harold St. John 199 A New Subspecies of Flycatcher from Gonave Island, Haiti, by Alexander Wetmore). 200. eM) eS ane 201-202 Three New Rodents from Western Arizona, by E. A. Goldman... 203-206 Description of a New Whistling Thrush from Southeast Siam, by J. Fi, Riley tt A NES SY SE tee 207-208 Forster’s Tern in the District of Columbia, by Frederick C. Linens) 6. yn)! valutscacbaleub AMS ea ee OUT SLE U'TTT tc GANS Nae aa 209-210 Table of Contents. Vil Descriptions of Six New North American Ground Squirrels, by pS SS TT Re OE ERRAND, 7 SO ka AL Sa AE 211-214 The Committee on Publications declares that each paper of this volume was distributed on the date indicated on its initial page. The index and minutes of proceedings for 1928 (pp. ix—xiil; 215-220) were issued on March 30, 1929. The title and lists of officers and committees for 1928-1929 (pp. i-iv) were issued on June 29, 1928. ERRATA. Page 23, line 12, for W. H. Hoffman read W. A. Hoffman. PLATES. I, Il. Facing p. 18. Agoseris apiculata and A. maculata. III. Facing p. 40. Mesopleural processes in Membracidae. IV-X. Facing p. 84. Cornicles of Aphididae. XI-XII. Facing p. 90. Hyla avivoca. A art a { me ‘e a vile y at NAA eu An a ' ‘ vine prs vey ‘ if Nae on a Ne a PR “aly ye rf , 1G AM Ohi Vol. 41, pp. ix—xiii PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS. The Society meets from October to May, on alternate Satur- days. All meetings during 1928 were held in the new assembly hall of the Cosmos Club. January 14, 1928—714th Meeting.! President Goldman in the chair; 205 persons present. New member elected: Robert Shosteck. E. A. Goldman was nominated as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences to represent the Biological Society. Informal communication: R. M. Libbey, Observation of a saw-whet owl. Formal communications: A. N. Pack, in Glacier Park with the white goats, bighorns, beavers, and other wild life; V. Bailey, a real live beaver from Michigan. January 28, 1928—715th Meeting.’ President Goldman in the chair; 58 persons present. New member elected: Mrs. Margaret M. Nice. Informal communication: E. P. Walker, Notes on weight of elk. Formal communications: T. K. Chamberlain, Life history and conservation of fresh water mussels in the Mississippi River; L. Radcliffe, The International Halibut Commission. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 517, November 19, 1928. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 517-518, November 19, 1928. (ix) x Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. February 11, 1928—716th Meeting.' President Goldman in the chair; 135 persons present. New member elected: B. 8. Crandall. A resolution regarding the death of Bradshaw H. Swales was presented. Informal communications: F. L. Thone, Publication of Schertz’s translation of Wilstaetter’s work on Chlorophyll; C. W. Stiles, A case of Jacksonian epilepsy caused by an armed tapeworm; E. Brown, Note on a cardinal flying against a window. | Formal communication: H. O’Malley, Life and habits of the fur seal and the salmon of the Pacific coast. February 25, 1928—71i7th Meeting.’ President Goldman in the chair; 110 persons present. Informal communications: L. O. Howard, Meeting of the New Jersey Mosquito Extermination Association; A. A. Doo- little, Note on the case reported of a cardinal flying against a window; C. D. Marsh, Fatal poisoning of a ranger in Yellow- stone Park by eating Cicuta roots. Formal communications: W. B. Miller, Alaska reindeer and forage problems; C. W. Stiles, Zoology and religion. March 10, 1928—718th Meeting.? President Goldman in the chair; 95 persons present. New member elected: L. T. Gager. Informal communications: T. Ulke, Exhibition of specimen of pelican flower; A. S. Hitchcock, Note on the financial support of the Interim Committee on Botanical Nomenclature. Formal communications: 5. P. Young, Predatory animals and methods for their control; EK. P. Walker, Alaska bird colonies. March 24, 1928—719th Meeting.‘ President Goldman in the chair; 135 persons present. Informal communication: C. W. Stiles, Exhibition of speci- mens of Ascaris lumbricoides. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 518-519, November 19, 1928. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 519, November 19, 1928. 3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 519-520, November 19, 1928. 4Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 520-521, November 19, 1928. Proceedings. Xl Formal communications: F. G. Ashbrook, Muskrat farming; N. B. McClintock, The ways of beaver. April 7, 1928—720th Meeting.! President Goldman in the chair; 57 persons present. New members elected: Richard Jones, H. 8. Klausner, W. E. MelIndoo, C. N. Smith. Informal communications: A. Wetmore, Note on the C. F. Baker collection of Philippine insects; H. H. T. Jackson, Announcement of the annual meeting of the American Society of Mammalogists; R. M. Libbey, Note on the early arrival of purple martins; A. Wetmore, Note on a rare thrush. Formal communications: W. P. Taylor, The biology of forest and range; W. H. Rich, Determination of the age of salmon by their scales. April 21, 1928—721st Meeting.’ President Goldman in the chair; 38 persons present. New member elected: P. 8. Goltroff. Informal communications: Ray Greenfield, Note on the capture of a specimen of Sorex fontinalis; Howard Ball, Capture of a red-throated loon in the Potomac Basin. Formal communications: R. L. Piemeisel, Types of vegetation of East Africa; L. W. Kephart, Geography of East Africa. May 5, 1928—722d Meeting.? 49th Annual Meeting. President Goldman in the chair; 21 persons present. New members elected: Malcolm Davis, C. C. Sanborn, G. 8. Walley. A resolution on the death of Dr. J. N. Rose was presented. The annual reports of the Recording Secretary, Treasurer, and Publication Committee were presented. The followng officers and members of the council were elected: President, EK. A. Goldman; Vice-Presidents, A. Wetmore, C. E. Chambliss, H. H. T. Jackson, C. W. Stiles; Recording 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 588-589, December 19, 1928. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 589, December 19, 1928. 3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 18, p. 589-590, December 19, 1928. xii Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Secretary, S. F. Blake; Corresponding Secretary, W. H. White; Treasurer, F. C. Lincoln; Members of Council, H. C. Fuller, W. R. Maxon, A. A. Doolittle, I. Hoffman, T. E. Snyder. October 20, 1928—723d Meeting.! Vice-President Wetmore in the chair; 70 persons present. A resolution approving the services to science of Dr. Carlos EK. Porter of Santiago, Chile, was presented. Informal communications: 'T. EK. Snyder, Report on the Fourth International Entomological Congress; C. W. Stiles, Exhibition of drawings of a nematode; Howard Ball, Observa- tion of golden plover in the vicinity of Washington; F. C. Lincoln, Capture of specimens of Forster tern, and collection of a nest and eggs of prothonotary warbler near Washington; A. Wetmore, Capture of boat-tailed grackle near Ocean City, Maryland. Formal communications: A. H. Howell, Animal life in a North Carolina forest; A. Wetmore, Zoological exploration in Hispaniola. November 3, 1928—724th Meeting.” Joint meeting with the Philosophical Society of Washing- ton and the Optical Society of America. Vice-President Wetmore in the chair; 170 persons present. New members elected: Mary E. Haynes, R. W. Jones, G. S. Myers, A. 8. Rippey. Formal communication: Selig Hecht, The nature of the sensi- tivity of animals to light. November 17, 1928—725th Meeting President Goldman in the chair; 175 persons present. Formal communication: M. W. Stirling, By airplane to pigmy land. December 1, 1928—726th Meeting.‘ Vice-President Wetmore in the chair; 80 persons present. Informal communications: C. W. Stiles, Certain questions of 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 19, p. 103-104, March 4, 1929. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 19, p. 104-105, March 4, 1929. 3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 19, p. 105-106, March 4, 1929. 4Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 19, p. 106-107, March 4, 1929. Proceedings. Xlll nomenclature; T. S. Palmer, Meeting of the American Ornitholo- gists’ Union at Charleston, 8. C.; Howard Ball, Notes on birds seen at Charleston; Frank Thone, Exhibition of recent books on biology. Formal communications: EK. R. Kalmbach, Notes on Washing- ton starlings; A. 8. Hitchcock, Collecting grasses in New- foundland and Labrador. December 15, 1928—727th Meeting.' President Goldman in the chair; 40 persons present. Kk. A. Goldman was nominated as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences to represent the Biological Society. New members elected: E. B. Bartram, J. E. Benedict, Jr., H. B. Conover, M. B. Driscoll, G. A. Schulze, Mary S. Skinker, C. E. Underdown. Informal communications: H. C. Oberholser, Abundance of ducks on the Potomac River; F. C. Lincoln, Note on a tamed robin; Frank Thone, Exhibition of a volume from a new edition of Pasteur’s works. Formal communications: C. E. Rachford, Game administra- tion in national forests; F. C. Bishopp, The warble fly and its fifty million dollar tune. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 19, p. 107, March 4, 1929. it i bi shia it ine a valet APs at i) Ae ‘ot ¥ 5 San sieve ay Ds a Pus viz Hetil att } y a f ; 7 ; , i ree, A NEW MARSUPIAL FROM EL SALVADOR.1. , BY DONALD R. DICKEY. Among the apparently new mammals included in the collec- tions made by R. A. Stirton in El Salvador during the last three years, there is a local form of the interesting and rather rare marsupial genus Chironectes, which is described below. Chironectes argyrodytes, sp. nov. SALVADOR WATER OPOSSUM. Type.—Male adult; no. 12,986, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Hacienda Zapotitan, Dept. La Libertad, El Salvador, C. A.; altitude 1,500 feet; “caught in Rio Sucio”’; June 20, 1927; collected by R. A. Stirton. Characters.—Very similar externally to Chironectes panamensis Goldman, but darker (blackish brown rather than Chestnut-Brown?), with the dark masses in the pattern of the dorsal pelage larger, and with the intervening broken bands of gray proportionally reduced in width, the band across the hips being especially reduced and inconspicuous. Gray of sides and narrow, broken dorsal bands, darker and clearer (less drab). Whole underparts, except dusky furring on base of tail, silky, silvery white. Terminal 34 mm. of tail of type flesh color. Skull similar to panamensis, but with longer and much wider nasals, and with broader, heavier rostrum throughout. Maxillary tooth row longer, the premolars in particular being less crowded, and the molar series (especially m? and m) slightly heavier. Upper edge of the middle portion of the zygoma less incurved, and the postorbital constriction greater. Shape of frontals specialized; produced posteriorly along the sagittal line in a narrow tongue running back between the parietals. The comparatively long braincase, pointed posterior end of the nasals, and other cranial details which skulls of argyrodytes share with those of pana- mensis serve to distinguish the former, as well as the latter, from their South American neighbors. Measuremenis of type.—Total length, 675 mm.; tail, 358; hind foot, 70; 1Contribution from the California Institute of Technology. 2Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, 1912. 3—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (15) Sl i ee 16 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. ear, 22. Skull: condylo-basal length, 73.5; basilar length of Hensel, 66.4; zygomatic breadth, 45.2; nasal length, 34.3; greatest breadth of nasals, 13.2; interorbital constriction, 15.4; postorbital constriction, 8.0; palatal length, 47.0; maxillary tooth row, 33.0; upper premolar series, 13.0; rostrum breadth in plane of pm,! 15.8. Range.—Type locality, so far as definitely known. Remarks.—The use of the binomial in naming this animal does not imply that che writer feels it will ultimately prove specifically distinct from panamensis. On the contrary, the relationship is obviously close, speci- mens from Costa Rica proving this point conclusively by combining some of the characters of each form, although on the whole they are closer to panamensis. However, I am not sufficiently acquainted with the South American forms of the genus to give an intelligent cpinion as to the proper specific allocation of either of the Central American subspecies. The genus has been taken as far north as southern Mexico,! but much more material is needed before we can hope to have an adequate idea of either its geographic variation or limits of distribution in Central America. Specimens examined.—Type and 5 topotypes. 1Goldman, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 69, 1920, No. 5, p. 45. Vol. 41, pp. 17-20 March 16, 1928 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON WHAT IS AGOSERIS APICULATA GREENE? iL MUSEU BY WILLIAM A. DAYTON. r In what Forest Service range plant records term the ‘2d Holy Cross Collection,” of 60 specimens (our serial nos. 2378 to 2437, inclusive) received January, 1912, from the Holy Cross Na- tional Forest, Colorado, was a specimen of mountain dandelion, field no. 5055, serial no. 2404, collected by Ranger Robert T. Sobey, and which was retained by the late Dr. E. L. Greene (at | that time consulting expert of the Forest Service in matters of range plant identification) as a new and undescribed Agoseris. In Fedde’s ‘“‘Repertorium Specierum Novarum,” vol. 13, p. , 324 (1914) Dr. Greene named and described this new plant as . follows: , ““Agoseris apiculata Greene, spec. nov. : “Planta admodum robusta, usque 4 dm alta. Folia, petiolo longo latiusculo incluso, 1,5-2,5 dm longa, lanceolata, saepissime integerrima, tk interdum + retrorsim dentata, utrinque viridia, vix glaucescentia, et i petiolorum marginibus albo-lanatis exceptis glabra. Caput magnum sed | breve, 2 cm longum et paullulo latius quam longius. Involucri bracteae 3-serlales, imbricatae, extimae ovato-lanceolatae, triangulari-apiculatae, intimae obovatae, conspicue cuspidatae. Achenia tenuiter fusiformia, A rostro-brevi incluso 1,5 em longa, pappo candido perfragili coronata. ; “The specimens are from an altitude of 9500 feet in the mountains of ' west-central Colorado, on lands of the Holy Cross Forest Reservation. i They were collected, 8 August, 1911, by R. J. Sabey! of the U. 8. Forest Service. The species is the largest of all Rocky Mountain members of the genus, and noteworthy among all species for the broad but short heads; the beak of the achene being short, and not at all filiform-attenuate.”’ ' Since this time the identity of Agoseris apiculata has been ( among the mysteries of botany. No specimen labeled ‘‘Agoseris apiculata’”’ exists in the type or main collections of the U. S. fi 1Clearly a clerical or typographical error for R. 7. Sobey. ) 4—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH.. Vou. 41, 1928. (17) ( 18 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. National Herbarium nor in the Washington or Denver offices of the federal Forest Service. Father Nieuwland of Notre Dame University (where Dr. Greene’s herbarium is deposited) very courteously, at my request, went all through Dr. Greene’s Agoseris series and was unable to locate the type or any other speeimen of A. apiculata. In his ‘‘ Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains”’ Dr. Rydberg remands Agoseris apiculata to synonymy under his earlier A. maculata Rydb., evidently basing his action on Dr. Greene’s description. Supervisor Harold L. Borden of the Holy Cross National Forest has recently located in the Forest herbarium at Glen- wood Springs, Colorado, what is obviously the cotype, or iso- type, of Agoseris apiculata Greene (Plate I) and has forwarded it to Washington for review. The phyllaries are ciliate and more or less pilose on the back, and the beaks of the achenes are shorter than the achene-body. The specimen fully ac- cords with Dr. Greene’s printed diagnosis and seems to the writer to agree with the usual conception of Agoseris scorzoner- aefolia (Schrad.) Greene. Dr. 8. F. Blake, to whom the plant was submitted for expert opinion, seemed to think that it was either scorzoneraefolia or else maculata, the latter a species then unknown to him. Through the courtesy of Doctors Small and Rydberg the type of Agoseris maculata Rydb. has been lent to the Forest Service for photographic purposes (Plate II).! It is evidently a plant closely related to “Agoserzs apiculata”’ but smaller and with tawny instead of white tomentum about the heads; the phyllaries show the conspicuous purple dots from which the species derives its name and lack the conspicu- ously apiculated tips of apzculata; the achenes probably are not so pronouncedly beaked as those of apiculata but the ma- terial is too undeveloped to be sure on this point. Dr. Blake has now seen the material of Agoseris maculata and I think he sympathizes with the writer’s feeling that botany could well endure the suppression of Agoseris apiculata by mergence with the older, variable A. scorzoneraefolia. 1There seem to be only two authentic specimens of Agoseris maculata Rydb. on record: Shear 4605 (the type) and Osterhout 2643, both from Colorado. Neither seems to be represented in the U. S. National Herbarium; both are on deposit in the N. Y. Botanical Garden herbarium. Specimens labeled Agoseris scorzoneraefolia with maculated phyllaries are however rather common. Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. Puate I = sy a . ) Hyssae& HERBARIUM OF THE FOREST SERVICE U. & GEPAMTMENT OF AGRICULTURE aes Lag F 4 Z Gr: EPO Go + ~ Soa rate oe Yeohbx, Re ghoe t sre. Mav. PS BZA. 1414 HOLY CHOOSES NATIONAL FOREST, COLO. Ai 53 4 % aif Z / Ls Cotype of Agoseris apiculata Greene. wt —.=.8-- = Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. Type of Agoseris maculata Rydb. PLATE II ———— ee ae Sq Dayton—What is Agoseris Apiculata Greene? 19 P. S.—Since the above was presented for publication Super- visor Borden of the Holy Cross National Forest and the District Forester at Denver have, at the suggestion of Dr. Maxon, forwarded the cotype (and only specimen known) of Agoseris apiculata again to Washington where it will shortly be deposited in the type collection of the U. S. National Herbarium. —W. A. D. oe ater eee be iyi rite | tal balay abt telah ld. On NS Paige sate Meee UGH oo nants erin ible ey ig rt fiwie MA ist, % x The Pirie ie | oe uta fant is i » ae ; ae Nike ins een F f t a i 7 y Peta. x 4 f \ ’ $ & ” ¢ ; ; oY Tv; i j pS ' 7 iF 1 5 a \ 1 it ‘ay? 2B e ‘ae ir 1 ; i 4 ial a : iy as pale 1 ‘ ; ra n 7 ; Shy Poa i j oe ake sa, i 4 . MD rh : . e) iP} . f ie 1% we Ai » Ma f ; < on ik var na (2 t a BPP Le np > * eA SAAR ehh 5 : = ea i nd wet sas : Me bh at . re r (mie NaN had CA u 5 at an y ee j ee ay ay al Poy a , sey ht aa ue a. TN i Tie iret A Vay Fa aa ea Biker Be oa Nee a4 Ay : te | a a a RAGIN Ly wa a ni Fd ites ; @ "i ¥ a“ it f % pete tot idan 3) Vol. 41, pp. 21-24 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS <7 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON tar, at . SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON TINGITID GENERA WITH THE DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES FROM HAITI (HEMIP.). BY CARL J. DRAKE. One of the problems confronting the writer for some time has been the status of the tingitid genera Leptopharsa Stal and Gelchossa Kirkaldy. Gelchossa was proposed by Kirkaldy to supplant the generic name Leptostyla Stal, the latter being preoccupied by a genus of Diptera. After carefully studying the genotypes and numerous other species belonging to these genera, the writer feels that the two genera are identical and that the genus Gelchossa must be suppressed as a synonym of Leptopharsa Stal. A synopsis of the genus Leptopharsa (in- cluding the numerous species described in the genera Lepto- styla and Gelchossa) will be discussed in a subsequent paper. The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Mr. W. L. McAtee of the U. 8. National Museum for the privilege of studying the two new species of Tingitids from Haiti. The synonomy of the genus Leptopharsa is given below. Genus Leptopharsa Stal, 1873. Leptostyla Stal, Enum. Hemip., II], 1873, pp. 120 and 125. Leptopharsa Stal, Enum. Hemip., III, 1873, pp. 122 and 126. Gelchossa Kirkaldy, The Entomologist, XX XVII, 1904, p. 280. Leptostyla Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., II, 1897, p. 11. Leptopharsa Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch., IJ, 1897, p. 21. Gelchossa Drake, Mem. Carn. Mus., [X, 1922, p. 372. Leptopharsa Drake, Mem. Carn. Mus., IX, 1922, p. 370. Logotype, Leptopharsa elegantula Stal. Leptopharsa hoffmani, n. sp. Moderately broad, testaceous, with some of the nervures of elytra brown or fuscous. Head brown, with five long, slender, testaceous spines, the 5—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (21) 22 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. posterior ones longest. Antennae long, slender, pale brown, apical seg- ment black, clothed with numerous bristly hairs, segment I rather long, slightly curved, constricted a little in front of the apex, twice as long and a little stouter than II; III very long, two and two-thirds times as long as IV. Pronotum considerably swollen through disc, coarsely pitted, black, the triangular portion testaceous, tricarinate; each carina composed of a single row of large areolae; lateral carinae raised anteriorly, rounded in front, very faintly divaricating anteriorly; median carina becoming slightly lower in front of transverse swollen portion of pronotum. Paranota broad, moderately large, compressed laterally, faintly produced in front. Orifice distinct. Rostral channel deep, becoming wider posteriorly, cordate on the mesosternum; rostrum reaching to the metasternum. Elytra rather broad, the outer margins beset with short slender spines to the distal third; costal area broad, irregularly triseriate, the areolae variable in size and shape; subcostal area regularly biseriate, the areolae mostly round or oblong; discoidal area bounded by a costate nervure, narrowed at both apex and base, with five areolae at its widest part, the nervelets embrowned beyond the middle and thus forming a transverse spot; sutural area with areolae much larger, the nervelets embrowned on the distal half. Reticulations of elytra, carinae and hood clothed with a few, long, fine, inconspicuous hairs; pronotum with very much shorter hairs. Legs long, slender, pale brown, tarsi darker, clothed with several bristly hairs. Outer margins of paranota irregularly beset with fine spines. Claspers strongly curved in the male. Length, 3.19 mm.; width, 1.44 mm. Holotype, male, at Dr. W. A. Hoffman, collector, in U. S. National Museum. Although very distinct, this species is probably most closely related to G. panamensis Champion. The shape of the paranota, narrower costal area and much shorter discoidal area are distinctive characters. Leptopharsa digitalis, n. sp. Elongate, eliptical, brown; the paranota and costal area testaceous, with some of the transverse nervures brown to fuscous. Legs very long, slender, dark reddish brown. Antennae very long, dark reddish fuscous; segment I a little stouter and not quite one and a half times as long as II; III very long, slightly curved, three and a half times as long as IV; IV con- siderably swollen towards apex, black, subequal to the length of I and II taken together. Head dark brown, the spines very short and testaceous. Eyes large, transverse, reddish. Bucculae short and broad. Rostrum reaching to the meso-metasternal suture. Rostral channel very deep on the mesosternum, parallel on pro- and mesosternum, very wide and cordate on the metasternum, closed behind. Body beneath blackish brown, mostly black on the thorax. Wings a little longer than the abdomen. Pronotum strongly swollen through the disc, more or less covered with a white exudation, scarcely produced in:front. Hood moderately large, sub-globose, faintly produced in front. Carinae parallel, equally raised, each composed of a single row of tiny areolae. Paranota strongly reflexed, Drake—Notes on Tingitid Genera from Haiti (Hemip.). 23 rounded, moderately wide, irregularly biseriate, the areolae large. Elytra (both taken together) rounded at the apex; costal area moderately broad, slightly reflexed, with a few brown to fuscous transverse nervures, irregu- larly biseriate, the areolae large; subcostal area a little narrower than costal area, mostly triseriate, brown; discoidal area brown, triangular in shape, very deeply impressed, bounded by a strongly raised, large, prominent, sub-apical nervure. Claspers strongly curved in the male. 7 ‘ a, ’ t . i] La » M7 f . ar 3 * i ee pe y as r : ‘) : j i] it i j Ue | hay 7 it i] ‘ ’ , ate i) L, “e 1 Peyie. |! : 1 vi i 4 phy a | ‘— . dad Ae ae det? My 4y a ! Vey {a ‘ Nga ni * hes if We Wy Wy 7 i La A Met [ ie ‘ i ‘ Tahir i i) ; i 4 sah! b ’ ; i } ae PR mn ird Yailanatet ‘sah vi ahead ey Lene wie aorid ain ae veaiad anit , ines santa Kaa he ve om meni Saha > Wipideh RN PNP TSE) bay ‘ mirdhan suntan Tak it reine Ai ei pew! y bate) sy “migada' laden’ ‘slot 2 desapelas fannie Daa ner ahenp tO Brg he Spo sy: iu 4 . Neg but ® aaa Tard Vader ri py Aube ay! ‘o ils OU eeKy Ah, is ‘ail . os an ee cits ‘ i bahia Ty jicint rm asdf Fae ie, Pi dhe HE Maat he HERON 0 02 cE bast Apion oh I laa ie pons: Lortab yee eae Wak Oi A yt Pea | Phin if Ny i) iM f ‘i if a it He iv; Ae iH : A, ib ty ' . yale eee Dae Ba Panih Wiane | | es ag i Louth WeshihnY).. ‘ule ane ene i ray Pie, i ae . ec - ee ae Eee , pial’ ; f Sie Mey ale ae f\ Oe M il ri aN mer yan bh ibe A At a aie Heth ran hy Vee bt fy yl Ue Ae vy ip Wi if pe: iA anny rie f b t N: 1 J Paris m ‘ Aye na | ma i 1A i , 0 Pt, fh i viel i SA bh a mM An Pe yh epey Fey ‘ey ; 4 t ; 4 Mh VAMP Ae Re GULL ‘ ; aie hg hh tai i iy 7 eve i uh 1 A Aha YY A My ' AG i" +e nat he il i \e oo) i 1 hte heed [ | " ni ah UL NUE al A vi Fate | Ayer ee, wee daa i int) ah inl f Dae Ma) py eo are A A i : vi AMIR wit ob et uot) eh pe x ‘dui “th i ? ult an , al Heh haath roe CW Sie A ak, Pee a Oe f Val At 5 Nip raj)! y My hie 1, Dn Japa, ‘ entees, Mi ma heh Bie ail (Ss | rail, oa ten ice Pcan Na pana: he eur ea Lith Yi HW, wy Ph a A ai ates He Pais ean aie iy Vol. 41, pp. 25-30 March 16, 1928 \ PROCEEDINGS f OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGJONCUAN TIS THREE NEW GERRIDS FROM NORTH AMERICA M (HEMIP.) " BY C. J. DRAKE AND HALBERT M. HARRIS. fi | ] In working over numerous specimens of water-striders be- i longing to the family Gerridae the writers discovered a new species of Potamobates and two new Trepobates from North America. The descriptions of these species with distributional notes on related forms are given below. [ Potamobates osborni, n. sp. Form, size and color very similar to P. bidentatus Champ., but differing very distinctly in the structure of the male genital segments, the much shorter legs, and the color markings of the anterior legs. Length, 12.7 mm., | width, 3.6 mm. ti Apterous male: Elongate; black, an oblong spot on the vertex, a median line on the disc of the pronotum, the acetabula beneath, all coxae, anterior femora above (except at apex), anterior trochanters beneath, and body fl beneath (excepting a large elongate spot on each side of mesosternum, the hi anterior portion of metasternum and part of last segment of venter black) i ochraceous. Proportional lengths of antennal segments and the patches of i silvery hairs on sides of thorax, connexivum and venter as in P. bidentatus. Last segment of venter deeply and rather broadly notched in the middle, ‘ the sides of the notch nearly straight, the base rounded. Genital seg- ments beneath mostly ochraceous, the apical portion of first segment and ventral portion of second blackish. The first genital segment is somewhat asymmetrical, without ventral teeth; the second bears (on left side) a long, sinuated, cylindrical, black process which is somewhat triangularly ex- panded at the apex. ht Apterous female: Size and general color as in male, the posterior margin i of the penultimate segment of venter triangularly notched in the middle. First genital segment narrowed posteriorly, terminating in a long, tapering, [ | horizontal process; the entire segment as long as the four preceding ab- dominal segments. Second genital suspended beneath the enlarged basal { part of first, its apical margin embrowned. 6—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 41, 1928. (25) it 26 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Montzorango, V. C., Mexico, Feb. 11, 1892, Professor H. Osborn, collector. Paratypes, two males and two females, taken with type. In both sexes the femora of the intermediate legs have a narrow ochraceous stripe on their inner and outer faces. The winged form is unknown. Potamobates horvathi Esaki. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., XXIII, 1926, p. 254, Fig. 2. Three specimens from Escuintla, Guatemala, are at hand. The macrop- terous male and female differ from the apterous specimen before us and the original description in having the head entirely black, except for the ochraceous spot between the eyes. The pronotum is very large and long, rounded behind, with prominent humeri. The hemelytra and wings have been broken off at their bases. Trepobates pictus H.-S. As recently pointed out by Esaki the female of this insect is very dis- tinct and may be recognized by the strongly produced median portion of the posterior margin of the mesonotum and the ciliate apical margin of the last segment of the venter. The claspers of the male are very long, sharply curved inward and quite different from those of related species. The color markings are quite variable. Specimens are at hand from Knoxville, Tenn., collected by Prof. H. E. Summers, and from Summit, Sept. 4, 1926, McComb, Sept. 8, 1924, Washington, Sept. 10, 1924, and Charleston, Miss., Sept. 7, 1925, collected by H. M. Harris. Most of the published records of this insect undoubtedly refer to 7. inermis Esaki. Trepobates inermis Esaki. Esaki, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., XXIII, 1926, p. 140. In the apterous form of this species the posterior margin of the mesono- tum is truncate in both sexes. The femora and basal portion of tibiae of the intermediate legs are clothed beneath with long hairs in the male, the hairs being about as long as the diameter of the segment bearing them. The claspers of the male are much shorter and quite different from those of pictus; the form of the body is slightly slenderer and the color, while very variable, tends to be slightly darker. The third antennal segment is, as in pictus, distinctly longer than the second. However, it should be noted that the antennae tend to be a little longer in the female than in the male. Several hundred specimens from the following localities have been examined: Ohio—Columbus, Sept. 10, 1918; Sugar Grove, Aug. 24, 1914, Ira, Summit Co., Aug. 31, 1916; Berea, July 16, 1916; and Buckeye Lake, June 30, 1916, C. J. Drake. Tennessee—Knoxville, June-July, 1890-1891, H. E. Summers. New York—Ithaca, July 29, 1895, H. E. Summers. Texas—Weslaco, July 1, 1927, M. McPhail. Jllinois—Oaktown, Aug. 10, 1905; and Havana, June 29, 1910. Misstssippi—Charleston, Sept. 9, 1926; White Lake, Grenada Co., Sept. 14, 1926; Fayette, Sept. 10, 1924; Drake and Harris—New Gerrids from North America. 27 Natchez, Sept. 8, 1924; Heidelberg, Sept. 5, 1924; Washington, Sept. 16, 1924, H. M. Harris; Agr. College, Sept. 1896, H. H. Weed; and Vicksburg, July 17, 1921, C. J. Drake. Jowa—Ames, summers of 1922-1927 (Drake and Harris); Burlington, Sept. 8, 1925, H. M. Harris; Donnelson, July 2, 1927; and Cedar Falls, July 26, 1927, Harris and Johnston. Kansas— Kiowa County, July 5, 1923, R. H. Beamer. The winged form is at hand from Iowa, Tennessee, Kansas and Texas. The pronotum in this form is large, pentagonal, truncate in front, slightly narrowed anteriorly; black, a broad stripe on each side, a small spot in front and the posterior margin of triangular base yellow; or with a spot on each side in front and most of base yellowish. Trepobates trepidus, n. sp. Apterous form: Similar to 7. inermis Esaki in form but slenderer and longer. Color markings very variable. The median portion of head, anterior margin of pronotum, also a broad median stripe and a broad stripe on each side, and most of mesonotum black. Mesonotum frequently with a broad yellowish band on each side above, its posterior margin yellow ish to yellowish brown. Antennae dark brown, the basal portion of the first segment yellowish; segment I enlarged towards the apex, strongly curved, much longer than any of the others; II shortest, subequal to one- half of I; III a little longer than II, slightly shorter than IV. Body beneath yellowish; rostrum reaching beyond intermediate coxae, brown, the basal segment yellowish. Male: Anterior femora quite stout, strongly curved at the middle, brownish black, their bases and apices yellowish; distinctly longer than tibiae. Intermediate legs very long, brown, the femora with a longi- tudinal yellowish stripe on each side; with long hairs beneath femora and base of tibiae, the hairs slightly shorter than the diameter of the segment bearing them. Abdomen above black, a triangular spot on first seg- ment and basal part of last segment yellowish, the terminal segment roundly excavated behind; connexivum brownish black. Last segment of venter broadly and roundly emarginate behind, as wide as the two pre- ceding segments, the margin with moderately long hairs; sides of abdomen brownish black. First genital segment with numerous very long dark brown hairs on the basal portion, the median portion behind with shorter blackish hairs. Claspers strongly curved, very stout, much stouter than in inermis. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.42 mm. Female: Slightly longer and broader than male. Anterior femora slenderer than in male. The yellowish stripes on each side of mesonotum broader. Connexivum, mesonotum, and sides of abdomen with prominent yellowish markings. Last abdominal segment beneath clothed with numerous long dark brown hairs. Macropterous form (male): Pronotum large and shaped as in winged form of other species; with a longitudinal stripe on each side and the pos- terior margin yellowish. The apex of pronotum not so narrowly rounded as in inermis; the veins of hemelytra not as prominent. Wings slightly shorter than hemelytra. a re 1s r ae ae ——_— ee: 28 Proceedings of the Biological Soevety of Washington. Holotype, apterous male and allotype, apterous female, Soledad, Mexico, Jan. 14, 1899, in the H. E. Summers collection, lowa State College. Para- types: eight males and five females collected with type. Morphotype, winged male, Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 23, 1905. Aside from other char- acters, the long hairs on the first genital segment of the male, the hairy last segment of venter of the female and the annulate intermediate and posterior femora serve to separate this species from its congeners. Trepobates knighti, n. sp. Antennae dark fuscous, the basal portion of first segment testaceous to dark reddish brown; segment I about twice as long as II, III and IV sub- equal, each one-fourth longer than II. Apterous male: Color markings quite variable, generally with a broad longitudinal frequently arrow-shaped black stripe on head and a more or less distinct line above eye on each side. A small anterior portion, the middle and sides of pronotum, anterior portion of mesonotum, a median line, a broad band on each side above (connecting a little in front of pos- terior margin with a broad irregular black band on each side), and an irregular band on each side at base black. In many specimens the mesono- tum is almost entirely black, having a spot on each side above, a narrow stripe on each side of posterior half of median line, and the posterior margin yellowish. Metanotum black with a small transverse line on each side yellowish. Abdomen above black, except the last segment, frequently with an aeneous lustre. Connexivum rather broad, narrowly rounded behind, brownish black, sometimes with yellowish markings. Entire body be- neath yellowish. Sides of abdominal segments, except last, dark brown. Rostrum with a triangular spot on segment I, and almost all of II and III blackish. Anterior femora strongly curved, with a broad band at apex and the apical two-thirds above yellowish brown. Intermediate femora with a narrow brownish stripe on either side, the under surface and also basal portion of tibiae clothed with long hairs, the length of the hairs being about equal to the diameter of the segment bearing them. Last segment of venter almost as long as the two preceding, thickly clothed with erect hairs. Antennae with third segment beneath bearing a row of extremely long hairs, the longest being almost one-third the length of the entire seg- ment. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.42 mm. Apterous female: Slightly longer than male. Antennae slightly longer than in male, the proportional lengths of segments practically the same, the third segment without the long hairs on its lower face. Posterior margin of mesonotum truncate. Connexivum very broad, the outer margin except at base and apex clothed with long hairs, the last segment terminating behind in a very long, almost erect, hairy, spine-like process. -Color very variable, generally marked more or less similar to male. Inter- mediate legs without the long hairs on femora and tibiae. Macropterous form: Pronotum large, pentagonal, black, the markings variable; frequently with a broad, yellowish stripe on each side of the posterior margin. In some specimens a spot on each side in front, some- Drake and Harris—New Gerrids from North America. 29 times a spot between these, and most of posterior margin of pronotum yellowish. Hemelytra black, the basal portion darker; veins dark, fairly distinct. Wings a little shorter than hemelytra, dark brown. Length, 5.13 mm.; width, 1.62 mm. Holotype, apterous male and allotype, apterous female, Hollister, Mis- souri, Sept. 5-10, 1925, H. H. Knight, collector; in authors’ collection. Paratypes, many males and females taken with type and at following lo- calities: Ames, Iowa, Aug. 6, 1927 (H. Osborn), and in the summers of 1924-1927 (Drake and Harris); Mt. Pleasant, Iowa, July 14, 1927; Elkader, Iowa, July 28, 1927; and Donnelson, Iowa, July 18, 1927 (Harris and Johnston); Webster City, Iowa, Aug. 12, 1927 (H. M. Harris). Paratypes in collections of Iowa State College, Calif. Acad. Sci., U. S. National Museum, H. H. Knight and authors. This species is very distinct from any known species and may be readily recognized by the long hairs on segment III of the antennae and the hairy terminal segment of venter and first genital segment of male, and the almost erect, spine-like connexival process of the female. The long hairs on the third antennal segment normally extend obliquely forward but some- time they lie almost directly forward and so close to the segment that they may be easily overlooked. The color as in other species is very variable. a ,)= a | ¥ eet) woe ‘ie haben? ‘ y ‘Ot FS i tL eo at eae FL RE et a 4 ft \ 5 =) Ve Oe a patron’ Otay aaa , - ¥ 4 ) ¥ ; A ee Fe a me" rr}. sia Bd a ge ‘ x ree \ ser iam. ¥ a de Pt te Hi rh i hy : vd 40440) A a) ae | sift * » v4 ; > | ‘ 2 aq ¥ Ul | 1), ibe Ps ) a rm re Mis ih is a ah rare Pe | PAE Ge i ane“ i) Neal * . es i 7a italia fe ary alae erat = \ i " ayy hve? . | a seal! Py) A 4 } Wile: ‘ ‘ rt ah 1 it Ft ie 7 H : iy, Oe, i) pokes a aa} Ye ; Ree ty / { a) “ vr iY fy To Te nes bee ie iF ind bet fet yay) on Kee ies be bin “1h » Fie Fl “ is 7 a, a Pd re 3 pe of , eo ed jage phere SS gc Le +E es aves) € hae dps oii : eos 7+ a uA via nd i ' ve 4: Ay Me perce i D ana ot at ty au ; Nia y bs uli hh, | ; Py Tae ee ee oil (oem wt ae + be oe eats jaysh a ae ey he [Pee . i, " igh PY oe ae erate enn ese a a | ; 't> yh_ ie eee Daehn: gin “pis brani . . Pi, Seals bona A ON Oey 1m i lee pees yah ie: Sh 1h Bale Meltieaans Saale oe eke © vot aan anit . ee i ae ae Py salad > 22a . Pine ae Ae ket i oe au (eae A 0) areas a geht afl “a ie Test 0 ie Ab heel ae ai i, 1 ¢ sl val ieee eR oh. iidaquen A real va c Hy AEs: Oana ean atta ah, Ben ae: Hepa st Sy al nah Pabiais Shela! ae eit seca : . , “Narouee) { Aah ha SR aa a i ebb ein, ou Pil ¥ ai » Pas fi J x ) aes ee ‘ he * 4 UJ jp, sq) sas, Anta ae: bali 77). y -~ f : . a A : \ aa » aay } ’ ry r [arr a ; i AL ‘ . ’ ae on ae by } ny af AEIVAD Tntiaen at rs Ot es - j is, mp ve Te Ai, i ibe i: mf "aN } r f " Pi ra a F va 14 7 ; | ony ey ‘| - i 1 ag . ; Pith. pene h i vi + wer .y y hi p ey j i 14 ¢, i el hd iy aie Rat i) tail ii i OF) 0) wae A \ nicl ae a 4 % ih >| wal m7 ely i 6 iii, WY ERO, i ‘ ; Lf a Peat eae ST a Per Se ae Vol. 41, pp. 31-36 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WAS KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CLIVINEMA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN NEW SPECIES (HEMIPTERA, MIRIDAE).! BY HARRY H. KNIGHT. In working over material in the genus Clivinema Reuter it was found that several species are represented, with the result that a key for their separation is provided, also descriptions of seven new species. This brings the total number of known species in the genus up to ten. The writer is indebted to Mr. H. G. Johnston for testing out the key which he used successfully to identify all the species. Clivinema medialis, n. sp. Distinguished from all known members of the genus by the impressed median line on scutellum and median fuscous vitta on membrane. 9. Length 4.6 mm., width across hemelytra 1.77 mm. Head: width .92 mm., vertex .56 mm. Rostrum, length 1.08 mm., reaching to middle of sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm.; II, 1.61 mm., cylindri- cal, clothed with fine appressed pubescence; III, .55 mm.; IV, .36 mm.; black, segment II more brownish. Pronotum: length .93 mm. along median line, but 1.03 mm. laterad of median line, width at base 1.66 mm.; basal margin broadly sinuate to median line where a distinct notch is formed, also notched on anterior margin at middle of collar; disk with median line rather broadly but distinctly impressed or sulcate, more narrowly on collar; calli represented by triangular, smooth, black impres- sions which are rather widely separated by the convexity of the collar meeting with the convex disk. Scutellum deeply impressed on median line, dividing the convex disk into equal parts, mesoscutum rather broadly exposed. Clothed with flattened, scale-like pale pubescence, recumbent on heme- lytra and venter but nearly erect on pronotum. Color yellowish to grayish, front of head, calli, impression on scutellum, sternum, coxae and femora, 1Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Iowa State College, Ames Iowa. 7—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (31) 32 Proceedings of the Biological Soctety of Washington. blackish; tibiae yellowish brown, but darker at base and apex; cuneus, apical area of corium and small spot on middle, fuscous to blackish. Mem- brane whitish, apical half with fuscous on median line; veins yellowish to fuscous, darker on apices of areoles. Surface above and beneath, more or less coated with white, flocculent, wax-like powder. Abdomen bulging somewhat, the sides visible from above. Holotype: 9 June 24, 1891, American Fork, Utah (E. A. Schwarz); U.S. National Museum collection. Paratypes: 29 9, June 22, topotypic. 2, “Col.” This is the species which was recorded as villosa Reut. by Uhler (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., li, 1893, p. 372), and reported as captured on Bigelovia by Mr. Schwarz. This is a very distinct species in the character of the pubescence and form of the pronotum and scutellum. Clivinema sulcata, n. sp. Suggestive of medialis but differs in form of pronotum and scutellum, and in the prominent, erect, simple pubescence. 2. Length 4.1 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: width .80 mm., vertex .52 mm.; yellowish, two rather broad glabrous lines, one each side of frons, two spots on vertex, and basal vittae on tylus, blackish. Rostrum, length .92 mm., extending slightly beyond middle of sternum, yellowish to blackish. Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm.; IJ, 1.2 mm.; III, .56 mm.; IV, .41 mm.; yellowish to fuscous. Pronotum: length .86 mm. along median line, but .92 mm. laterad of median line, width at base 1.51 mm.; posterior half of disk more broadly sulcate on median line than in medialis, more distinctly gibbous each side; callar impressions hook-shaped, the shank of the hook extending to near anterior angle of collar. Scutellum with median line broadly impressed on basal half but not carried to apex as in medialis; mesoscutum somewhat exposed. Clothed with prominent, erect, simple but decurved hairs much as in villosa Reut., equally prominent on pronotum, scutellum, and hemelytra. Color rather uniformly pale yellowish, cuneus fuscous, marks on head and the sternum blackish; femora with a linear series of fuscous spots on both anterior and posterior aspects. Membrane whitish, apical half with a brownish cloud; veins pale to yellowish, not blackish apically. Surface not coated with wax-like powder as occurs in some species. Fine reddish, setigerous points are apparent on pronotum. Holotype: Q Feb. 21, 1897, Palm Springs, California (Hubbard); U. S. National Museum collection. Paratypes: o& 292, topotypic (Cornell University). The male is not fit for description. Clivinema sinuata, n. sp. Distinguished by the deeply sinuate basal margin of pronotum and the subconically convex scutellum. Q. Length 4.2 mm., width 1.74 mm. Head: width .86 mm., vertex .50 mm.; a broad glabrous black line each side of frons, meeting above on vertex which is partly covered by the overhanging pronotal collar. Ros- trum, length 1.08 mm., nearly attaining posterior margin of sternum, blackish. Antennae: segment IJ, length .83 mm.; II, 1.27 mm.; III, Knight—Key to the Species of Clivinema. 33 broken; dark brownish black, segment II yellowish on middle. Pronotum: length 1.08 mm., width at base 1.7 mm.; basal margin strongly sinuate, rather broadly exposing the blackish mesoscutum; disk rather evenly con- vex but more sharply so just behind calli; median line of collar indicated by a slender black groove; calli represented by a hook-shaped, glabrous, impressed black line, connecting transversely to separate the collar from the disk proper. Scutellum subconically convex, attaining a greater height than the pronotal disk, the basal half sloping to the crest of the convexity as a nearly flat surface. Pubescence nearly as in sulcata and villosa, somewhat longer on pronotum. Color pale yellowish, scutellum blackish, sternum and marks on venter black; legs nearly as in sulcata, but tibiae with a black line on dorsal aspect, more or less obsolete on apical half. Membrane pale, veins yellowish, black at apex of smaller areole. Surface practically devoid of wax-like secretions. Sides of venter somewhat bulging and visible from above. Holotype: @ Feb. 21, 1897, Palm Springs, California (Hubbard); U. 8S. National Museum collection. Clivinema fuscinervis, n. sp. Allied to fusca Downes, but distinguished by the longer second antennal segment which is equal to or slightly greater (co) than basal width of pronotum. o. Length 4.4 mm., width 1.63 mm. Head: width .93 mm., vertex 53mm. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm., attaining posterior margin of sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .34 mm.; IJ, 1.54 mm., equal to or slightly greater than basal width of pronotum, cylindrical, equal in thickness to segment I; III, missing. Pronotum: length 1.03 mm., width at base 1.52 mm.; very similar to fusca but collar more strongly inflated immediately before and between calli, this portion in contact with the inflated disk which is so strongly arched that the impressed line connecting calli is largely obscured; collar with a fine, dark, slightly impressed, median longi- tudinal line, anterior margin very slightly yet perceptibly notched. Scu- tellum rather strongly and evenly convex, median line glabrous and dis- tinctly impressed on basal half, also an impressed line sharply delimiting scutellum from mesoscutum; clothed with erect, recurved hairs which appear somewhat longer than on hemelytra. Dorsum clothed with erect, simple, pale to golden pubescent hairs, each hair strongly recurved, the curved portion exhibiting a golden glitter in certain lights, longer on pronotum and scutellum. Coloration grayish to fuscous, ventral surface tinged with reddish, femora more distinctly reddish; tylus, pair of broad smooth marks on frons, sternum, and genital segment, black; hemelytra and scutellum rather uniformly grayish to fus- cous, the pronotum lighter; membrane uniformly fuscous, veins blackish. Holotype: # July 31, 1920, Missoula, Montana (A. A. Nichol); author’s collection. The writer is indebted to Mr. W. Downes for the loan of a male speci- men of Clivinema fusca Downes with which the above species has been com- SS 7S = ta 34 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. pared. Some critical measurements for this specimen of fusca are as follows: o. Length 4.4 mm.; width 1.7 mm. Head: width .89 mm., vertex .52 | mm. Rostrum imbedded in glue. Antennae: segment I, length .82 mm., thickness .12 mm.; IJ, 1.26 mm., thickness .103 mm.; ITI, .50 mm., slender (.045 mm. thick); IV, .838 mm. Pronotum: length 1.09 mm., width at base 1.45 mm. Clivinema sericea, n. sp. Distinguished by the fine short pubescence on hemelytra contrasted with the more prominent, sericeous, decurved hairs on pronotum, many hairs distinctly flattened. 9. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: width .83 mm., vertex .55 mm.; with glabrous black lines much as in sinuata. Rostrum, length .95 mm., reaching to near posterior margin of sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .32 mm.; II, 1.15 mm.; III, .59 mm.; IV, .35 mm.; brownish black, segment II broadly yellowish on middle. Pronotum: length .98 mm., width at base 1.57 mm.; basal margin transverse for the width of scutellum, then obliquely angulate to the basal angles; collar only moderately convex, calli much as in sinuata but the connecting impressed line more easily seen from above since the disk is not so strongly convex. Scutellum not so strongly convex as in sinuata, with a triangular impression on median line at base. Pronotum and scutellum clothed with moderately long decurved hairs, many of which are somewhat flattened, sericeous and of golden yel- low color. Pubescence of the hemelytra much shorter, although distinctly sericeous. Color yellowish to dusky, scutellum dusky to fuscous; calli, glabrous marks on head, sternum, and coxae, fuscous to blackish. Femora with longitudinal series of small fuscous dots, tibiae fuscous on dorsal aspect. Membrane pale whitish, with a dusky or pale fuscous cloud extending be- hind larger areole to membrane margin, veins yellowish to dusky, dark fuscous at apex of areoles. Surface with a moderate amount of white, wax-like secretion on scutellum and pronotum, but thicker on sides of thorax. Holotype: 9 October 10, 1894, Las Cruces, New Mexico (‘‘ISS’’); U.S. National Museum collection. Paratypes: 3 2, taken with the type, “preying on Orthezia.” The collector’s name does not appear on the label but the “ISS” may refer to initials. Clivinema detecta, n. sp. Distinguished from villosa Reut. by the more strongly inflated scutel- lum and by the fuscous marks on membrane. Q. Length 4.4 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .87 mm., vertex .55 mm. Rostrum, length 1.03 mm., reaching slightly beyond middle of sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .35 mm.; II, 1.26 mm.; III, .63 mm., IV, .42 mm.; brownish black, more brownish on middle of segment II. Pronotum: length 1.06 mm., width at base 1.63 mm.; basal margin Knight—Key to the Species of Clivinema. 35 transverse for a width somewhat greater than base of scutellum, collar more strongly convex than in sericea, calli and anterior half of disk thickly covered with white wax-like secretion. Scutellum shaped much as in villosa but more strongly inflated, rather broadly impressed on median line at base, but the whole rising abruptly due to the inflated contour. Dorsum clothed with rather long, erect hairs which become decurved apically much as in villosa. Color testaceous to fuscous, cuneus, legs, and ventral surface nearly black. Membrane white, veins yellowish, with apex and basal half of vein forming smaller areole blackish; apical half of membrane with a fuscous cloud each side, more or less confluent around apical margin. Sides of thorax and venter rather thickly incrusted with white wax-like secre- tion. Holotype: Q@ August 1-15, 1916, Jemez Springs, New Mexico, alt. 6400 ft. (J. Woodgate); author’s collection. Paratype: 9, Arizona (Morrison lot); Cornell University collection. Another female is at hand from Lamar, Colorado, which may belong here, but it is so thickly incrusted with wax the characters are largely obscured. Clivinema bonita, n. sp. Allied to detecta but larger and darker colored; distinguished by the broader, but less inflated scutellum with very shallow impression on median line at base. Q. Length 5 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width .90 mm., vertex .53 mm. Rostrum, length 1.26 mm., just attaining posterior margin of sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .40 mm.; II, 1.48 mm.; III, miss- ing; brownish black. Pronotum: length 1.26 mm., width at base 1.83 mm.; disk more strongly convex behind calli than in detecta. Scutellum broader but not so strongly inflated as in detecta, median line with very shallow impression at base. Dorsum thickly clothed with pale to dusky, erect, long hairs with de- curved tips, having a softer appearance than in detecta. Color dark fus- cous to black, pronotum more brownish, hemelytra with a pale ground color over which the fuscous has become dominant. Membrane and veins nearly as in detecta, but the vein about smaller areole entirely black. Ven- tral surface, pronotum and scutellum thickly coated with white wax-like secretion. Holotype: @ July 16, 1917, Post Creek Canyon, alt. 6500 ft., Bonita, Arizona (H. H. Knight); author’s collection. Evidently scarce since considerable sweeping of all vegetation about the spot failed to reveal another specimen. Key TO THE SPECIES OF CLIVINEMA. 1. Body bright red, hemelytra, antennae and tibiae black are Rie COROTCR 1.) ro eee eS ee et ee 2 2. Pronotum strongly sulcated along median line, slightly notched at AMEN Cate) ATIVE TIO’ WAAL Q EM eee et ee 3 36 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Pronotum not distinctly suleated or notched on median line._.........-...._. 4 3. Dorsum clothed with short, thick, recumbent, almost scale-like pubes- cence; scutellum deeply sulcated along median line for its full length; membrane white, apical half with a distinct median fuscous Witte: cuonck) Ng RN es eerste eer ee (Ree oe, medialis n. sp. Dorsum clothed with simple, erect, usually decurved hairs, scutellum broadly sulcated on basal half only; membrane more broadly infus- eated, on. apical ali .190) Cuma peer es sulcata n. sp. 4, Pronotum with basal margin transverse on middle third, or only very phigkitly mate sat. ean oe) pee eNO ae ee 2) Whee he hry a 5 Pronotum with basal margin deeply sinuate on middle third; scutellum more strongly convex on posterior half, subconically produced___..... sinuata n. sp. 5. Membrane more or less infuscated on apical half... 6 Membrane uniformly whitish, not distinctly infuscated on apical half; scutellum evenly convex, with a short and rather narrow impres- slonion median line atibase: tebe et ee ee villosa Reut. G; Veins of membrane uniformly blackish) ) 00s) 92 va ee eee Z Veins of membrane not uniformly blackish, distinctly paler around larger ereGle io .2. 2) Su ie, BER Se NOSES Soe Soe eae alee en ee eee eee 8 7. Antennal segment IT not equal to width of pronotum at base (07)_....... fusca Downes. Antennal segment II equal to width of pronotum at base (<7)........... fuscinervis n. sp. 8. Pubescence on the dorsum long, erect, each hair decurved apically, not distinctly shorter on hemelytra than on pronotum, not dis- tinctlysericeous or flattemeds 2378. 2h ey toe ee 9 Pubescence on hemelytra short, distinctly shorter than on pronotum, more or less sericeous, many hairs distinctly flattened_..sericea n. sp. 9. Scutellum with a broad depression on median line at base; second an- tennal segment not equal to width of head plus width of vertex........ detecta n. sp. Scutellum scarcely impressed on median line at base; second antennal segment equal to or slightly greater than width of head plus width GE VOTO Ri I oe od Baa eee, RRO lus gel) nena bonita n. sp. Of the ten species of Clivinema treated in the present paper, the male is known for four species only; and judging by these the genital characters appear to be largely of generic distinction, hence not so useful for separating the species. It is of interest to note that the male claspers are remarkably similar to those found in the genus Largidea Van D. However, good characters for distinguishing the species have been found in the form of the scutellum and pronotum, the type of pubescence, and in membrane colors. Very little is known regarding the habits of the different species of Clivinema, although collecting records indicate that some members must be predacious, one on Orthezia, and others probably on mealy bugs and related insects. The general scarcity of specimens is also a good indica- tion of predacious habits of the species. Vol. 41, pp. 37-38 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHING] THE SONG SPARROW OF SAN MIGUEL ISLAND, CALIFORNIA. it BY JOSEPH GRINNELL. \ i Messrs. Chester C. Lamb and J. Elton Green visited San : Miguel Island, off Santa Barbara, California, last fall for the ’ prime purpose of obtaining for the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology representatives of the diminutive Gray Fox native to that island. The foxes were obtained, and also an interesting \ lot of birds among which a seemingly new race of Song Sparrow | stands out conspicuously. This may now be named Melospiza melodia micronyx, new subspecies. 4 Type.—Male adult, no. 51535, Mus. Vert. Zool.; San Miguel Island, | California; September 21, 1927; collected by Chester C. Lamb; orig. no. i 7930. Diagnosis.—Among song sparrows in general (all the races of Melospiza melodia), coloration grayest; brown or brownish tones almost wanting; 4 dark markings black and sharply contrasted against gray of dorsal surface or white of lower surface; bill, feet and especially claws weak; wing show- ing extreme of bluntness (longest primary not much longer than outer- most). Comparisons.—Nearest like the races already recognized from different islands in the Santa Barbara archipelago (see, for careful analysis of the \ characters of these, van Rossem, Condor, XXVI, 1924, pp. 217-220). Most nearly like M. m. graminea of Santa Barbara Island, but differs from it in broader and blacker dark streaking everywhere, in grayer ground- color dorsally, especially on the pileum, in paler flanks, in decidedly smaller claws, in blunter wing, and in slightly greater general size. From M. m. clementae, micronyx differs as it does from graminea, only for the most part (save as to general size) in greater degree. Especially on the top of the head is the greater amount of grayness apparent; the broad brown capital side-stripes in clementae are in micronyx reduced to very narrow ones, which play out altogether on the nape instead of ex- tending back to blend (in clementae) with the brownish tone of the dor- 8—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (37) / 38 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. sum. The broad gray occipital area is in micronyx lined sharply with black shaft streaks which are thus thrown into conspicuous contrast. Measurements.—Twelve males, marked adult by field collectors on basis of skull condition, average as follows (minimum and maximum in parenthesis): Wing, 62.0 mm. (60.7—-63.6); tail, 62.4 (60.5-63.7); tarsus, 21.7 (21.2-22.0); bill from nostril, 8.3 (8.0-8.7); outside chord of hind claw, 7.3 (6.4-7.9); weight, 22.1 g. (20.0-25.4). The first three of these sets of figures should be compared with these given by van Rossem (loc. cit., p. 219). With regard to outside chord of hind claw I find that the 29 specimens of micronyx give an average of 7.2 mm. (6.4-7.9); 51 of clementae give 8.2 (7.2-9.8); 25 of graminea give 8.1 (7.6-9.4). Sexual differences are slight: Of clementae, 17 females average 8.0, 34 males 8.3; of micronyx, 15 females 7.1, 14 males 7.3 mm. Remarks.—In making the present study I have been helped by freely granted loans of Song Sparrows as follows: (1) A long series of graminea (Santa Barbara Island) from the Los Angeles Museum through Mr. L. E. Wyman; (2) a series of the Song Sparrow of Santa Cruz Island from the California Academy of Sciences through Mr. H. S. Swarth. The Santa Cruz Island birds are not in satisfactory condition for ac- curate appraisement; but in so far as critical characters are appreciable (extent of brown, for example) I agree with van Rossem that they fall with clementae. I have seen no song sparrows at all from Santa Rosa Island. Comparison of micronyx with examples of cooperi from the coast belt of Ventura County, as suggested by van Rossem’s remarks (loc. cit., p. 220) shows no close approach significant to me of immediate derivation. These examples of cooperi differ from micronyx in decidedly more massive bill, in broad brown side-stripes on head and correspondingly narrow median gray stripe, in browner flanks, and in browner, much less ashy, tone of coloration on sides of head and on whole dorsum. Vol. 41, pp. 39-40 March 16, 1928 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO breeds . DRTRSUNTAN TSS ' ‘Om A CHARACTER FOR RECOGNITION OF THE e FAMILY MEMBRACIDAE. [ BY W. L. McATEE AND J. R. MALLOCH, i, Recent publications bear evidence that there is at present no i clearcut understanding of the scope of the family Membracidae. Funkhouser’s Catalogue! (p. 341) says of the genus Aethalion, “‘Not a membracid genus. Should probably be considered a i distinct family, the Aethalionidae.’”’ China states? that Goding 1 has described two genera of Cicadellidae as Membracidae and in his reply’ to this article Goding admits that another genus described as a membracid by him is a Heteropteron. These , various genera, Wuilliamsiana, FEustollia (Cicadellidae), and | Eufroggattia (Pentatomidae), as well as the genus Xerophyllum \ Fairmaire (Acridiidae) are listed in the Funkhouser catalogue. The definition of Membracidae quoted by Goding (1. ¢c.) from | Distant is so generalized it does not distinguish the group from H certain representatives of the Cicadidae, Cicadellidae, and | Cercopidae, nor even from some Heteroptera. Hansen ac- cording to Kirkaldy lumps the Membracidae with the Jassidae, | but writers on Membracidae though undoubtedly having as- sumptions, at least, as to the extent of the group have mostly i refrained from defining it either positively or negatively. i In view of this state of affairs, the writers deem it timely to mention a character for recognition of Membracidae which they first studied several years ago. It occurs in such highly modi- wl fied groups as Bolbonotus and Tragopinae, and also in those in | which the pronotum is little specialized. Conversely it. does 1 not occur so far as we can discover in any other Homoptera. ' 1Funkhouser, W. D., Gen. Cat. Hemip. Fasc. 1, Smith College, Mass., 1927, 581 pp. 2China, W. E., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9th Ser., No. 114, June, 1927, pp. 625-627. if 3Goding, F. W., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9th Ser., No. 119, Nov., 1927, pp. 541-542. t 9—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (39) 40 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Funkhouser alludes! to the character in part as the episternal hook, which he says is found in the great majority of the genera but not in all. The character in full as we would define it is, mesopleurum with a process or lobe either at or near antero- lateral angle, or just below middle of anterior margin, or both, processes which overlap the propleurum, in many cases fitting into excavations along posterior margin of that sclerite. These processes, reversing so far as they go the normal order of over- lapping of the segments, seem quite significant, and we regard them as the best criterion thus far advanced for recognition of the family Membracidae. The accompanying figures indicate the appearance of these mesopleural processes in a number of the genera. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Aethalion reticulatum. Aethalion quadratum. Oeda inflata. Antianthe expansa. Membracis albolimbata. Bolbonota cuneata. Tragopa involuta. Lycoderes galeritus. Stegaspis viridis. Darthula hardwicki (now listed as a Membracid but apparently incorrectly so). “11. Homalodisea triquetra (Cicadellid). Fig. ce So pot St ore 2 fe N. B. The arrows on Fig. 9 indicate the overlapping mesopleural pro- cesses. 1Mem. 11, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., 1917, p. 322. Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasn., Vou. 41, 1928. Mesopleural processes in Membracidae. PLATE II] f i ks eo : y hi 4 i E, j i 2 — 7 wae Sa iv we gpa rs pire } ‘tua tS ory ad” 9 é 4 f =H | ig nia LAR ghee ao Rt : iH ae ae aah TO: Wi Ce os ae: y 4" wi) inat * Nth wy Mr t We 5 ay? t ty ety ety ia At aay pi wn he re ee te wed f By Lees a -f . ’ 1 if I HT f ; 7” - 7 Hi \ i ‘ P ay, ‘ ‘ ’ J . i 4 \ he ~ Ja) , e et y 4 h ;. 74 / ‘ ‘ ‘ : oat) ba, ww ig fi i i i +e é i Pi fy J 7m i be i a : t ’ if ; V y id , ite oy tease aia iii Sr]! Vol. 41, pp. 41-44 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON be NEW CHINESE MAMMAIS. BY A. BRAZIER HOWELL. Further work upon the Chinese mammals contained in the U. 8. National Museum has brought to light three more un- described races, which may be known as follows: Pithecus pullus, sp. nov. Type.—Male, young adult, skin and skull no. 252,157, U. S. National Museum, from Kuatun, Fukien, China; date unknown. Collected by F. T. Smith; original number 85. Diagnosis.—A large, short-tailed macacque related to P. thibetanus but uniformly of a chocolate color. Skin.—The dorsal coloration is rather dark chocolate with a suggestion of black overwash. The long full hairs are strongly waved and the play of light over the curves of these waves gives the appearance of several distinct annulations of lighter brown. The guard hairs of the dorsum are tipped with blackish, less densely so upon the sides, and over the thighs the dark tips are replaced by a golden brown, to be seen only in a favorable light. Below the coloration is a shade paler, the hairs being without darker tips. The eyebrows and scanty hairs about the face are broadly tipped with shining black. The sides of the head are of the same color as the remainder of the animal save that the hairs do not have darker tips. Skull.—The posterior nares exhibit the narrowness and height character- istic of the stub-tailed macacques, but less marked than in thibetanus, and the bullae are less prominent than in that animal. The age is such that the temporal fossae do not quite meet. Measurements.—Collector’s measurements of the type are given in inches, as originally taken, followed in brackets by their equivalents in millimeters. Length of head and body, 237% (605); tail, 25 (66); hind foot, 714 (181); and ear, 1144 (38). The greatest length of the skull, exclusive of the teeth, is 140; occipito-nasal length, 120; length of nasals, 28.5; zygomatic width, 89; height of posterior nares, 15.5; width across posterior nares (both), 13; and length of mandibular molariform series, 40 mm. Remarks.—It has been known for many years that two species of Pithecus occur in the vicinity of Kuatun. The commoner was described by Elliot 10—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasxH., Vou. 41, 1928. (41) OOF WS ONL A A pas Lew \ ‘A N ‘i RD ~~ 42 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. under the name littoralis and the other presumably has not heretofore been secured and preserved by a naturalist. Arthur deC. Sowerby has recently presented to the U. S. National Museum a splendid specimen of this monkey, which proves to be a short-tailed macacque of the thibetanus rather than the usual rhesus group, and entirely distinct in coloration from anything heretofore known. Rattus humiliatus sowerbyi, subsp. nov. Type.—Male, young adult, skin and skull no. 199,620, U. S. National Museum, from near Imienpo, north Kirin, Manchuria, at an altitude of 500 feet; October 15, 1914; collected by Arthur deC. Sowerby; original number 735. Diagnosis.—A large dark race with the places hairs of the dorsum very thick, sootiness of the face pronounced, and foot relatively long. Skin.—The dorsal coloration is a warm tone of brown with plentiful admixture, rather evenly distributed, of blackish guard hairs. The head is less brown and the face is pronouncedly sooty, with white upper lips. Both fore and hind feet are well covered with snowy white hairs. . The tail is bicolor, the scales very fine as in the other races and the hairs even more plentiful than usual. The sides are less brown and with fewer black hairs, the color merging into that of the underparts, which is plumbeous basally with the hairs broadly white distally, showing the faintest tinge of yellow. The ears are rather small as in typicus, the feet are very large, and the tail relatively short (90 per cent of the head and body). Measurements.—Collector’s measurements of the type are: head and body, 177; tail, 158; hind foot, 37 (38 in both dried skins); and ear probably 19 mm. (mistakenly marked 29 upon the label). Total length of the skull is 41; zygomatic width, 20; interorbital width, 6; nasal length, 14.4; and maxillary tooth row, 7 mm. Remarks.—I do not know the precise color characters of typical humilia- tus and apparently no one since Pere David has succeeded in capturing this rat near Peking. Indeed, doubt has been cast upon this really being the type locality for that very reason. But the measurements are known and hence, although it is represented by but two specimens, I have no hesita- tion in naming this new race on the character of size—chiefly large foot and to a lesser degree, short tail and probably large body. It is extremely likely, however, that color characters of darker back and more sooty head will prove to be valid criteria also, conforming to what one expects to find in the case of mammals from the two regions in question. As in the other races, one may at once distinguish sowerbyi from rats of the norvegicus group by the silkiness of the fur and more flaring (less precisely parallel) cranial beading. In the naming of this race another opportunity is taken of expressing appreciation of the great value of the continued zoological collecting in China by Mr. Sowerby. Euchoreutes naso alashanicus, subsp. nov. Type.—Female adult, skin, skull and trunk skeleton no. 240,764, U. S. Howell—New Chinese Mammals. 43 National Museum, from the Alashan Desert, Inner Mongolia, 100 miles north-northwest of Ningsia, Kansu, China; collected April 26, 1923, by F. R. Wulsin; original number 1054. Diagnosis.—Like naso but coloration more ochraceous and paler; bullae larger. Skin.—Save where the plumbeous bases of the hairs show through there is no suggestion of gray in the dorsal coloration but only buffy ochraceous, each hair having the faintest of black tips. Below the hairs are white to their bases. The pig-like raised border of the nasal pad, characteristic of this genus, is very distinct. The ears are even more remarkable than is indicated by Sclater’s plate of naso and are undoubtedly larger in propor- tion to the size of the body than in any other rodent. They are scantily covered both within and without by exceedingly short white hairs. The anterior edge of the pinna is fringed with a single row of fine white hairs some 4 mm. in length, this acting as a screen to exclude from the inner ear chance particles of dirt. The white tip of the tail has been broken off. The long claws of the fore feet and the extremely large, fleshy pads of the hind toes are much in evidence. The soles of the latter are naked but there is a fringe of long hairs upon the outer border of the second and of the fourth toe. Skull.—The skull is exactly of the same length as that of the type of naso, making its comparison with the figure of the latter entirely satis- factory. The left bulla and the palatal region are damaged, but the right bulla is intact and distinctly larger, especially ventrad and rostrad, than in naso. The posterior terminations of the nasals are also more rounded. Measurements.—Collector’s measurements of the type are as follows: total length, 241; tail (imperfect), 150; foot, 41; and ear, 41. In the dried skin the foot measures 40.5 mm. Total length of the skull is 29.5; sagittal length of bulla, 11.3; transverse width of bulla, 8.4; and height of skull through bulla, 12 mm. Remarks.—This specimen is one from the collection made by F. R. Wulsin and presented to the National Museum by the National Geographic Society. It apparently constitutes the third recorded instance of capture of this genus and the occurrence of a race in southern Mongolia is one of the most interesting facts encountered during a study of the Chinese mammals in the National Collection. The type locality is in the Alashan Desert north and west of the Holanshan Mountains, which constitute a part of the boundary between Mongolia and Kansu. A considerable pro- portion of this district is known to be sandy. AD ‘i ns aye . bak ie”, ue Wn it vi ay cts we ae / bit Ae yi ) ent ead Talat aicia i estan ms" sri ae in) ball CRRA, mh HV aN ] ) ‘ \s moi iM cia, iy Wi oe es ne if ; at vO (a A rin ay ay) i Mt ne My sh ‘a Als Me a Sat mI Vi ig had wn ; ar h SOE iN sin vehi iN Ae rus oe ak i ot a isi y in i ny Ah ' eel bp A f : a vi aa 5 yo uh A hd ae i tat iB ae haa vs cs i bei Bey (" ae ai, het ¥ it Ny vis Vol. 41, pp. 45-48 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIN 2 A NEW SPECIES OF CHAMAELINOROPS FROM HAITI. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. During the spring of 1927, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Assistant Secretary of the United States National Museum, went to Haiti on a collecting trip, the funds for which were provided by Mr. B. H. Swales. He secured 62 amphibians and reptiles, and in this small but extremely valuable collection was a new genus and species of lizard which I have already described.! Another find no less important is that of a second species of Chamaelinorops, a genus known hitherto by a single species inhabiting Navassa Island and described by Karl P. Schmidt in 1919 under the name of Chamaelinorops barbourt. Chamaelinorops wetmorei, new species. Diagnosis.—Differs from Chamaelinorops barbouri in having shorter limbs, jn possessing a lateral series of enlarged spinose scales, in having small scales instead of granules in the area between this lateral series of enlarged scales and the enlarged dorsals, and in possessing a transverse gular fold which reaches almost to the nuchal region. Type.—U. 8. N. M. No. 72630, a young individual collected at Fonds-des- Negres, 20 kilometers southwest of Miragoane, Département du Sud, Haiti, on April 4, 1927, by Dr. Alexander Wetmore. Description.—Head V-shaped in outline, very angular; canthus rostralis sharp, composed of two large scales, merging evenly into the supraciliary border where three scales may be counted, the second the longest and very wide; loreal region concave; four rows of loreal scales; nostrils lateral, somewhat elevated; four scales between the supranasals; rostral very broad and low, separated from the nasals by two rows of small scales; frontal region without ridges, flat; a patch of four or five unequal, enlarged supra- ocular scales, separated from the supraciliaries by smaller scales and 1A new genus of Anguid lizards from Haiti. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 40, June 30, 1927, pp. 91-92. 11—Proc. Brou. Soc. Wasg., Vou. 41, 1928. (45) SN OUNIAN Tia x oj / ~~ 46 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. granules; ridges of the supraorbital semicircles prominent, covered with large keeled scales, and separated from each other by three rows of small smooth scales; occipital plate slightly larger than the scales immediately surrounding it, elongate, the pineal body very apparent; three scales be- tween the supraorbital semicircles and the occipital; a very strong lateral ridge from the middle of the posterior orbital border extending horizon- tally backwards and ending in a heavy tuberculated knob above the ear; several enlarged spinose scales above this ridge; two weak ridges running parallel with these, and extending from the posterior border of the supra- orbital ridges to the occiput; a faint transverse ridge across the occiput joining the posterior portions of all the ridges; nine upper and nine lower labials to a point directly beneath the center of the eye; all the head scales with a sharp keel or a spinose tubercle in the center, excepting the occipital and the scales between the supraorbital semicircles which are smooth; ear-opening with scarcely any indication of a ridge in front of it, oval, about half the length of the eye-opening. A short gular fan, and a decided transverse fold behind it extending on the side of the neck up to the knob above the ear and nearly onto the nuchal region; throat covered with rows of very small keeled scales. Body extremely compressed, the sides vertical or concave, over twice as deep as wide at mid-body; no trace of a dorsal or caudal crest. Lepidosis heterogeneous; six rows of large dorsal scales; the two middle rows narrower than long, each scale with a distinct keel ending in a raised elevation pos- teriorly; the next two rows the largest, the scales about as wide as long and with their keels ending in elevations which are even more pronounced and which form in profile an irregular saw-toothed line; the two outer dorsal rows like the middle pair in size and carination; below these and merging gradually into them is a band of small, rather smooth but very irregular dorso-laterals about 12 scales in width; below these comes a lateral band of two rows of large, tubercular scales beginning in front of the shoulder, running above it and straight along the sides to the groin; below these and sharply separated from them is a latero-ventral band of smooth granular scales; these in turn suddenly give place to about fourteen rows of very large, heavily keeled ventral scales, the two or three median ventral rows much smaller than the others. The hind leg being adpressed, the tip of the fourth toe reaches a point half-way between the tympanum and the eye; the arm being laid back along the sides, the finger-tips extend about four-fifths of the way to the groin; limbs entirely covered with imbricate scales, the keels usually continuous. Digits medium in length, slightly depressed and very slightly expanded, the terminal phalanx of each digit compressed at the joint, then expanded before the claw is reached. Claws strong, inserted at the end of the expanded portion of the digits; third and fourth fingers nearly equal in length; fourth toe much the longest, with 25 lamellae beneath it; fifth toe as long as second, and set in at right angles to the others; first toe very short. Tail long, nearly two and one-half times the length of the head and body, round, covered with imbricate, keeled scales, not at all verticillate. No enlarged post- anal scales visible. Cochran—New Species of Chamaelinorops from Haiti. 47 Dimensions.—Snout to vent, 26 mm.; tail, 61 mm.; hind leg, 19 mm.; arm, 11 mm.; width of body, 3 mm.; depth of body, 6.5 mm.; width of head, 6 mm.; length of head, 10 mm. General color above ashy gray; a dark-brown irregular ring completely encircling the head, between the eyes appearing as a chevron, under the eyes as a dark bar to the lips and on the lower jaw and throat as a sinuous dark marking set off by a light anterior border; another much fainter mark in front of this on the chin, ending on the upper lip in a dark vertieal bar in front of the eye; a very light dark-edged longitudinal stripe on the frontal region, and another U-shaped one behind the dark chevron. Three light-brown vertical bars on each side of the body; a small dark triangular blotch just above the groin. Ventral surfaces dark grayish-brown, with irregular streaks of lighter color on the belly and lower surfaces of the limbs. Throat on either side of fan and in front of transverse fold intensely black; center of fan brown. ‘Tail nearly white above, bluish-gray below, with about a dozen light bands edged with darker gray, these scarcely visible when seen from above. Occasional jet-black tips on the spinose tubercles and elevations on head and back. The type is unique. I) | yy i | ‘ iv ue i | y ty dn i e ' Oy i ea We wy } : ‘it iu Hue iM wn BIR YNI ni l bio. " | ‘ Ut? \ or mh bh + ay iy iy AAEM; apy : ‘ wy ‘ pth M Te Sa py Pane AE ogy Haye et a Nin Ny i ih Wh a 1, CREA ) ial Mh ah Wy 1 fy ere) it 4) Li if a ni he Vets my A ay } sie rey ae ie q a i i ne 0 hy Ronn bith iy Nw ae Py iy ait Meith ' ' vw i Ry has ae hve abt at, iN wa ti oh | Ae i iy tip vn ai Ap "iid ’ 4 ri SOROS RUHR De PAu MPS rhs) ad : ONY), PR a NRA A Molar an } Mel j a) ; i v es: res . i i i | i i iM aM | Pity} \"" ” eis ae iit , f y (ay aI Ninkh Aieaay if mie Wo oe a HY. ni , man i iy Mey aN ‘ibe ; 1 ‘ Oye Ani a wh iy ia mn ie a me A it : ih Pai 1a » RE sary Vol. 41, pp. 49-52 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LIZARD, HISPANIOLUS PRATENSIS, FROM THE HAITIAN REPUBLIC. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. During an excursion to Haiti in March and April, 1925, Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., of the United States National Museum, secured an important collection of amphibians and reptiles, among which are half-a-dozen specimens of a striped lizard representing a new genus allied to Letocephalus. Mr. Miller found the animal rather common in the grass and scrub along the banks of small gullies in the northern edge of the central plain of Haiti (altitude about 425 meters). He did not see it on the nearby limestone hills. He noticed that in running it did not elevate its tail in the manner which is so conspicuous in Leiocephalus personatus, a lizard which was frequently seen on the roadway near sea level in the region of Saint Mare and Gonaives; also that it differed from Lezocephalus personatus in its fondness for scrub and grassy cover. Hispaniolus, new genus. Diagnosis—Tympanum distinct; body slightly compressed; no dorsal or caudal crests; tail long, rounded; dorsal scales uniform, imbricate, keeled. Upper head-scales enlarged, keeled; occipital small. No transverse gular fold; no gular sac. Digits compressed, with keeled lamellae inferiorly. No femoral or preanal pores. Lateral teeth tricuspid; pterygoids not toothed. A sternal fontanelle closed by cartilage. No abdominal ribs. This genus is somewhat similar to Leiocephalus in head scalation and general proportions. It differs in having no dorsal or caudal crests, in having a different style of coloration and in not being able to curl its round tail up over the back when running, as is the habit of the Leiocephali with compressed tails. , 12—Proc. Biov. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (49) 50 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Hispaniolus pratensis, new species. Type.—U. 8S. N. M. No. 69189, an adult male collected at the Atalaye plantation near St. Michel, Département du Nord, Republic of Haiti on March 23, 1925, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. Description of the type.—Head-shields enlarged, all ridged excepting the internasals, which are smooth; nasal in contact with rostral; two scales between the rostral and the first supraocular; internasals very elongate; the frontals, prefrontals and internasals embracing a medial series of two subequal scales which completely separate the prefrontals but which do not reach the rostral; prefrontals separated from the canthals by an elongate scale; three supraorbitals; five ‘supraoculars on each side, the _ fifth very small; occipital plate small, bordered laterally by two pairs of distinct parietals, the outer pair considerably larger than the inner pair; four upper and four lower labials to middle of eye. Dorsal scales large, uniform, extremely imbricate and mucronate; laterals slightly smaller, keeled; ventrals smooth, their posterior edges not denticulate; about 41 scales around the middle of the body; about 42 scales from occiput to a point directly above the vent; about 10 dorsal scales to a head-length ; scales of the neck like the dorsals, those behind the ear keeled and imbri- cate, not granular; anterior auricular margin with two well-developed projecting scales. Shoulder folds present, but no lateral folds. The hind leg adpressed reaches only to a point a little in front of the shoulder. Digits compressed; fourth toe with 24 keeled lamellae. No dorsal or caudal crests, the scales of the mid-dorsal region like the surrounding scales in size and carination; the keels of the lateral and dorsal scales directed backwards and upwards, so that the longitudinal scale-rows strongly converge on the back. ‘Tail round, about twice as long as the head and body taken together. Dimensions.—Length of head, 11 mm.; body, 36 mm.; tail, 90 mm.; arm, 17 mm.; leg, 30 mm.; width of head, 8 mm. Head olive-gray with some round black spots on the sutures of the head-shields; body light olive-gray, with ten dark brown stripes on back and sides running from the head onto the tail; three lateral white stripes between the brown ones on each side, the lowest white stripe running from in front of the shoulder to the groin and down the hind leg; the middle white stripe beginning in front of the eye, passing through the eye, through the ear and along the body onto the tail; the uppermost white stripe beginning at the upper posterior border of the eye, passing above the ear and along the body onto the tail. Ventral scales peppered with very minute gray dots, some of the scales with light bluish centers. Throat iridescent pale violet and green, with some small widely scattered gray spots. Upper and lower lips edged with black. Variations.—In five paratypes from the same locality taken by the same collector the scalation shows remarkably little variation, as all with- out exception conform in number of supraoculars, in number and position of medial scales on the center of the snout and in having ten dorsal scales in a head-length. The scales around the body are about 40 or 41 in Cochran—A New Genus and Species of Lizard. 51 number, although the excessive irregularity of the longitudinal rows make it difficult to be definite about this count, as it will differ if taken a quarter of an inch away in either direction. There are from 40 to 42 scales in a row from the occiput to a point directly above the vent. In two of the paratypes (69184 and 69185) the internasal plates, which are very elongate in the other four specimens, have divided transversely so that there are two scales between the first supraocular and that portion of the internasal actually in contact with the rostral. The largest individual, 69184, has a head-length of 12 mm. and from occiput to base of tail it measures 42 mm. The stripes of some of the paratypes are not so evenly developed as in the type. In two specimens, the middle one of the three white lateral stripes is almost obsolete, while the brown stripe above the uppermost white lateral stripe is broadened and emphasized. The borders to the lips are not conspicuously darkened in some cases and the gray spots on the throat are not always evident, the throat being suffused with gray occasionally. None of the specimens show any traces whatever of the black bars or chevrons across the back which are usually so pronounced in most species of the genus Leiocephalus. J ae | 4 oA Wat : a | rayeni ary nl | ot i Me ‘ ; i : \ ees aie tae hy mune Wee ey + het Vi ened Me ny é ‘ ‘ eek nt iM Vol. 41, pp. 53-60 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASH THE HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE IN HAITI AND ITS ADJOINING ISLANDS BY WALTER J. EYERDAM. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. From June to October, 1927, Dr. Thomas Barbour of the Museum of Comparative Zoology employed the services of Mr. Walter J. Eyerdam, who made collections at several regions on the mainland of Haiti and who extended his efforts by visiting Grand Cayemite Island and by traversing the little- known Gonave Island, both lying a few miles off the Haitian Coast. That his efforts were distinctly worth while may be seen in the three species new to science which he secured. It is to be hoped that further careful collecting may soon be done in these islands, the fauna of which merits still greater atten- tion than it has yet received. Of the total of 210 specimens, 53 came from Gonave Island and 11 from Grande Cayemite Island, the number of species known from each of these islands being considerably enlarged. A tabular list of the entire collection is given. The numerals after each locality stand for the number of individuals taken at that place. The specimens are now in the Museum of Com- parative Zoology at Cambridge, Massachusetts. 13—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasxH., Vou. 41, 1928. (53) 54 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. a { Grande Haitian mainland. Gonave Island. Cayemite Island. Gonatodes notatus._.......--------| -----------s0--eencee-noneenennonns Pte. A Raquette 1 Aristelliger lar (juv.) .........---------] | ------ eae ea eens eee Pte. A Raquette 1 Miragoane 3 Sphaerodactylus cinereus.......... ; Mt. Rochelle 6 : Cape Haitien 1 Sphaerodactylus copei.............. Miragoane 5p (altel co leak Wena Oat HL 1 Anolis chlorocyanus.............------- Hinche 2 | Pte. A Raquette 2 Anolis coelestinus..............-..------- Sache ee CLA AGA Amb tne 0S 6 Cb 2 Cape Haitien 2 | Pte. aA Raquette 13 1 Anolisvdistic tise: esse eee Miragoane 35 Hinche 5 Cape Haitien £10 Miragoane 23 Anolis cy botes=....-+2--- Hinche ia Pee Usk EE ce 2 Mt. Rochelle 4 Port de Paix 1 Anolis GOnigs 8 se 2e ee See $l eee ee See Pte. A Raquette 3 Anse a Galets 1 Anolis! olssomni. eno: 3s Cape Haitien iL Anolis semilineatus..................-- Miragoane 1 Leiocephalus vinculum n. sp.....| -...------------------ ieseeceetaeeees Pte. A Raquette 3 Leiocephalus schreibersii...........- rome Paix ; Leiocephalus semilineatus.......... Me 5 Calcite i Leiocephalus personatus............ Bellevue 2 @yclura cornuta...22 >see) ee Petit Gonave Id. 1 Celestus costatus........-..---....-.---- Anse a Galets 1 Sauresia sepsoides..........-.....------ Pte. A Raquette 1 Ameiva barbouri n. sp.. ee La Source 2 Ameiva taeniura...............----------- B58 | ae a ee ae 2 Ameiva chrysolaema. Pte. a Raquette 18 Amipbisbsena, caudalis ni. sp. |) 000 ooo ee ea ee 2 Amphishsaena dmnocens....2-----22) rice ee Petit Gonave Id. 1 SPphlopes Miemben celta oe a se ce aN a a eo ee 1 Tropidophis haetiana................| | -...-- ee een eee Pte. A Raquette 1 Uromacer catesbyi..........------------ } sh aig 2 iromacer dorsalis: hte) bee fe eee La Grande Source 2 Uromacer frenatus...........--...------ Miragoane 1 Uromacer oxyrhynchus.............. Miragoane 1 Leimadophis parvifrons (no label) 2 Proven Uae ee Cape Haitien 1 Lemadopnis alleni. 602). oe ee Gonave Island 2 Taltris' dorsaliss2 2 ee Miragoane 1 Eleutherodactylus inoptatus....| Lake Miragoane 1 Leiocephalus vinculum, new species. Diagnosis.—Parietal plates distinct, longitudinally divided, the outer not twice as large as the inner; a series of six band-like transverse supra- oculars; nasal in contact with the rostral; ventral scales smooth; caudal crest higher than the dorsal crest; upper head-shields very weakly keeled; an enlarged scale on the temporal region above the ear; an elongate scale separating prefrontals from canthals. Allied to Letocephalus semilineatus Dunn and to the personatus group through Leiocephalus barahonensis Schmidt. Type.—Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 25485 (collector’s no. 289, lot 54), adult male collected by Walter J. Eyerdam on August 5, 1927, at Pte. 4 Raquette, Gonave Island. “‘. . . curly-tailed lizards on rocks in forest near Saline Madre Siade.”’ Description of the type-—Head-shields enlarged, the anterior ones very Cochran—Herpetological Collections Made in Haiti. — 55 weakly ridged, the supraorbitals and posterior ones a little more heavily ridged; three scales between the rostral and the first supraocular, the posterior very large; nasal in contact with rostral; internasals not unusually elongate, separated from each other; the frontals, prefrontals and inter- nasals embracing a medial series of three contiguous scales, the central one slightly the largest, the anterior one in contact with the rostral; frontals and prefrontals separated from the canthals by an elongate scale; three supraciliaries; six supraoculars; occipital small, bordered by two distinct pairs of parietals on each side, the inner about two-thirds as large as the outer; four (on left side of head only three) upper labials and five lower labials to a point below the center of the eye; a conspicuously enlarged, heavily keeled scale on the temporal region just above and in front of the ear Opening; anterior border of the ear with four large projecting scales. Dorsal scales large, imbricate but not mucronate except towards the tail, some of the dorsals near the median line being hexagonal in shape with the tips squarely cut off; laterals slightly smaller than dorsals; ventrals larger than dorsals, smooth, their posterior edges highly denticulate; about 46 scales around the middle of the body; about 57 scales from occiput to a point directly above the vent; about 14 dorsal scales to a head-length; nuchal scales quite small; those on the side of the neck like the dorsals; those behind the ear keeled and imbricate, not granular. Shoulder folds present, but no lateral folds. The adpressed hind leg reaches to about the center of the eye. Digits compressed; the fourth toe with 26 keeled lamellae. A low but distinct dorsal crest and a higher caudal crest; the other caudal scales mucronate. The keels of the lateral and dorsal scales are directed backwards and upwards, so that the longitudinal scale-rows converge strongly on the back. Tail highly compressed. Dimensions.—Snout to vent, 65 mm.; head, 14 mm.; tail (tip repro- duced), 87 mm. Color (in alcohol).—Head brown; back iridescent bronze-green with indi- cations of cross-bands on the nuchal region; traces of a dark-brown, much interrupted lateral stripe leaving the eye, continuing over the shoulder and onto the side of the tail where it persists only as a series of small brown spots widely separated; upper surfaces of arms and legs bronze. Chin and throat with alternating dark brown and light bronze stripes which are somewhat irregular and tend to anastomose. Remainder of under surface tan, with occasional bluish scales. Beneath the eye two light patches, set off by dark vertical marks. Variations.—In the two paratypes, secured under the same conditions as the type specimen, not much variation is shown. The scales around the body seem to be 45 and 49 in number in these two paratypes, but as the longitudinal rows are exceedingly uneven, due to the convergence on the back, the count varies at practically every scale. The number of scales from the occiput to a point directly above the vent is 58 and 60, and the number of dorsal scales in a head-length is 14 and 15. While the medial series of scales on the snout is continuous in the type, it is discontinuous in one of the paratypes. The other paratype has an old injury on the snout in this region, 56 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. In coloration the same essential features are present in all three speci- mens. One of the paratypes is much more brightly colored than the type, however, and has some brilliant pale green scales edging the darker cross- bars over the neck, and likewise accenting the lower edge of the dark lateral ' gtripe. Below this the sides appear purplish brown, with the occasional bright blue scales mingled there. Remarks.—In possessing a greatly enlarged scale on the temporal region above the ear, as well as in the comparative smoothness of the anterior head-shields, the new species resembles Leiocephalus semilineatus Dunn. In having a strap-like scale separating the prefrontals from the canthals, the new species differs from L. semilineatus, but, on the other hand, this character links it with L. barahonensis Schmidt, which has smooth anterior head-scales, .but no greatly enlarged temporal scale. The new species has more scale-rows around the body (45-49) than L. barahonensis (40); in this character, as well as in possessing the enlarged temporal scale it likewise differs from L. beatanus Noble which is allied to L. barahonensis. Ameiva barbouri, new species. Diagnosis.—Ten rows of ventral plates; caudal scales oblique and very feebly keeled above, smooth on the sides and bottom of tail; nostril an- terior to the nasal suture; three large supraoculars, the first not in contact with the loreal; no white lines or light spots anywhere on head, body, limbs or tail. Type.—Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 25537 (collector’s no. 288, lot 53), adult from La Source, Gonave Island, collected on August 7, 1927, by Walter J. Eyerdam. Description of the type.—Profile of head flat on top, not curved except at the very end of the snout; nostril anterior to the nasal suture; rostral forming a right angle behind; anterior nasals broadly in contact behind the rostral; frontonasal longer than wide, in contact with the large loreal; prefrontals broadly in contact; frontal in contact with three supraoculars on each side; three large supraoculars, the anterior one not touching the loreal; behind the third supraocular three small scales occupying the posi- tion of a fourth supraocular; frontoparietals in close contact with the third supraocular; seven supraciliaries on the right and six on the left, the two anterior ones on each side in contact with the first supraocular, the remaining supraciliaries separated from the posterior supraocular by a row of granules; two fronto-parietals, followed by a transverse row of five subequal occipitals, these in turn being followed by about three rows of irregular post-occipitals; ear-opening large; five upper labials to a point directly beneath the center of the eye, the third and fourth the longest; six lower labials to the same point, the third the longest; the wedge of granular scales on the chin extending to the first pair of chin shields, which are partially in contact; chin and throat covered with granular scales, a distinct wide band of enlarged scales across the middle; mesoptychium covered with one or two irregular rows of enlarged scales, bordered by two or three successively smaller rows. Dorsal scales granular, uniform, Cochran—Herpetological Collections Made in Haiti. 57 34 in the standard distance (from tip of snout to center of eye); laterals similar but smaller. Ventral plates in eight longitudinal series bounded by two very small external series, and in thirty-five transverse series; brachials and ante-brachials well separated; four wide strap-like scales across the fore-arm; post-brachials present as four pairs of somewhat enlarged scales at the elbow, only slightly larger than the granular scales on the back; femoral pores 16 and 18; anterior face of thigh covered with six or seven rows of flat scales; two tibial rows, the external row composed of four scales, of which the second and third are much larger than the others; no enlarged postanals; a pair of enlarged plates at the anterior border of the anus and two single median scales in front of them, the anterior the smaller; twenty-two scales in the fifteenth verticil of the tail. The hind leg being adpressed, the fourth toe reaches to the anterior edge of the tympanum. Hands and feet long and slender; the small ‘‘combs’’ very evident on the toes; fourth toe with thirty-seven lamellae beneath it; fifth toe longer than first. Tail exceedingly long, almost three times the length of the head and body together, and somewhat noticeably de- pressed in its proximal third; the scales obliquely set, very weakly keeled above, quite smooth on the side and bottom. Dimensions.—Head and body, 84 mm.; tail, 230 mm. Coloration (in alcohol).—Tail, ventral plates and under side of limbs brilliant cerulean blue; throat, chin, labials and point of snout rosy pink; dorsal surfaces uniform dull bluish-gray, without any light spots or lines whatever, but showing a bronze iridescence on shoulders and on base of tail; a dusky band beginning indistinctly on the canthus, passing over the ear and above the shoulder, broadening and becoming black on the side, narrowing above the insertion of the hind leg and fading out on the side of the tail; the outer two rows of ventral plates black anteriorly. Variation.—The only additional specimen of this species was collected at the same time and place. It is somewhat mutilated, but shows pre- cisely the same coloration as the type. The only essential differences are that the paratype has five lower labials to a point beneath the center of the eye, and that the first pair of chin-shields is divided transversely into two, the wedge of granular scales on the chin extending thus only to this second pair of chin-shields. On the paratype the post-brachial plates are a little more pronounced than in the type specimen. The head and body length is exactly the same as that of the type; the tail is defective. Relationships.—While Ameiva barbouri is more clearly related to A, taeniura than to any of the other Hispaniolan Ameivas, they are not very close. The new species has a much longer snout, which becomes much narrower towards the tip when viewed from above; the brachials and ante-brachials are not continuous; the post-brachials are less well developed, and finally, the third supraocular is fully in contact with the fronto- parietal. Ameiva taeniura, on the contrary, has a shorter and blunter snout; the brachials and ante-brachials are continuous; the post-brachials are relatively larger, while the third supraocular is partially cut off from the frontoparietal by granules. While the two species are alike in having an immaculate bluish-gray mid-dorsal region, the black lateral bands of 58 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. A. taeniura are sharply marked off by a narrow light line above and below, and the central portion of the black band contains numerous light spots. In A. barbouri the black band merges gradually into the dorsal and lateral ground-color, and is itself without any spots or vermiculations whatever. Ameiva lineolata is not the young A. taeniura, as Drs. Barbour and Noble have maintained,! but is a distinct and well marked species. Its charac- teristics, separating it from A. taeniura decisively, are these: The first supraocular is in contact with the loreal; the row of granules separating the posterior supraoculars from the frontoparietal does not extend as far forward as the third supraocular; the tail at the fifteenth verticil has fewer scales (17 to 18); there are two pairs of enlarged preanal plates in the first row, the inner pair the larger; there are 28 dorsal granules in the standard distance (from tip of snout to center of eye). In Ameiva taeniura, the first supraocular is separated entirely from the loreal by an intervening scale; the third supraocular is partly and sometimes completely separated from the frontoparietal by a row of granules; the tail at the fifteenth verticil has more scales (25 to 28); there is but one pair of enlarged preanal plates; the dorsal granules are smaller, there being about 42 in the standard distance, the minimum number being 36 in this species. Amphisbaena caudalis, new species. Diagnosis.—Nasals forming a suture on the snout; four preanal pores; two prefrontals, distinct from the nasals and labials; suture between the nasals nearly one-half as long as that between the prefrontals; ocular forming a suture with the second and third labials; no preocular; body rings 217; tail rings 20 to 21. Type.—M. C. Z. no. 25550 (collector’s no. 407, lot 63), an adult from Grande Cayemite Island, Haiti, collected by Walter J. Eyerdam from under stones in September, 1927. Description of the type.—Rostral small, triangular, scarcely any of it visi- _ble from above; prefrontals long, the suture between them a little longer than that between the frontals and slightly over twice the length of the nasal suture; ocular moderate, quadrangular, smaller than the postocular and about equal to the third supralabial; a well developed temporal be- tween the postocular and third supralabial, just touching the ocular and about equal to it in size; eye plainly visible through the ocular; two pairs of occipitals in contact behind the frontals, the anterior pair longer than broad, the posterior pair squarish; three supralabials, the second as long as the other two together; three lower labials, the second much longer than the other two together; behind the second lower labial a large malar shield; mental followed by a large median postmental somewhat longer than broad; just behind the postmental and between the second supralabials are two scales (post-genials) lying in a transverse row; 217 rings on the body and 21 on the tail; the segments of each ring longer than broad, except- ing the two median ventral ones which are slightly broader than long and 1Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, vol. 59, No. 6, Oct., 1915, p. 435. Cochran—Herpetological Collections Made in Haiti. 59 between which the suture is less deep than elsewhere; 14 segments above the lateral line and 20 below it; six anal shields; four preanal pores. Color (in alcohol).—Drab above, the center of each segment darker; lighter below anteriorly, turning to yellowish-white posteriorly. Dimensions.—Head and body length, 137 mm.; tail, 12 mm.; greatest diameter of body, 5 mm. Variations.—A single paratype, taken at the same time and place as the type, besides being somewhat larger, varies from it in the following slight characteristics: The temporal scale is relatively somewhat smaller than in the type specimen; there are 18 segments below the lateral line instead of 20; there are 20 tail-rings instead of 21. In all other respects it agrees with the type specimen. The length of the head and body in the paratype is 170 mm.; tail, 17 mm.; the greatest body diameter about 6 mm.; the body is somewhat shrunken and stiffened. Remarks.—From the true Amphisbaena innocens, its closest relative, it differs in having 20 to 21 tail rings instead of 13 to 16; in having the first and third supralabials proportionately smaller in relation to the second supralabial, and in having a somewhat shorter postmental. re : ah peas " f wl) ee ‘ { , ¢ i gl! av Ait v4 ; J ct ‘4 Fe gi iw elo i : i ae bay i #3 Ahan a > a pete pes yet; ‘ nts x ie rei k) aX, 5 f ma Po Faint a ue Wy iy i af , ; Vol. 41, pp. 61-66 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WAS ~ ~. a Th ZA WSONIAN INS}) CHARLES VANCOUVER PIPER AND THE FLORA OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST. BY R. KENT BEATTIE. We who knew Charles Vancouver Piper recognize his mani- fold interests, his breadth of training and vision, his ability to grasp the fundamentals of a problem and his practical insight into botanical and agronomic problems. Those who knew him in his later years only remember him chiefly for his brilliant leadership in the agronomic field. But Professor Piper’s older friends think of him as a natural- ist, especially as a botanical explorer and pioneer. Aptly was he named Vancouver. What George Vancouver did for the geography of Puget Sound and the Pacific Northwest and more, Piper did for the botany. Professor Piper’s studies of the flora of the Pacific North- west may be divided into three periods: (1) the years 1883 to 1892 when he resided at Seattle; (2) the years 1892 to 1903 during which he was Professor of Botany and Zoology at the State College of Washington at Pullman; and (3) the years 1903 to 1926 while he was connected with the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture at Washington, D. C. Professor Piper graduated from the University of Washing- ton in 1885 and later secured his master’s degree from the same institution. His teacher in the biological sciences was Pro- fessor O. B. Johnson. Later he studied at Harvard University. Even in his student days he had become a collector of plants. Specimens are in herbaria gathered by him as early as June, 1883. He became a member of the Young Naturalists Club of Seattle. After his graduation he helped his father in his busi- ness but devoted much time to botanical exploration. In this 14—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (61) 62 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. period his explorations reached many points in the Puget Sound Region and in the lofty mountains which surround it. In 1885 he was a member of the third party ever recorded as having climbed to the summit of Mount Rainier. The party con- sisted of eight men, was headed by Major E. 8. Ingraham and included the naturalist, John Muir. The first reference to Professor Piper’s work which I find in literature is in an article entitled ‘“‘A Mountain Meadow” and was published in Garden and Forest in 1889. The article is a description of the wonder- ful natural flower gardens in Paradise Valley on Mount Rainier. In 1891 in the same journal there appeared over his signature an article entitled ‘‘Conifers on Mount Rainier.’”’ By this time he had already begun the correspondence and submission of specimens to eastern specialists which helped him so much in developing his knowledge of the taxonomy of the plants of the northwest. Mount Rainier was always one of his favorite fields of ex- ploration. He explored the mountain botanically in 1888, again in 1889, and again in 1895. In 1901, in the mountaineer- ing magazine, Mazama, he published a critical list of the plants of this lofty snow peak. In 1890 and again in 1895 he explored the Olympic Mountains, the range of snow-capped peaks which forms the west border of the Puget Sound region. In 1892, Professor Piper was called to the position of Pro- fessor of Botany and Zoology at the State College of Washing- ton. The institution was young; there were but few teachers and few students. He began an energetic survey of eastern and central Washington and northern Idaho, now accessible to him. He scoured the bunch grass plains and at every opportunity visited the nearby Thatuna Hills of northern Idaho and the Snake River valley to the southward. He gathered around him a group of students whom he interested in the flora of the region. He established connection with such local collectors as W. C. Cusick, R. M. Horner, W. N. Suksdorf, and Kirk Whited, who sent him many plants for determination. He built up at the State College a splendid herbarium representing the flora of the Pacific Northwest. He undertook a catalogue of the flora of the State of Washington. He spent the school year 1899-1900 at Harvard University. During this year he Beattie—Charles Vancouver Piper. 63 completed most of the work on his catalogue which was pub- lished as volume 11 of the Contributions of the United States National Herbarium. Soon after Professor Piper’s return from Harvard in 1900 the preparation of the Flora of the Palouse Region was begun. ‘This little volume was the forerunner of the later published Flora of Southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho and the Flora of the Northwest Coast. In 1896 Professor Piper explored the Blue Mountains in southeastern Washington and northeastern Oregon, penetrat- ing to the Powder River and the Wallowa Mountains. In 1902 with two friends and a helper he made a five weeks pack horse trip over the Lolo trail into the Bitterroot Mountains of Idaho, following the path and studying the work of the Lewis and Clarke expedition. With Professor Piper’s removal to Washington, D. C., his interest in the flora of the Pacific Northwest did not waver. Rather, his field broadened. His forage crop problems fre- quently led him through the region. He botanized in Alaska while he studied its grasses and forage plants. During vaca- tions he camped on Priest Lake in northern Idaho, where he found a most interesting flora. He penetrated the fascinating Siskiyou Mountains in southwestern Oregon. He established more than friendly relations with the students of the flora of Vancouver Island and British Columbia. He _ stimulated others to visit the regions he himself could not reach. All this continued almost to the day of his death. It made him for all time the dominant factor in the Systematic Botany of the Pacific Northwest. In his taxonomic work, Professor Piper was sane, critical and a fearless student. He was conservative in his ideas but not to an extreme. He believed that species were human concepts and that names were conveniences. Rules of nomenclature were acceptable in so far as they were useful. He described and published over a hundred new species and varieties of plants but there was to him no sanctity in his own species. If new material or a new point of view or a suggestion from another botanist called in question one of his species no one could be more critical of it than he. Professor Piper’s personal herbarium and his collection of 64 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. taxonomic books, separates, and notes go to the State College of Washington to augment his collection already there and make it a splendid monument. Many of his types are in the Na- tional Herbarium. Duplicate sets of many of his collections are in the larger eastern herbaria. During the last few weeks of his life he arranged for the preparation of a list of additions and corrections to his Catalogue. The genus Piperia of Rydberg (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 28: 269. 1901) was named after him. A considerable number of species also bear his name. Professor Piper was not primarily a laboratory and herbarium man. He was a field botanist. He knew and loved plants as they grew out of doors. A surprisingly large number of the plants cited in the Flora of the State of Washington were col- lected by himself and he had explored personally perhaps a hundred localities in all parts of the State in securing them. This intimate knowledge of the living plant expressed itself in his writings and in his discussions of plants with his fellows. BIBLIOGRAPHY RELATING TO THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST. BY MISS MARY R. BURR. Books. 1901. The flora of the Palouse region. C. V. Piper and R. Kent Beattie. State College of Washington, Pullman, Wash. 1914. Flora of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho. C. V. Piper and R. Kent Beattie. (Privately published.) 1915. Flora of the Northwest Coast. C. V. Piper and R. Kent Beattie. (Privately published.) ARTICLES IN SCIENTIFIC JOURNALS. 1889. A mountain meadow. (Description of Paradise Valley.) Gard. & For. 2: 314. 1891. Conifers on Mount Rainier. Gard. & For. 4: 382. 1896. New and noteworthy Washington plants. Bot. Gaz. 22: 488-491. 1896. Another compass plant. Bot. Gaz. 22: 491-492. 1897. A remarkable sembling habit of Coccinella transversoguttata. Ent. News 8: 49-51. 1897. An undescribed black-cap raspberry. Erythae: 5: 103. 1898. New species of Washington plants. Erythea 6: 29-82. 1899. New and noteworthy northwestern plants. Erythea 7: 99-104; 159-163; 171-174. 1900. New and noteworthy northwestern plants. IV. Bull. Torrey Club 27: 392-401. 1901. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1902. 1902. 1905. 1905. 1905. 1905. 1905. 1906. 1906. 1906. 1906. 1907. putt. 1913. 1914. 1915. 1915. 1916. 1916. 1916. 1918. 1918. 1919: Beattie—Charles Vancouver Piper. 65 New and noteworthy northwestern plants. V. Bull. Torrey Club 28: 39-45. The flora of Mount Rainier. Mazama 2: 93-117. New and noteworthy northwestern plants. VI. Bull. Torrey Club. 29: 221-226, Notes on the biennial and perennial West American species of Lappula. Bull. Torrey Club 29: 535-549. New and noteworthy northwestern plants. VII. Bull. Torrey Club 29: 642-646. The conservation of our forests. Club Journ. Portland, Oregon 179-180. The basalt mounds of the Columbia lava. Science n. ser. 21: 824— 825. New and interesting American grasses. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton 18: 143-150. The two eastern species of Melica. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 383-387. Poa gracillima Vasey and its allies. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 435-437. Additions and corrections to the list of Mount Rainier plants. Mazama 2: 270-271. North American species of Festuca. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 10: 1-48. Notes on Calochortus. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 537-540. The terminology of the parts of the grass spikelet. Science n. ser. 33: 789-790. Flora of the state of Washington. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 11: 1-637. New plants of the Pacific slope with some revisions. Smiths. Quarterly Coll. 50: 195-202. Pterostichus johnsoni. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 13: 62-64. Supplementary notes on American species of Festuca. Delphinium simplex and its immediate allies. The identity of Heuchera cylindrica. New or noteworthy Pacific Coast plants. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 16: 197-210. W yethia helianthoides Nutt. and Wyethia amplexicaulis Nutt. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 27: 97-98. Botany in the agricultural colleges. Science n. ser. 41: 211-213. Andropogon halepensis and Andropogon sorghum. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 28: 25-44. Notes on Quamasia with a description of a new species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington. 29: 77-81. New plants from Oregon. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 29: 99-102. The flora of Mount Rainier. In E. 8. Meany, Mount Rainier, a record of exploration. MacMillan, New York 254-286. New plants of the Pacific Northwest. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton 31: 75-78. Some western species of Lathyrus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 31: 189-196. New Pacific Coast plants. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 32: 41-44. 66 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 1920. Some new plants from the Pacific Northwest. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 33: 103-106. 1920. A study of Allocarya. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 22: 79-115. 1922. The identification of Berberis aquifolium and Berberis repens. 1924. New flowering plants of the Pacific Coast. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton 37: 91-96. Numerous other articles have been published relating chiefly to agronomy, the taxonomy of forage crops, and grasses for golf courses. These have been listed elsewhere. The follow- ing biographical notes have been published. Oakley, R. A. Dr. Charles Vancouver Piper. Bull. Green Sect. U. 8. Golf Assn. 6: 54-57. 1926, Pieters, A. J. Charles Vancouver Piper. Science n. ser. 53: 248. 1926. Vinall, H. N. Charles Vancouver Piper. Journ. Amer. Soc. Agron. 18: 295-300. 1926. Vol. 41, pp. 67-68 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW BAT FROM DOMINICA. BY H. HAROLD SHAMEL.! In the collection of alcoholic specimens in the U. 8. National Museum are 22 bats of the genus Natalus from the Island of Dominica, Lesser Antilles, collected in 1901. It has been as- sumed for some time that these specimens represented JN. stramineus for the reason that up until the year 1921 there were no members of this genus from continental South America in the collection. Brazilian specimens now at hand, one adult and two young from Natal, show that the bat from Dominica is a different animal. Natalus dominicensis, sp. nov. Type.—Adult male (in alcohol), No. 118605 U. S. National Museum, collected on the Island of Dominica, May-July, 1921, by H. Selwyn Branch. Characters.—A larger form than Natalus stramineus from Brazil, more resembling N. mexicanus in its larger ear and longer tibia, but exceeding this bat in length of tibia and forearm, as well as average length of ear. Color.—All specimens examined are alcoholics collected in 1901. Com- paring these with the three alcoholics of N. stramineus, collected in 1921 at Natal, Brazil, they seem darker, a deep reddish brown on the back and lighter on the underparts, while the three specimens of N. stramineus are a much paler brown with less red. Skull—The skull has a longer rostrum, narrower braincase, longer maxillary and mandibular toothrow, greater breadth at m2, and greater condylobasal length. Comparing 4 skulls from Dominica with one from Natal, Brazil, the results are as follows: width of braincase 8.0-8.2 (8.6); maxillary toothrow, 7.2—7.5 (6.6); width at m?, 5.6-6.0 (5.5); mandibular toothrow, 7.6—-7.8 (7.0); condylobasal length, 15.4-16.0 (14.8). Teeth.—The teeth, except for the greater length of the toothrows, seem to be not different from those of N. mexicanus and N. stramineus. Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 48.0; tail, 53.0; tibia, 21.4; 1Published here by permission of the Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 15—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (67) 68 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. foot, 9.0; forearm, 41.0; third metacarpal, 39.5; fifth metacarpal, 37.6; ear from meatus, 16.0; ear from crown, 12.8; width of ear, 12.2; thumb, 4.2; total length of skull, 16.5; condylobasal length, 16.0; interorbital breadth, 3.5; zygomatic breadth, 8.2; breadth of braincase, 8.0; occipital depth, 7.0; breadth at m?, 5.6; breadth at canines, 3.8; maxillary toothrow (including incisor), 7.5; mandibular toothrow, 7.8; length of mandible, 12.8. Specimens examined.—Twenty-two, including the type, all from the Island of Dominica. Remarks.—With the exception of Natalus major this is the largest known form of this genus. In color and size it resembles more the northern race N. mevicanus, but the skull may be separated by its larger size and es- pecially by its greater condylobasal length which is 15.4-16.0 in four specimens as against 14.2-15.2 in nine specimens of N. mexicanus. The skins may be separated by their longer forearm (39.5-41.5) in six speci- mens as against (36.6-39.2) in 5 specimens of N. mexicanus. The ear averages larger than in N. mezicanus and is actually much larger than N. stramineus, which is 13.4 from meatus. Vol 41, pp. 69-70 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGT A NEW CRAB FROM COSTA RICA. BY MARY J. RATHBUN.! In a recent shipment to the National Museum by M. Valerio, of Crustacea from the Pacific Coast of Costa Rica, there is a crab of the genus Cyrtoplaz, family Goneplacidae, which strongly resembles the hitherto unique genotype of the Atlantic coast. It has been named for the donor. Cyrtoplax valeriana, sp. nov. Type, male, Puntarenas, Costa Rica, Oct. 1, 1927, M. Valerio, collector; Cat. No. 61048, U. S. Nat. Mus. The Pacific analogue of C. spinidentata (Benedict).2 Carapace wider in proportion to length; fronto-orbital distance greater, due to length of eyes and orbits; lobes of front more arcuate; supra-orbital fissures and emarginations obsolete. Anterolateral margin with 4 teeth instead of 5, first or orbital tooth simple, directed forward, outwardly rounded; second tooth wider than first, third wider than second, fourth smallest; last three acute; sinuses diminishing in width from first to third or posterior. Sur- face more coarsely granulate than in spinidentata. Wrist longer than in the type species of the genus, outer distal angle a right angle; inner margin armed with a single strong spine parallel to distal margin. Palms longer than in the allied species, punctate and microscopically granulate. The first and third segments of the abdomen(<’) are narrower (from side to side) and the terminal segment somewhat longer than in spinidentata. Length of carapace 15.7, width of same 23.5, fronto-orbital distance 17.4, greatest width of front 6.2 mm. 1Published with the permission of the Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., No. 11, 1892, p. 77. 16—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (69) a rity) } ‘. vs ae oh ; ina iy pa, Vol. 41, pp. 71-84 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONCERNING THE STRUCTURE, FUNCTION, AND ORIGIN OF THE CORNICLES OF THE FAMILY APHIDIDAE. BY £):C: HOTEES:: INTRODUCTION. The Homopterous family Aphididae has long been looked upon as furnishing abundant favorable material for investiga- tion. The peculiar method of reproduction of the family seems to have received extensive and careful consideration by the early investigators. It was while pursuing this line of research, no doubt, that attention was directed to the form and function of the cornicles, structures which so fundamentally separate aphids from all other insects. It is not surprising that sensory, respiratory and excretory functions should have been attributed to such conspicuous and unique structures as the cornicles by the early workers. Morphological studies on the internal structure of the cornicles had to wait until suitable histological technique was developed. Since such technique has been per- fected, few students have applied it to the study of the cornicles. Therefore, our knowledge of their internal structure is extremely limited, and as a consequence of this, the significance of the internal structure of the cornicles has never been fully appreci- ated. Emphasis has been placed upon their external form alone, ignoring the fact that it is the internal functional portion of the cornicle that is the more fundamental. This study has been attempted with the view in mind of ex- plaining what the cornicles are, what they do, and from what 1I consider myself extremely fortunate to have been able to carry on this work under the guidance and direction of Dr. O. W. Oestlund, and I take this opportunity of acknowl- edging his valued assistance, encouragement, and kindly criticism. 17—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., VoL. 41, 1928. (71) 72 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. structures they may be traced phylogenetically. This has been done in order to arrive at a better understanding of their value as characters useful in the classification of the family Aphididae, the application of which is left to the future. Part I. StTRucTURE. Cornicles may best be described as a pair of tube-like structures which are situated on the dorso lateral surfaces of the sixth abdominal segment of most species of Aphididae. Because the external form of the cornicles is given to considerable variation, they have long been recognized as useful taxonomic characters. In general, it may be said that the external portions of the cornicles present five distinct types. The procornicular type (fig. 1), the tubercu- late (fig. 2), the truncate (figs. 3, 4), the cylindrical (figs. 5-9), and the pore-like (figs. 10, 11). The procornicular type of cornicle, as repre- sented by the cornicles of the genus Monellia is a very primitive type, heretofore not recognized as such. Cornicles of this type differ but slightly from lateral tubercles, which are rudimentary structures, and usu- ally functionless. In the tuberculate type of cornicle, the cornicle proper is situated upon a tuberculate or voleano-shaped area of the body. Cornicles of this type are characteristic of the tribe Lachnini. The truncate type of cornicle is well exemplified by the cornicles of species belonging to the tribes Chaitophorini and Callipterini. In these tribes, the cornicles are rather truncate or trunk-like in shape, and as a rule are no longer than they are wide at the base. Cornicles of species belonging to the tribe Chaito- phorini are often more or less irregularly reticulated, the reticulations in this case being of the same nature as the reticulations found on the body. Cornicles of species belonging to the tribe Callipterini are characteristically never reticulated, although in some species they may be modified by being somewhat swollen at the base. Cylindrical cornicles are usually much longer than wide. Tuberculate and truncate cornicles show but compara- tively few modifications, but cornicles of the cylindrical type are given to exceedingly great external variation. In general, cornicles of this type are long, more or less movable tube-like structures in contrast to the short fixed cornicles of the Lachnini, Chaitophorini, and Callipterini. Cornicles, regardless of type, always have at or near their apical end an opening which is usually in the form of a semi-circular slit. This opening is of primary importance, because it is actively concerned with the internal function of the cornicles. The slit is so constructed that it may be opened and closed by a valve which is moved by a muscle attached near the median, free portion of the valve. The valve muscle has its insertion in the ventral portion of the body wall. The valve is usually attached for a short dis- tance around the rim of the cornicle by a flexible hinge. Cornicles of the long cylindrical type are at least somewhat movable. This presupposes some sort of a moving mechanism. Flégel mentions and figures such (fig. 13). I have not been able to locate the muscles found by Flégel either in cross or frontal sections, and suggest that the Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. 73 valve muscle may perform a double function, since the cornicles are but slightly movable. The literature of the structure of the cornicles is scarce and on the whole not very satisfactory. Few workers have based their observations on sectioned material. They seem to have depended largely upon gross dissection and upon the clearing and mounting of specimens in toto, pro- cesses not lending themselves to accurate interpretation. No compara- tive study of the internal structure of the cornicles seems to have been made. My study of the embryology of the cornicles, while fragmentary and not intended as a comprehensive treatment, adds a little to our knowl- edge of their development, and is apparently the first based upon sectioned material. The external portion of the cornicles is derived from the ectoderm. That the comparatively little known internal portion is derived from the same germ layer as the external portion of the cornicle, has been taken for granted, for all authors except Witlaczil so consider it. Witlaczil believed the internal portion of the cornicles to be derived from the mesoderm, and the evidence furnished by my sections so indicates. The structures de- scribed by Sule as being present in Pseudococcus farinosus DeGeer are certainly suggestive of the internal structure of the cornicles of certain species of aphids. Sule looked upon the cells which he found as being degenerated fat tissue which functioned in the defense of the organism, Without considering the function of these structures, but judging them solely by their structure, it would appear that Sule was justified in declar- ing them homologous to the cornicles of the family Aphididae. The structure of the cornicles of the genus Lachnus will be described first. Mordwilko, having sectioned Tuberolachnus viminalis Boyer (con- sidered at that time to belong to the genus Lachnus) appears to have been the first worker to make a histological study of cornicles of this type. I have not had material of this species to section, but my interpretation of the structure of the cornicles of two typical species of the genus Lachnus differs somewhat from Mordwilko’s interpretation. STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES IN THE EMBRYO OF LACHNUS COLORADEN- sis GILLETTE (Figs. 14-16). Before there is any indication of a tubercle in the locality where the cornicles will shortly manifest themselves there appears beneath this area a rather finely granulated nucleus in a mass of greatly vacuolated tissue, usually more or less intimately associated with fat cells. Such nuclei are usually larger than any nuclei found within the body cavity. The cytoplasm of the glandular mass, although greatly vacuolated, presents a very homogenous appearance. These vacuoles are apparently empty spaces which were once filled with secretory sub- stance. STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLE IN THE ADULT OF LACHNUS COLORADENSIS GILLETTE (figs. 17-19). The chitin covering the tubercle appears to be considerably thicker than the chitin covering the outer portions of the body. The cornicle itself is short. A narrow, flat brim extending slightly downward is found at the apex. The valve is not set flush with the outer margin of the cornicle but is somewhat sunken or depressed. The chitin 74. ~~‘ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. to which the valve is fastened extends downward for a short distance within the cornicle and then bends back upon itself, thus forming a rather flexible hinge. The valve fits up against an inwardly projecting portion of the rim of the cornicle, enabling the opening to be completely closed. Within the tubercle is found a large, nucleated glandular mass consisting, apparently, of two kinds of cells, which for convenience will be distinguished by the letters A and B. The cytoplasm of the A type of cell, which takes a dark stain, is coarsely vacuolated, the vacuoles varying considerably in size. Large granular nuclei are scattered at random throughout the cyto- plasm. There are no cell boundaries. Cells of this type are usually found close to the valve. The B type of cell is much more delicate in structure. They may surround three sides, or may lie directly beneath the glandular mass made up of the A type of cell. Cells of this type are greatly vacuo- lated, the vacuoles being small and uniform in size. There are no cell membranes apparently, separating cells of the B type, but the limits of the individual cells may in some cases be distinguished. The B type of cell fills the greater portion of the cornicular cavity. I regard the cavity or cavities often seen at the extreme inner portion of the tubercle as artifact. It is this cavity which I think Mordwilko interpreted as the wax sac. The wax sac of Mordwilko could be derived by a shrinking or disinte- grating of the cells in the interior, leaving only a membrane-like residue toward the outside containing nuclei. Mordwilko mentions the fact that the cells on the inner side of the valve are larger than those forming the hypodermis proper, and concludes that they are glandular in function. I agree with him that they are larger than the ordinary cells of the hypodermis, but not perhaps to the extent that Mordwilko’s figure of them would lead one to expect (fig. 20). Ido not agree with him that these cells are glandular in function for they cer- tainly exhibit none of the characteristics of active glandular cells. They appear to be slightly modified hypodermal! cells, since they differ only in the matter of size. At the margin, away from the attachment of the valve, the valve muscle attaches itself. At this point, there is an almost imper- ceptible transition from the hypodermal cells to the cells of the muscle proper. The valve muscle runs backward and downward to attach itself near the median line on the ventral side of the abdomen. From sections it is impossible to tell precisely the segment to which it attaches itself, but it would appear to be the segment posterior to the cornicles, and ac- cording to Mordwilko it is. THE CORNICLES OF LONGISTIGMA CARYAE (Harris). The cornicles of this species are very similar to the cornicles described for the genus Lachnus. The glandular portion is apparently considerably larger than that found in the genus Lachnus, while the cells of the A type are not as numerous. THE CORNICLES OF EULACHNUS AGILIS (KocH). The oviparous females of this species were sectioned. Externally, the cornicles of this species are greatly reduced; internally, they depart widely from the cornicles of the genus Lachnus. Tue Cornictes oF MOoNELLIA CARYELLA (FitcH). Internally, the cornicles of Monellia caryella differ in many respects from the cornicles of Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. 75 other genera. By virtue of the active, functioning cells, which are inti- mately united in a glandular mass resembling a small sac closely associated with the valve, these cornicles appear most closely related structurally to the cornicles of the genus Lachnus. STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLE IN THE EMBRYO (fig. 21). The informa- tion pertaining to the structure of the cornicles in the embryo is based upon rather meager material representing somewhat mature em- bryos of approximately the same age. There is apparently no thicken- ing of the hypodermis in the vicinity of the two hollow, ball-like structures found in the posterior lateral portions of the abdomen. ‘These structures in section resemble hollow rings, and are the first indication of the develop- ing cornicles. In the embryos studied they were already well developed. Nuclei are to be found within the band, while the area within is clear and apparently empty, indicating that at this stage it was already filled with secretory substance. There appears to be no internal membrane, and because the internal surface is rather uneven, it is very doubtful if such a membrane is present. No sections show the opening of the cornicles or the muscle operating the valve. This, however, is not surprising, for even in the adult the external portion of the cornicle is difficult to find. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLE IN THE ADULT (fig. 22). The internal portion of the cornicle consists of a sac-like, glandular tissue in which the cytoplasm is differentiated into three regions; there is an open, sac-like region next to the mouth of the cornicle, which in life may have been filled with secretory substance. This region is surrounded by a deeply staining mass of vacuolated cytoplasm containing nuclei. This, in turn, is sur- rounded by a layer of cytoplasm which takes the stain to a much less de- gree than the former. Since no cell membranes may be distinguished, and in as much as there are no nuclei present, except in the darker staining inner portion, the various regions will have to be interpreted as differenti- ated areas of the cells making up the inner portion of the cornicle. The nuclei are large and stain deeply. Near the mouth of the cornicle a muscle attaches itself to a rather sloping valve. The valve muscle runs down- ward as well as backward, presumably to find its insertion in the ventral body wall. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES IN SYMYDOBIUS AMERICANUS BAKER. STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLE IN THE EMBRYO (figs. 23, 24). No em- bryos show the cornicles in their early stages of development. A small embryo shows a hollow structure of glandular tissue not unlike that mentioned for the genus Monellia in the embryonic stage. Near the outer margin of the glandular mass it lies close to the slightly thickened hypo- dermis. Several embryos show one or two smaller glandular masses near the larger ones, but these are apparently of the same nature. Another embryo which seems to be almost mature, shows the glandular mass in contact with the hypodermis, which at this point is greatly thinned. The nuclei in this thinned area are absent. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES IN THE ADULT (fig. 25). The valve, which opens towards the anterior end of the body, is situated about one half of the way down the cornicle, and is set at a rather sharp angle. 76 ~=Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. There is a slight thickening on the opposite wall of the cornicle so that when the valve fits up against it, the opening is tightly closed. The valve muscle attaches to the free end of the valve and runs downward and backward to attach itself to the ventral body wall. The glandular sac is large, and is usually oval or oblong in shape. Along the wider and longer portions of the sac the walls consist of a single layer of vacuoles surrounded by a homogeneous, deeply staining cytoplasm in which the nuclei are situated. At the ends of the sac there may be several rows of vacuoles present. Large, deeply staining nuclei are found in the walls of the sac. One or two individuals show smaller, glandular, sphere-like sacs similar to those mentioned as being present in the embryo. The large sac does not join directly with the opening made by the valve, although it may extend up into the cavity of the cornicle and thus approach it. The fact that some specimens show smaller sacs in addition to the larger one may indicate that the cornicles of this species are in what may be called a tran- sition stage between the cornicles of the myzocallis type and the cornicles of the genus Aphis. THE CORNICLES OF THE GENUS NEoTHomasiIA. The oviparous females of Neothomasia populicola (Thomas), and the viviparous females of Neo- thomasia abditus Hottes were sectioned. In general, the cornicles of this genus differ but slightly from the structure of the cornicles of Symydobius americanus. The cornicles of Callipterinella betulaecolens (Fitch) and Myzocallis bellus (Walsh) are similar structurally to the cornicles of Symydobius americanus except that they do not show small, sphere-like sacs in addition to the larger one. (Figs. 26, 27.) The cornicles of Calaphis betulella (Walsh) occasionally show small spheres. It is suggested that the valve of the genus Symydobius, in the process of being drawn in, drew in also that portion of the cornicle which ordi- narily enters into the formation of the rim. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES OF ANOECIA OENOTHERAE WILSON. Only poor sections of Anoecia oenotherae were obtained. Provisionally, it would seem that the cornicles of this species conform more closely to the cornicles of the genus Neothomasia than they do to the cornicles of the genus Lachnus. This fact suggests that the genus Anoecia may not be as closely related to the Lachnini as has been thought. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES OF DREPANAPHIS ACERIFOLII (Tuomas). The cornicles of this species differ from those heretofore de- scribed in this paper. They seem to represent the phylogenetic goal towards which the internal structure of the cornicles has been directed. THE STRUCTURE IN THE EMBRYO. In this genus, it is the internal structure again, which first makes its appearance. The first indication of the cornicles was found in rather mature embryos. At this stage a number of hollow spheres, consisting largely of vacuoles surrounded by cytoplasm, may be seen near the posterior lateral margins of the abdomen. Each sphere consists, apparently, of but one cell; there is but one nucleus present. No embryos show any indication of the external portion of the cornicle. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLE IN THE ADULT. Within the body Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. ne cavity in the vicinity of the cornicles and within them, numerous hollow and partially hollow spheres may be seen, each containing a single nucleus. If the spheres are hollow, the outer surface is only one vacuole thick. If not they appear to be partially filled with vacuoles separated from each other by a net work of cytoplasm. ‘These spheres are tightly compacted within the cornicles, but within the body cavity they present a somewhat looser arrangement. In general, they bear a striking resemblance to the loose, small spheres present in the genus Symydobius. The solid spheres show a somewhat distant resemblance to fat cells, from which they may be separated quite easily by their nuclei. Their cytoplasm is more uniformly vacuolated than the cytoplasm of the fat cells and takes a darker stain. THE CORNICLES OF THE GENUS MELANOXANTHERIUM (fig. 28). Two species belonging to this genus were sectioned, Melanoxantherium salicis (Linnaeus) and Melanoxantherium smithiae (Monell). Internally, both in adult and embryo, the cornicles of this genus are suggestive of the cornicles of the genus Drepanaphis. THE CORNICLES OF THE GROUP MAcROSIPHINI (fig. 29). Species be- longing to the following genera were sectioned: Acyrthosiphon, Microsiphum, Macrosiphoniella, Catamergus, and Tritogenaphis. The species of this group present but minor differences as far as the internal structure of the cornicles is concerned, from the cornicles of the genus Drepanaphis. The number of spheres varies greatly. Sometimes they are so numerous that they extend across the posterior end of the body joining those in the vicinity of the cornicle on the other side. At other times they are very limited in number. THE CORNICLES OF THE TRIBE APHIDINI (fig. 30). Species of several genera belonging to the tribe Aphidini were sectioned. The cells at the base of and within the cornicles of Thargelia albipes (Oestlund) differ enough from the cells thus far described to warrant a description. The cells found here are somewhat suggestive of oenocytes from which they may be easily separated by their small size, evenly vacuolated cytoplasm, and the manner in which they stain. THE STRUCTURE OF THE CORNICLES OF SCHIZONEURA LANIGERA (Haus- MANN). My interpretation of the structure of the cornicles of this species differs from the interpretation of Baker and Davidson, and is more in line with what one would naturally expect knowing the structure of the cornicles in other species belonging to the family. Because of this dis- crepancy, further sections will be made before publishing. GENERAL CONSIDERATION OF INTERNAL STRUCTURE. On the basis of internal structure, two types of cornicles may be con- sidered. In the primitive type, the glandular mass has a direct connec- tion with the outside, as is the case in the cornicles of Monellia and Lachnus. The more modern type of cornicle has an indirect connection between the glandular mass and the cornicular opening, and is well illustrated by cornicles of the Macrosiphini and Aphidini. Cornicles having an indirect connection are of two kinds: those having mononuclear sacs or spheres, 78 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. as for example the cornicles of Macrosiphini and Aphidini; and those having a polynuclear sac, as for example the cornicles of the genus Symy- dobius. The mononuclear spheres are apparently derived by a breaking up of the polynuclear sac, and are therefore homologous to it. Part Il. Tue FunctTion oF THE CORNICLES. Reaumur, who appears to have been the earliest worker to make an extensive study of the family Aphididae assigned to the cornicles for the first time a function, although a function had been implied by Von Frisch in his designation of them under the name of Fihlspitzeln. Reaumur re- garded the heavy, dark colored liquid which came from the tips of the cornicles as analogous to the feces of other:animals, and the liquid from the anus as analogous to urine. Bonnet, a follower and reported student of Reaumur, first considered the cornicles to function in the production of honey dew; later, however, he considered the cornicles to function as urinary organs. Bonnet looked upon the pulverulent matter often seen on the bodies of aphids as being of the same nature as the material given off by the cornicles. He took it to be a kind of perspiration having a great similarity to urine, which he thought found its way to the surface of the body by means of numerous small pores. Linné followed the first view held by Bonnet, and believed that the cornicles functioned in the secretion of honey dew. Rev. Kyber thought that aphids would soon bury themselves by their own feces, if the function of the cornicles was excretory, and therefore as- signed to them two functions. First, that they were breathing pores, a theory held by several subsequent workers. His second theory seems to have figured but little in literature. Briefly, he thought it not unlikely that the cornicles functioned as levers by means of which the aphids could more easily raise the hinder part of the abdomen when the cornicles were inclined towards the head. Charles Morren declared the cornicles to be prolonged stomata. He believed the cornicles to have a second function; that of secreting the honey dew which he regarded as being the first food of the young, since he re- peatedly saw young aphids suck the secretions fron the tips of the cornicles. Kaltenbach considered the cornicles to be respiratory in function. He looked upon them as organs necessary for the rapid oxidation of food mat- ter, a condition brought about by the rapid vital functions carried on by the individuals of this family. Buckton, after reviewing all previous theories as to the function of the cornicles regarded them as excretory ducts, from which oily globules were passed from time to time, thus removing material which would cause the death of the individual if allowed to accumulate. Buckton, however, perpetuates the idea that ants gather honey dew from the cornicles, for in one of his plates he shows an ant in the act of receiving a drop of honey dew from the tip of one of the cornicles of Aphis sambuci L. Witlaczil in his first paper written in 1881 designated the cells found in Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. 79 the cornicles and in the vicinity of their base by the name of sugar cells (Zuckerzellen). These cells, he thought, were given off through the medium of the cornicles, and as evidence of this he cited the empty spaces found at the base of the cornicles of adult aphids. Witlaczil, however, recognized that the honey dew came from the anus. In his second paper published in 1882 Witlaczil retained the view brought out in his first paper, but in his third paper published in 1884 he regarded the cells found at the base of the cornicles as having a urinary function. Biisgen was the next worker to offer a function for the cornicles. His theory has been widely accepted by entomologists, and is the one offered by most present day workers who venture an opinion. Biisgen con- sidered the cornicles to be wax producing glands which function as organs of defense against predacious enemies. To recapitulate, the theories brought forward in regard to the function of the cornicles may be broadly classified as excretory, respiratory and pro- tective. The theories held for the function of the cornicles by Kyber, Linné, Morren and others have long since become a matter of history. The pro- tective theory even as long ago as 1908 was rather severely questioned by Gillette, who at that time doubted if a secretion which did not often free itself from the cornicles could be very effective in defending aphids from the attacks of predaceous and parasitic insects. Several others, while doubting the effectiveness of the cornicles as organs of defence, have failed to publish their opinions, or have referred to them merely as excretory ducts. When the cornicles are considered critically from their internal structure, form and performance, it becomes evident that they are not well adapted to perform effectively the function of protection. The cornicles at their best are but slightly movable, thus making the possibility of their being aimed in all directions practically nil. While the amount of secretory substance appears to be ample in all species, it is seldom that more than a single drop may be coaxed to the tip of the cornicle. The droplet co- agulates immediately, retaining the shape of a small sphere, and has no tendency whatever to spread. Thus, should it ever leave the tip of the cornicle, there would be great need of effective placing in order to glue up the mouth parts of the enemy. It has been said that aphids would expel droplets from the cornicles when confronted by their enemies. It has been my experience, however, that aphids are not easily frightened, and that they remain unconcerned even while being walked over by those who are in the habit of feeding upon them. Droplets may, however, be brought to the surface of the cornicles by pressure applied to the body of the aphid. In nature, this pressure naturally is produced by the aphid’s enemy at the moment of grasping the aphid between its mandibles. The drop- lets must, therefore, be looked upon as a result of pressure, and not as a result of the desire of the aphid to defend itself. The large glandular masses present at the base of the cornicles of the Lachnini indicate that the function of the cornicles is of a physiological nature. From the location of the internal portion of the cornicles, which is 80 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. bathed on all sides by the body fluids, it is suggested that the cornicles may function in connection with some of the metabolic processes carried on by the individual. If this is true, the product is of an excretory nature, given off in the form of a gas at the mouth of the cornicle. Morphologi- cally, the structure of the cornicles is of such a nature that volatile matter could be given off, if it were present, and if it were necessary for it to be removed. The valve is ideally constructed for such a purpose. The internal portion of the cornicle is close enough to the mouth of the cornicle so that volatile matter would not be greatly hampered in making its escape. It is known that the material within the cornicles coagulates or hardens immediately upon coming in contact with the air, and it may be deducted from this, that there is constituent within it which is highly volatile. If the function of the cornicles is excrétory as has been suggested, the source of the volatile matter will have to be accounted for, and the reason for its not being taken care of by ordinary means explained. Structure, when taken alone, indicates the degree of functional development which an organism or organ has attained. Differences in structure may there- fore be taken as indicative of the variability and complexity of function. The variation in the internal structure of the cornicles may therefore be taken as an indication that the factors entering into their function are variable. This is what one might expect, knowing something of the biological habits of the family. Aphids have, perhaps, established a closer, more continuous, and a more intimate relationship with their hosts than any other ectoparasitic insects. This relationship has had its effect upon their mode of reproduc- tion, their early maturity, and their reproductive capacity—all of which are highly characteristic of the family. Biisgen’s data showing the amount of honey dew produced per aphid in twenty-four hours would lead one to believe that the taking in of food has become an almost continuous process. Indeed, they appear at all times to have their beaks inserted in the tissue of the host, and to withdraw them only upon being disturbed. Early maturity and the development of a large number of young are processes which require a vast amount of food, so that the continuous feeding habit is not at all surprising. However, this food must be properly balanced. The large amount of waste material given off in the form of honey dew by the aphids indicates that the sap upon which they feed is limited in some element which is probably protein, which can be obtained in necessary amounts only by taking into the di- gestive system an excessive amount of sap which is composed largely of carbohydrates. The sap of plants is known to be a very complex substance. Certain of these sap products must be incapable of being assimilated, and made use of even though they enter into the blood stream of the aphid. These products must be removed by the glandular internal structure of the cornicles or by some other means. It is well known that the constituents making up the sap content of various plants differ. Since the amount of food consumed by aphids is comparatively large, and since there is some evidence showing that aphids have evolved along with their hosts, it is not at all surprising that related groups should have responded in a similar Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. 81 manner to a similar stimulus; a stimulus not faced to such a marked degree by other insects whose food is not so limited as to kind, and where the con- sumption of it is not a continuous process. The loss of the cornicles must be accounted for by a change in the factors making them necessary. Their absence can be correlated with certain morphological and_ biological characteristics such as the presence of wax pores, the absence of cauda, low reproductive rate, and a slower rate of development which as a conse- quence decreases the number of generations per year. The biological factors indicate that the groups without cornicles have failed to maintain what may be called a degree of plasticity between the organism on the one hand and its host relations on the other. The slowing up of the biological processes may be interpreted as a direct result of this. Therefore, any change in the structure of the cornicles must be a result of the nature of the food consumed by the individual because this alone can affect the functional portion of the cornicle. Part III. THE ORIGIN OF THE CORNICLES. In attempting to account for the origin of the cornicles, one may pro- ceed in either of two directions. He may choose to look upon the cornicles as organs de novo. If he does so, he is immediately confronted not so much by the question how they arose, but how many times, for species with and without cornicles are found in all of the major groups of the family. Or he may proceed to derive the cornicles from and through modi- fications of preexisting structures. Since the cornicles are found well developed, even in the more generalized forms, and are apparently lacking only in those forms which have greatly modified their biological processes, it may be concluded that the cornicles arose only once. Since the cornicles are such unique structures in the class Insecta, it is not surprising that structures with which they may be readily homologized are lacking. Examining the order Homoptera of which the family Aphi- didae is a member, one is immediately impressed by the well developed dermal glandular system, a system which certain aphids have retained, and a system which certain others show evidence of having once had. The period of time during which the cornicles were undergoing their development may be divided into two epochs. A precornicular epoch and a cornicular epoch. A generalized dermal glandular system may have taken care of the function which is now performed by the cornicles in the progenitors of the family Aphididae. Such glands were undoubtedly arranged in six longitudinal rows, four dorsal and two marginal. This is quite evident from the arrangement of the wax glands and a somewhat similar arrangement of the tubercles and of the glandular and sensory hairs when they are present. During this time there was no differentiation either in structure or function between the glands on the dorsum and the glands on the lateral margins of the body. We may consider the first stage in the development of the cornicles to have been reached when a differentia- tion in structure and function took place between the glands on the dor- sum and the glands on the lateral margins. We have examples of this in 82 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Forda and Anoecia and a few other genera where the lateral glands no longer function in the same manner as those found on the dorsum. In the second stage of the development of the cornicles, which brings to comple- tion the precornicular epoch, the lateral glands became lateral tubercles. From sections, I am convinced that lateral tubercles and lateral glands are the same functionally. In fact, they do not differ fundamentally in structure, except that the former have become tubercles. In certain forms, the lateral tubercles are filled with large glandular cells which ap- pear to be nothing other than greatly modified cells of the hypodermis. The cell cytoplasm is not greatly vacuolated. The nuclei are large and finely granulated. Apparently there are no pores in the chitin covering the tubercles in the vicinity of the gland cells. Pores leading to the out- side may exist, but a careful search fails to reveal them. Two kinds of lateral tubercles may be distinguished in the family. One in which the lateral tubercles are filled by active, functioning cells and the other where the tubercles are filled with mesodermal tissue. Lateral tubercles where the cells have been lost appear to be the rule in the Calliperini and Calaphi- dini. In many species belonging to these tribes, the lateral tubercles are almost as well developed as the cornicles. A few species belonging to the tribes just mentioned bear on the sides of the lateral tubercles, window- like areas now covered over by chitin (fig. 12). Such areas are very sug- gestive of the terminal openings of the cornicles, and become very signifi- cant when considered as homologous structures of the terminal openings, now covered over. These structures are not found at the tips of the tu- bercles, but are to be looked for on the posterior side. This location may have been the original position of the cornicular opening; if so, it has been retained by but few species belonging to the family (fig. 7). Just previous to the cornicular epoch we may suppose that certain lateral tubercles became more efficient than others. The centralization of func- tion which seems to have been ever present and ever active, continued until finally one pair of tubercles which may now be called procornicles was performing the function once performed by several pair. ‘The tubercles on certain segments seem to have been more persistent than others. With the exception of the tubercles found on the seventh abdominal segment, those tubercles which are furtherest away from the disturbing influence of the cornicles, such as those on the prothorax, and those on the first, second and third abdominal segments are the most common. This indi- cates that the cornicles did not become dominant all at once. The ex- ternal portion of the cornicles at this time had not yet begun to change its form. Such a condition is met with in the genus Monellia and a few other genera in which the external portion of the cornicles is so feebly de- veloped that they could easily be taken for lateral tubercles were it not for the presence of terminal openings. The intimate relationship which exists between the internal functional portion of the cornicle, and the external portion, particularly the valve, presupposes that the two portions underwent their evolution during simi- lar epochs. If this is so, one would not expect to find a high type of in- ternal structure, such as is found in the group Macrosiphini, present in Hottes—Concerning Cornicles of Aphididae. 83 cornicles belonging to the procornicular type; neither would one expect to find cornicles which belong internally to the type found in the genus Lachnus, present in cornicles which belong externally to the cylindrical type. The present status of our knowledge of the internal structure of the cornicles bears this out. Our knowledge of the internal structure of the cornicles is at present too limited to draw a complete picture of their phyolgenetic development without relying rather strongly upon the evidence furnished by their ex- ternal form. For example, a wide gap exists between the glandular mass type of cornicle and the polynuclear sac type, when the two are considered on the basis of their internal structure. When the two are considered on the basis of their external form, this gap no longer exists, for the truncate type of cornicle may be derived from the tuberculate type by a narrowing down of the tubercle. There is evidence to show that the mononuclear spheres were derived by a breaking up of the polynuclear sac. Externally cylindrical cornicles, which are internally characterized by mononuclear spheres, may be derived from truncate cornicles, which internally are characterized by a polynuclear sac, by a process which tends both to thin and lengthen the truncate cornicle. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 1. Procornicular type of cornicle. 2. Tuberculate type of cornicle. 3. Truncate type of cornicle. 4. Truncate type of cornicle. “« 5. Cylindrical type of cornicle. 6. Cylindrical type of cornicle. 7. Cylindrical type of cornicle. 8. Cylindrical type of cornicle. “« 9. Cylindrical type of cornicle. “10. Pore-like type of cornicle. “11. Pore-like type of cornicle. ‘12. Lateral tubercle showing “window.” “ 13. Figure taken from Flégel showing muscles for the movement of the cornicles. r6. die horizontal liegende Rohre, ar. arrector tubuli, mr. musculus valvulae, do. Dorsoventralmuskel, pi. Pigmentflecke, st. Stigma. “14, Longitudinal section of cornicle through embryo of Lachnus coloradensis Gillette. “15. Cross section through embryonic cornicle of Lachnus coloradensis Gillette. “16. Section through embryonic cornicle of Lachnus coloradensis Gillette. “ 17. Longitudinal section through the cornicle of Lachnus coloradensis Gillette. (Composite.) “18. Longitudinal section through the cornicle of Lachnus coloraden- sis Gillette. (Composite.) Fig. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24, 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Cross section through the cornicle of Lachnus coloradensis Gillette. Figure taken from Mordwilko, showing a section through the cornicle of Tuberolachnus viminalis Boyer. sh. Safthocker, hd. Deckel des Safthockers, dz. Region der héhen Drusenzellen, wh. Membran welche die flussig wachartige Masse weinsch- lieszt, br. m. grobkornige rothbraune Masse, r. m. dorsoven- traler Respirationsmuskel, mt. r. Hypodermis. Longitudinal section through the embryonic cornicle of Monellia earyella (Fitch). Longitudinal section through the cornicle of Monellia caryella (Fitch). (Composite.) Longitudinal section through embryonic cornicle of Symydobius americanus Baker. Longitudinal section through embryonic cornicle of Symydobius americanus Baker. Longitudinal section through the cornicle of Symydobius ameri- canus Baker. (Composite.) Section through the embryonic sac of Myzocallis bellus (Walsh), the section to the right through the top of the sac, the section to the left just under the section to the right. Longitudinal section through the cornicle of Myzocallis bellus (Walsh). (Composite.) Section through the cornicle of Melanoxanterium salicis (Lin- naeus). Section through the cornicle of Microsiphum artemisiae (Gillette). (Composite. ) Section through the cornicle of Thargelia albipes Oestlund. (Composite.) Proc. Brou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. PLATE IV Fias. 1-13, 20.—Cornicles of Aphididae. V . u PLATE Proc. Broun. Soc. Wasn., Vou. 41, 1 Fee Pe pele 5, < oe wee a RS, Se oY ~~ hnus le of Lac 1€ Section through corn Fias. 14, 15. Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. PuaTE VI Fias. 16, 17, 21.—Sections through cornicles of Lachnus and Monellia. i) Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. PuaTe VII Fias. 18, 19.—Sections through cornicles of Lachnus. vi py ; ae ae Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. Prats , VIII 22. ——— Fics. 22—25.—Sections through cornicles of Monellia and Symydobius. = . : a.) * re e ' ’ @ i. ‘ 1 4 - { = -— ~¢ nal i o re = a 4 > ae Dh Sy a + e j H in “ ¥ bh \ “4 + r * ‘ ' . ‘ " = % ‘ - is - * ~ « - . é ni ' 4 4 « Pe i a) ? iy 4) e i e 2 ’ @ a : * id” a > J re . —_* is. m spe t =~ 4 ie [ >= =m * “Sipe S cart ’. Vad , 7 a As 7 ov mt ~ a tit ae eh Pdi MON ae ne ata ee fe Ae a “gt ones ries : ie _ Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 41, 1928. PLATE IX Bye Fias. 26, 27.—Sections through cornicles, etc., of Myzocallis. Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasn., Vou. 41, 1928. Fics. 28-30.—Sections through cornicles (Aphididae). PLATE X Vol. 41, pp. 85-86 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHI A NEW BAT OF THE GENUS CCELOPS. BY GERRIT 8S. MILLER, JR. [Published here by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.] A bat of the genus Celops collected several years ago by Mr. Arthur de C. Sowerby in southeastern China was at first sup- posed to be a specimen of C. robinson Bonhote hitherto known from the Malay Peninsula and, perhaps, from the Philippine Islands;! but on more careful examination I find that it repre- sents a distinct species, which may be known as: Celops inflata, sp. nov. Type specimen.—Adult male (in alcohol), No. 238991, U. S. National Museum, collected near Yen-ping-fu, at altitude of 2000 feet, Fukien, China, April 7, 1922, by Arthur de C. Sowerby. Original number, 1277. Diagnosis.—Like Celops robinsoni Bonhote in general size, but tibia and foot larger and braincase conspicuously inflated. External characters Externally there appears to be nothing to dis- tinguish the animal from Celops robinsont. Some details of the structure of the nose leaf appear to be peculiar, particularly a greater length of the plates which extend forward beyond the upper lip; but these may be merely the result of differences in the condition of the material, both of the speci- mens of C. robinson having been dried. Skull.—The skull differs from that of Celops robinsoni in its much larger braincase; also, apparently, in more extreme narrowing of the interorbital region, and less sharp definition of the supranarial swellings on the rostrum. In the skull of the type and in the specimen of C. robinsoni from Port Swettenham, both of them adult males, the condylobasal length, zygomatic breadth and rostral breadth across supranarial swellings, are, respectively, 1In one of the last letters which I received from him Knud Andersen expressed the opinion that, in describing the genus Chilophylla from Mindoro (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, p. 395, August 19, 1910), I had renamed Celops, and that so far as could then be determined there were no characters to separate the species ‘‘Chilophylla hirsuta”? from Bonhote’s Celops robinsoni. With these conclusions I do not hesitate to concur; Chilo- phylla is certainly a synonym of Celops; the specific status of ‘C. hirsuta’’ must remain uncertain pending the capture of more specimens. 18—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (85) 86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. the same for the two skulls. The dimensions of the braincase—length from deepest part of interorbital constriction, greatest breadth, and depth including auditory bullae—are: in C. robinsoni, 8.2, 6.4, 5.8, and, C. inflata, 9.2, 7.6, 6.4. The obviously greater projection of the braincase beyond the level of the zygomata is at once seen in anterior or superior view of the skull; its greater posterior projection is indicated by the total length: 14.3 in C. robinsoni, 15.1 in C. inflata. Teeth.—The teeth are slightly larger than those of Celops robinsoni, a feature more noticeable in the lower mandibular series. In form they show a few peculiarities which may prove to be of more than individual signifi- cance, namely: the lingual border of m! and m? is broader in proportion to the outer border than in C. robinsoni, and the hypocone is better developed; the cingulum is more conspicuous on the outer borders of the lower molars; the posterior lower premolar is larger and its length is greater in porportion to its height. Measurements.—Head and body, 34 (29);' tibia, 15.0 (13.6) ; foot, 8.0 (6.2); forearm, 35.6 (84.2); thumb, 8.8 (8.2); third metacarpal, 27 (26); fourth metacarpal, 28 (27); fifth metacarpal, 29 (29); ear from meatus, 14 (14); greatest length of skull, 15.1 (14.3); condylobasal length, 13.0 (13.0); zygomatic breadth, 6.6 (6.6); rostral breadth, 3.6 (3.6); interorbital con- striction, 1.6 (2.0); length of braincase, 9.2 (8.2); breadth of braincase, 7.6 (6.4); depth of braincase including auditory bullae, 6.4 (5.8); mandible, 8.8 (8.2); maxillary toothrow, 5.0 (4.8); mandibular toothrow, 5.6 (5.0). 1Measurements in parenthesis are those of an adult male Celops robinsoni from Port Swettenham, F. M. 8. (No. 175000, U. S. National Museum). Vol. 41, pp. 87-88 March 16, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHI Lon, AN EARLIER NAME FOR THE GENUS EVOTO! BY T. 8S. PALMER. For some years I have suspected that the name Evotomys, proposed by Dr. Elliott Coues in 1874 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1874, 186-187), would prove to be antedated by some earlier name. It seemed almost incomprehensible that such a | well-marked group as the Red-backed Mice of Europe, Asia and North America should have remained so long unnamed by the various active workers in vertebrate zoology in Europe during the last century. This suspicion now proves to have been correct, as the group was actually named in Germany many years ago. Through the kindness of Dr. Chas. W. Richmond my atten- tion has recently been called to a rare volume in the Smith- sonian Deposit, Library of Congress, entitled ‘Isis. Encyclo- padische Zeitschrift vorzuglich fur Naturgeschichte, Physiologie, etc.’ This series of Isis, of which six numbers appeared in 1850, forms a small octavo, edited by G. Tilesius,! and pub- lished by the ‘‘Munchner Verein fur Naturkunde.” It is dis- tinct from, and subsequent to, the better known one in quarto which ceased publication in 1848. In the second number of Isis, 1850, pp. 27-29, Tilesius published an article on ‘Glirium species in Bavaria nonnullae,’ in which he formally described two new genera of rodents, Clethrionomys (p. 28) based on Mus glareolus Schreber and M. rutilus Pallas, and Clonomys (p. 28) based on Mus betulinus Pallas. As Tilesius mentioned no type for Clethrionomys, Mus rutilus Pallas, from Siberia, the earliest known species, is here designated as the type. The name thus antedates Evotomys Coues by 24 years. Clonomys does not affect names now recognized, as it is a synonym of Sicista Gray, 1827, and Sminthus Nathusius, 1839. 1In No. 6, pp. 81 and 96, occurs the statement, ‘‘Dr. Johannes Gistel, genannt G. Tilesius.”’ 19—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (87) PEA egy en A ER Si AL sO ee a) eae ‘ bs ‘ NP | On | F ; fh ey if 4 RL Ae alee * Ni ) \ as. ih Pal , 7 iv er yt AS + Ae ny { ' ' mi th eM aa! Give, } TAL a if € en ny an A oe ; ro ; a) a) By * ‘mi i i} So see Pa iW ‘ ; ah Diy Hy s ul wd HN ya ¥ ‘ at is ig Mi 4 ; 7s o vag a i vy Loy Leer Ny th J : b 444 } ; . 1 ‘ | yA a . . ‘ AR ule a TAD), } oe gr ok SPA with rey.) > cop: bh : be : : i" 3) | " Py [7s ‘ ' idee i men Pea ni Be j Nee ) ey : : ‘ Wh iy: a Bh Pa vat a a ie ni i! a ly es ; fc — eae Be o 1 ry Pata Be j ne ee ar bie atu es ea a ‘Name a han Reape knell ea Warne s ee if ne at} * “7 Ne neath oe kn * y ‘ iN ie aa nn sepa aes ee eh inet er iy, Wy She baMe aa: , ids iain ogee hay AMA ele aati eattd Pte mre a ae PL HANS ina Tel habe than Shah TOON AF EY ane ‘ eee LeU Eaten SN i alate oe pie i 4a) a an | aa ture waiyt Wy “4 Maan AEE AMAR SSN, — ii ee a | oe, | hi. rea Lanta tile atic ih Nida wis VARGD Did dh. NO Pern Wee dele ap Ae sy, ee. ca Tae: RU oe sit we : Bea! ‘ Lithodn fide IY bake a oa en ae Ae OMe ae ee a as a PT, Ae a EL ern Pi dase ataanabeicc aie: 1 a siptinant ACHP PER PNT % a Brand gees a een’ Rema: Hie ‘i a Se amet 3 ER r ie pie cy nat hada May neal ae DeLee aa Tee 3, Sate eV 8 mit Deanilad | ie | Lah ray Bits. cf vile Salk tte a Eh keine ‘hit 20 Ms pie i. | Bh Nee eek es aad nahh Y a ae ADS Citi Ae BARAT ANY Roa Ta Aba ce nna dyed Bie ey Pea an hey ee Harte alin, ny ne Cra A Mist TR ae ina) wae B Hess Wa ae od ae ah el 4h tke st AN AS Goll ae MRE aa ana ut a thee walter All 8 es Bat ea diet’ L : , ‘Con . erp - ; , ; th we ve a ro 7 7 | y. 7 Vi ee ate ae) A , Ce ‘ f o eat | hy sabe: rea i" rr -_ A Lf ae : a Py’, ’, cry Z Fold ' is fe r; , » ' ’ | " ; A : oe oie COT bp i : NY EOL ais ; Sat | 4 hae Sea end ‘ iF = i nit é } ¢ 47 vi ' 7 ny , > - ’ 4 i WAU te a ty iy ( [ . oe Utara) Maa ae ie fia pbaa A? eo i 4 * he fide teas , A Ale } SRcia “/ a . ivy aa @& ‘ali | th Noga aie » ee F ‘ i 4 j * 4 “4 ‘Mi ‘, , : ; } ei, ik f iy me Aton ns SER er BY SC Ce ana a ETTORY, sha wren > a" e | a ) ; , aA , his A ( Hale ey ox bein) ‘ wo cin 5 if i (ee tat a Tih ag of uy i : aie i Vol. 41, pp. 111-114 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHI BY W. E. CLYDE TODD. The Manakins (Family Pipridae) are represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum by 2033 specimens, belonging to 77 species and subspecies. Eight new forms have been already characterized as a result of preliminary studies in the group. In the course of a more thorough and systematic study of the birds of this Family, recently completed, five ad- ditional subspecies have been discovered, and are described in the present paper, which is the fifteenth of the seris to appeare in these Proceedings, and is uniform in treatment with the others. Acknowledgments are due to Dr. Frank M. Chapman of the American Museum of Natural History for the loan of specimens for use in this connection. Manacus manacus purissimus, subsp. nov. Similar to Manacus manacus purus Bangs, but under parts if anything purer white, and upper back more extensively white, with the black area correspondingly reduced. None of the authors who have lately dealt with this specific group seem to have been aware that the form of the extreme lower Amazon was any- thing else than purus, described from Santarem. The series (eighteen specimens) examined in the present connection, however, puts the matter beyond doubt. Males from the vicinity of Pard average a little whiter below even than Santarem skins, but this would not suffice to separate them were it not for the greater extent of the white on the back, involving a narrowing of the black median area. Since the skins from both regions are by the same collector, and of similar style, this is not due to their makeup. The new race thus repeats the character which distinguishes the far-removed race leucochlamys of western Ecuador, from which it may of course be told by its whiter under parts. Type, No. 68,969, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Benevides, Pard, Brazil, August 19, 1918; Samuel M. Klages. 24—-Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (111) Y/ % Nar muse FIVE NEW MANAKINS FROM SOUTH AMERICA“ 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Cirrhipipra filicauda subpallida, subsp. nov. Similar to Cirrihipipra filicauda filicauda (Spix) of the upper Amazon, etc., but posterior under parts of male paler yellow; tibize yellowish; and wing slightly longer. Dr. Hellmayr, writing in 1912 (Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, LX XVIII, A, 1912, 85-86), could find no reason for discriminating a Venezuelan race of this species. Comparison of a series of twelve adult males from northern Venezuela with seventeen from Brazil (Rio Purtis and Rio Solimoés), however, brings out the difference between the two plainly enough. Bra- zilian skins are almost uniform below, while in the Venezuelan birds the throat and breast are obviously brighter yellow than the rest of the under parts, with which they are therefore in contrast. Moreover the tibie which in the Brazilian birds are nearly always black, are in the northern birds pale yellow, like the flanks. The wing, too, is longer in the latter (averaging 65 mm. in the male), and probably the other dimensions also. Females are not different in color. For the present I restrict this new race to the northern part of Venezuela. Twenty-four specimens have been examined, from the following localities: Las Quiguas, El Hacha, Lagunita de Aroa, El Trompillo, and Sierra de Carabobo. Examples from the Maracaibo region I refer for the present to typical filicauda, but they may eventually have to be separated as a third subspecies. Type, No. 34,880, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Las Qui- guas, Venezuela, September 23, 1910; M. A. Carriker, Jr. Pipra iris eucephala, subsp. nov. Similar to Pipra iris iris Schinz, but adult male with the opalescent feathers of the pileum continued over the forehead almost to the base of the bill. Adult female with the pileum decidedly bluish, in contrast with the back, instead of pure green. Pipra iris (until recently called ‘“‘opalizans’’) has been known heretofore only from the Parad region (Rio Tocantins and eastward) of Brazil. The specimens now in hand extend its range to the east bank of the Rio Tapajéz, where it meets that of P. natterert, which stops on the west bank of that stream. It is not surprising, therefore, to find that it has developed racial characters of an obvious nature in this part, and that these characters show an approach to those of nattereri in the female sex at least. There is some variation in the series of females (six specimens), but all show a more or less decided bluish tinge on the pileum, not quite so deep, however, as in nattereri, but very different from the pure green pileum of typical iris. The bill is the same heavy bill as that of iris, as compared with nattereri, while the under parts (in both sexes) average more yellowish than in iris. The new form is based on a series of two adult males, one young male, and six adult females (from Santarem, Colonia do Mojuy, and Miri- tituba), while our series of true iris numbers thirty-three specimens. Type, No. 77,534, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Miritituba, Rio Tapajéz, Brazil, March 19, 1920; Samuel M. Klages. Todd—Five New Manakins from South America. 113 Schiffornis turdinus steinbachi, subsp. nov. Compared with specimens in the American Museum of Natural History from eastern Ecuador, identified by Dr. Chapman as S. turdinus amazonus (type from Chamicuros, eastern Peru), a series of five specimens from Bolivia is markedly distinct, although the differences are hard to express in exact terms. The upper and under parts are of a lighter color, with less brownish tone; the wings and tail are also lighter brown; and the brown of the throat and breast is more sharply defined from the greenish olive of the rest of the lower parts. In the Ecuador skins there is less contrast between these areas, and the whole effect is more saturated. If the eastern Ecuador bird is correctly referable to amazonus, as there is good reason to believe, the Bolivian form must be given a new name, as above. Type, No. 51,170, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Rio Yapa- cani, Provence del Sara, Bolivia; February 22, 1915; José Steinbach. Schiffornis turdinus intercedens, subsp. nov. Similar to S. turdinus wallacit (Sclater and Salvin) of the lower Amazon, but upper parts, pileum, wings, tail, throat, and sides of the head more rufescent brownish, less olivaceous. Similar to S. turdinus amazonus (specimens from eastern Ecuador), but much paler below, with more contrast between the brown of the throat and breast on the one hand and the rest of the under parts on the other; the upper parts, too, are not quite so dark, and the tail in particular is lighter brown. When Dr. Hellmayr wrote his review of this group (Novitates Zoo- logice, XVII, 1910, 310-312) he had no specimens from the Rio Solimoés or Rio Purts available, although he noted that those from the Rio Madeira were scarcely different from S. turdinus wallacii. I find that our series of twenty-four skins from these regions differ slightly but constantly from another series from the type-locality of wallacii in their generally more brownish coloration, particularly in evidence on the pileum and wings externally. They thus approach S. turdinus amazonus, described from Chamicuros, Peru, but are easily separable from that form by the charac- ters above specified. The facts will be best expressed, in my opinion, by relegating the Solimoés and Purtis birds to a new race or subspecies. Type, No. 87,725, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult female; Hyutana- han, Rio Purtis, Brazil, February 3, 1922; Samuel M. Klages. 1 f " rat eLe ) re , ae i A ah Le i xe Ahh sted gape tt ima? ik ee i 4 fe « BETTCRT NY BN AMT OO Ge ‘ > ' a ; a a ae ae fala i it Sol We ale y 5. Awa eine, ' 7 iJ e) hd nh iJ is 4 Wer Ot ik : me pt | \ Ai ov inee Waa Wivee wale ‘ ‘Ane id my ee 7 ‘kav a ate oe ae = ee a wy) svn ai) Laie shale Pes a eee | a! Su [ f 1. Daa A a Nie TC an ig ae Vol. 41, pp. 115-120 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON x APR 9. 4, NEW ASIATIC MAMMALS COLLECTED ‘ ¥. KK... WULSIN. BY A. BRAZIER HOWELL. Among the more than two hundred Asiatic mammals collected by F. R. Wulsin while on the Central China Expedition of the National Geographic Society and presented by that organiza- tion to the United States National Museum, are specimens representing four undescribed subspecies, which may be known by the following diagnoses. Arthur deC. Sowerby (Journ. Mamm., 1. 1920, p. 223) has stated that there has not heretofore been available any speci- mens of black bear from the forested country northeast of Peking, where the presence of this animal has been reported. It was to be expected that the bear of this area might represent ’ a distinct race and the present material, consisting of an old and two younger females, in addition to a small cub, shows this to be the case. In recognition of the value of Mr. Wulsin’s work in accumulating specimens of Chinese mammals this may be known as follows: Selenarctos thibetanus wulsini, subsp. nov. Type.—Female adult, skin and skull No. 240,668, U. S. National Mu- seum, from the area of Eastern Tombs, Chihli, China; purchased in Peking by F. R. Wulsin: original No. 1140. Diagnosis.—Similar to the race ussuricus but the white chin spot more restricted and size probably slightly smaller. The skull is relatively somewhat broader, with narrower interorbital; jugal consistently much more slender (9 to 10 vs. 13.5 mm. in height); and last upper molar longer. Skin.—This specimen was selected as the type because it is the only one that is thoroughly adult. Although the skull shows that it is not an aged individual the skin appears somewhat senescent and is doubtless not entirely characteristic of the usual adult. It shows a very marked 25—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (115) ee 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. grizzled graying of the face, and to a lesser extent, of the axillary region and about the groin. The chin also is lightly grizzled and the white mental spot is practically obsolescent. The crescent upon the chest is pinkish buff rather than pure white, which is probably the result of stain- ing. In the two younger adults there is no grizzling whatever. The muz- zle has a brownish tinge, which is less pronounced than in true thibetanus, and the white chin spot is about 35 mm. in diameter, being smaller than in ussuricus. In a juvenile of the race moupinensis there is a small white mental spot, but inan adult of thibetanus from the Himalayas this takes the form of a whitish border to the lower lips. The remainder of the pelage is of a shining black as usual. Skull.—Fortunately the skull of the type is precisely the same size as one of a female ussuricus at hand. In the latter the nasal and premaxil- lary sutures are distinct, while in the type of wulsinit they have become obliterated, suggesting that the latter race may be the smaller. In com- paring these two skulls it is seen that the interorbital is narrower, the jugal is consistently and strikingly more slender in vertical dimension, and the last maxillary molar is both wider and longer—longer even in the subadult females than in a large adult male ussuricus. In the type the base of the rostrum is conspicuously narrower than at the canines, but this detail may be purely individual, for it is not a characteristic of the other skulls. Measurements.—The skins lack measurements. The skull of the type measures: length, 293; width, 193; least interorbital width, 66; height through postglenoid process of the squamosal, 110; length of the last maxillary molar, 30.5; and greatest molar width, 16.5 mm. Remarks.—These specimens were purchased from a taxidermist in Peking by Mr. Wulsin, who took pains to ascertain that they were killed in the Eastern Tombs district. Here I understand that the forests re- cently covered an area of some 4000 square miles, but that they are being rapidly destroyed. In spite of the great number of races of pika already described from China and the adjacent territories, it is now necessary to add to the list two more, representing groups which heretofore have evidently not been detected so far south in this region as the province of Kansu. Ochotona (Pika) alpina argentata, subsp. nov. ~Type.—Female adult, skin, skull and skeleton No. 240,726, U. S. Na- tional Museum, from 15 miles north-northwest of Ninghsia, northern Kansu, China. Collected May 16, 1923, by F. R. Wulsin: original No. 1059. Diagnosis.—A relative of O. a. nitida but winter (spring) pelage a paler silvery gray with the yellowish tinge over the back very much reduced. Head paler, and face, as well as the hinder rump, pronouncedly yellowish. Feet white above, grayish below, and longer than in nitida. Skin.—The two specimens available were taken in May and are still in winter pelage that is almost unworn. The entire back is of a striking } Howell—Asiatic Mammals Collected by F. R. Wulsin. 117 silvery color, the hairs being a pale steel grayish with fine black tips. This is modified in the axillary region by a slight tinge of ochraceous, which occurs also over the nape in the type only. The hinder rump is strongly buffy and this color covers the muzzle also, more pronouncedly and palely than in nitida. The feet are white with a suggestion of buffiness and are much paler than in all but a very few specimens of nitida, and the soles, instead of being sooty, are grayish. The underparts are white tinged with buffy, and not strongly ochraceous as in nitida. Skull.—Unfortunately neither skull is perfect, but that of the type lacks only the floor of the braincase and bullae Compared with nitida the orbit is markedly larger (in length, as 12.2 compares with 10, in skulls of equal size), and the posterior palatine foramina are longer. Measurements.—Collector’s measurements are: head and body, 220 (the type) and 208; foot, 32 and 35 (33.5 and 33 in the dried skins). The skull of the type measures: total length, 48; width, 24, and interorbital width, 5 mm. Remarks.—The interrelationship of several of the more northern and western races of this subgenus has never been properly settled, but the above evidently constitutes a perfectly tenable form and is an interesting addition to the fauna of this portion of Kansu. Ochotona (Ochotona) erythrotis vulpina, subsp. nov. Type.—Male adult, skin and skull No. 240,723, U.S. National Museum, from 30 miles west of Sining, Kansu, China. Collected August 12, 1923, by F. R. Wulsin: original No. 1103. Diagnosis—A pika of the true erythrotis type with ears and back in summer pelage of the same bright reddish color, but size smaller. Orbits and posterior palatine foramina markedly smaller. Skin—The two adults and one juvenile at hand are evidently in summer pelage (August), although this is as long and full as one would expect to occur in winter. The coloration is a bright and uniform reddish exactly as represented over the anterior half of the second figure of Buchner’s plate 21 in his original description of erythrotis. This color covers the entire dorsal surface of the body, including the head and ears. The belly, chin, legs and feet are white, the hairs being plumbeous at base, but the throat is faintly tinged with reddish and there is a bit of this color upon the outer part of the hind legs. The ears are very large, and considerably larger than in the plate of erythrotis mentioned above, or in alpina, and their reddish color is characteristic of the former group. Skull.—In comparison with that of erythrotis typicus the skull of vulpina has larger orbits, bullae a trifle smaller, and the posterior palatine foramina very much shorter (6 vs. 9 mm.). The frontal vacuities are of fair size. Measurements.—Collector’s measurements of the two adults are: head and body, 215 in both, and foot, 30 (the type) and 34, but these figures seem to be inaccurate for in the dried skins the foot measures 37.5 in both. The skull of the type measures: total length, 37.3, width, 13.4, inter- orbital width, 6.2, and length of posterior palatine foramina, 6 mm. 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Remarks.—The discovery of this Chinese race with summer pelage exactly comparable to that of typical erythrotis causes me to question whether the relationship of the browner, darker forms of this subgenus such as gloveri, are closer to erythrotis than merely subgeneric. Pseudois nayaur caesia, subsp. nov. Type.—Male, young adult, skin and skull No. 240,683, U. 8. National Museum, from Archuen, Minshan Mountains, 140 miles south of Lanchow, Kansu, China. Collected September 4, 1923, by F. R. Wulsin: original No. 1129. Diagnosis.—A bharal with brown tints entirely suppressed in the sum- mer coat: lateral black line of the body reduced and no blackish facial marks, at least in individuals of this age. Horn tips of males projecting rearward almost parallel to body axis. Skin.—In the typical race the pelage is browner in summer and grayer in winter, but in caesia the summer pelage shows no trace of brown, while the winter coat is very faintly so tinged. The type is still in summer coat, with but little evidence of wear, and this is uniformly steel gray with fine whitish ticking caused by annulations of some of the hairs. As usual the tail is black, the black striping of the hind limb is continuous and that of the foreleg is interrupted by the white knee. The side stripe is not continuous with that of the hind leg and is restricted both in width and in length, and does not extend nearly to the axilla. In the type the hairs of the midbelly are extensively tipped with brownish gray, but this is not so in the case of the females. The hairs of the lower throat are white at base and, especially centrally, are so extensively tipped with black as to form an area solidly black; but more laterally many of these hairs are white practically to their tips. The hairs of the side of the face are coarsely annulated dark gray and whitish, while along the center of the nose the darker markings of the hairs greatly preponderate, making an illy defined line: but there is no black upon the face. May females from northern Kansu are still in the winter coat and are considerably browner than the type. Black body marks are limited to a small patch upon the brisket, which evidently extends into the axillary region, but the hair here is worn almost entirely away by the action of the forelegs. There is no vestige of the lateral black stripe which is present upon the body of females of the typical form, and the face is no darker than the back. Skull.—The skull of the type indicates an animal perhaps four years of age, with nasal, lachrymal, and maxillary sutures entirely distinct. Unfortunately there is available no adult male skull of typical nayaur with which to make comparisons. Two weathered skulls from rams of good size (horns with basal circumference of 243 and 232 mm.) indicate that the form of the horns in caesia is somewhat different, for near the extremities the tips turn not only down, but directly backward parallel with the body axis and then slightly upward, which is a shape different from that shown in the numerous illustrations of nayaur throughout the literature. Howell—A siatic Mammals Collected by F. R. Wulsin. 119 Measurements.—Collector’s measurements of the type are: head and body, 1620; tail, 150; hind foot, 350; and ear, 115 mm. The skull of the type measures: greatest length, 250; greatest width, 132; greatest length of nasals, 83 mm. ‘The basal circumference of the horns is 212; length of horn over curve of ridge, 370; and distance between the horn tips, 540 mm. Remarks.—Hodgson originally described the bharal under the name nayaur, subsequently changing it to nahoor. Under current nomenclatural usage such action is not permitted, for the older name did not constitute an obvious misprint for nahoor, and in consequence the former must stand. The comparative material in the National collection is not at all satis- factory in this instance, but I have no hesitation in naming this race as new, for there are so many excellent illustrations and descriptions of nayaur throughout the literature that the distinctiveness of the Kansu animal seems to be beyond question, a fact that has been predicted by more than one investigator. The new race is represented in the National Museum by a pair of winter yearlings or two-year-olds, a pair of summer adults, two lambs and two weathered rams’ skulls. upline a cha 0 ie ap \ Cnc eaaee ji Aan i t he we 4 a PAL Oe Ss iS) We) ae ) y ti Ds - v + , ‘ Bh nt ; Ca a1, i th wee he Ay i “Veet ia: <0 4 ¥ Fay iw Vol. 41, pp. 121-122 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGT War wh THE CLAPPER RAIL OF HISPANIOLA: ==“USEUT BY ALEXANDER WETMORE. The clapper rail of Hispaniola (a geographic name used here to cover the island divided, unequally, between the Republic of Haiti and the Dominican Republic) on careful comparison proves to be a distinct form that may be known as Rallus longirostris vafer, subsp. nov. Diagnosis.—Similar to Rallus longirostris caribaeus? but grayer, less brownish both above and below, fore-neck and upper breast more evi- dently cinnamon colored, and malar stripe, of same color, more prominent. Characters—Type, o adult, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 252,915, Etroite, Gonave Island, Haiti, collected March 18, 1920, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Crown sepia; a superciliary stripe extending from frontal antiae to above eye dull buffy white; loral region and upper part of malar region dull sepia becoming brownish neutral gray on sides of head; hind neck some- what paler; back, scapulars and rump sepia, each feather margined broadly with light grayish olive; wing coverts snuff brown, greater coverts barred and tipped slightly with buffy white; primaries and secondaries bister, margined externally with snuff brown; rectrices dark bister, changing externally to snuff brown, and finally to light grayish olive, throat white; lower part of malar region between pale pinkish buff and pinkish buff, forming a prominent malar stripe; center of fore-neck pinkish buff, side of neck neutral gray with a slight buffy wash; abdomen and center of lower breast white; remainder of breast with feathers cinnamon-buff in- ternally, edged with pinkish buff externally; sides and flanks blackish, the feathers barred and tipped broadly with white; under tail coverts barred broadly with fuscous and white; under wing coverts fuscous, barred and tipped narrowly with white. Bill dull brown, tip paler, basal two- thirds of mandible and sides of maxilla below and behind nostril dull yellowish; tarsi and feet dull brown (from dried skin). Iris marked on label as ‘‘clear brown.”’ Measurements (in millimeters)—Males (2 specimens) wing 151.0- 1Published with permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2Rallus longirostris c. var. caribaeus Ridgway, Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, vol. 5, July, 1880, p. 140. (‘‘West Indies’’—near Spanishtown, Jamaica.) 26—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (121) 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 151.8' (151.4); tail 61.5-62.2' (61.8); culmen, 63.8'-64.4 (64.1); tarsus, 57.0—58.5! (57.7). Females (6 specimens) wing, 134.5-144.5 (138.1); tail 54.4-58.3 (56.4); culmen, 53.6-63.0 (58.6); tarsus, 50.9-59.5 (53.8). Range.—Coastal regions of Haiti, including Gonave Island, and the Dominican Republic. Remarks.—There is decided variation in color in rails of this group, two distinct phases being evident, one being paler above, due to predomi- nance of the lighter edgings of the dorsal feathers and restriction of the dark centers, and the other decidedly darker with the duller colors of the central parts of the dorsal feathers much extended, and the lighter margins correspondingly restricted. The darker appearance of the extreme of the latter type becomes much accentuated with plumage wear. The individual differences indicated need to be kept carefully in mind in segre- gating geographic races. The Jamaican material before me in the present comparisons includes the type of caribaeus and one other specimen in the U. S. National Mu- seum, and a third skin from the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, loaned through the courtesy of Mr. Outram Bangs. These birds are all old and are more or less faded, having being collected in the sixth decade of the last century. In arriving at differential characters to distinguish the Hispaniolan race due allowance has been made for color change in the Jamaican series, particularly through study of differences evident between these three and specimens of comparable museum antiquity of other races of longirostris, with the result that the darker, duller, browner appearance of the series of caribaeus justifies the separation here proposed. In the three caribaeus examined two males have the wing 144.0 and 147.6 mm., the culmen 61.8 and 58.5 mm., and the tarsus (in both) 54.2 mm. while a female has the wing 139.8, culmen, 54.7, and tarsus 50.2 mm. There is indicated a slightly longer wing, and shorter culmen and tarsus than in vafer, a difference so slight, however, that it needs to be verified in a larger series before it is accepted. The series of vafer now at hand includes two females from Caracol, on the northern coast of Haiti, and two males and four females from Etroite and Pikmi, Gonave Island. The specimens from Gonave do not seem to differ from those of the main island. One of the skins from Caracol is in somewhat melanistic phase as the cinnamon color, normal to the breast, is almost entirely obscured by dark gray. The form is an inhabitant of mangrove swamps, and from present in- formation is rare except in a few localities. 1T ype. Vol. 41, pp. 123-124 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHING TGC HAN PR 2- AN APPARENTLY NEW HYLA FROM EL SALVADOR. BY REMINGTON KELLOGG. Among the frogs taken by R. A. Stirton in El Salvador under the auspices of Donald R. Dickey and the California Institute of Technology is a Hyla which presents a peculiar combination of characters. It seems to differ from other described hylas in having the forearm provided with a narrow tubercular fringe, tarsus with external dermal fringe and internal tarsal fold, in addition to the fringe or dermal fold above the vent. Although small, the collection made by Mr. Stirton contains several interesting eleutherodactylids which will be dealt with in a later paper. The tree frog, which has been presented to the United States National Museum by Mr. Dickey, may be called Hyla euthysanota, new species. Type.—Cat. No. 73296, Division of Reptiles, United States National Museum. Type locality—Los Esesmiles, Department of Chalatenango, El Salva- dor, C. A. Altitude 6400 feet. Collected by R. A. Stirton on March 6, 1927. Description.—Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique rows between small choanae, the interspace being approximately equal to interval between outer end of tooth row and corresponding choana; tongue sub- pyriform, notched behind; snout, short, broad, but not depressed, trun- cated anteriorly, and projecting very slightly beyond lower lip; distinct canthus rostralis; loreal region subvertical; the distance between the nostrils equals their distance from the corresponding eye, and is slightly less than the diameter of the latter; tympanum distinct, overhung by dermal fold, and with its greatest diameter equal to slightly more than half that of the eye; distance between eye and tympanum nearly equal to greatest diameter of the latter; interorbital space flattened, one and one- third times as wide as upper eyelid; forearm with narrow postero-internal tubercular dermal fringe; three outer fingers one-third webbed, with 27—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (123) SS “ » 1939 124. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. vestigial web between first and second fingers; discs of fingers slightly larger than those of the toes, but smaller than the tympanum; toes three- fourths webbed, the incised membrane reaching the dises of toes II, III, and V, and continued along last phalanx of IV as a narrow dermal fringe; a dermal fringe extending from tibio-tarsal articulation along outer mar- gin of tarsus and fifth toe as far as adhesive disc; a distinct tarsal fold from inner metatarsal tubercle to heel; inner metatarsal tubercle large and elongated, equal to three-sixteenths of the length of the first toe; outer metatarsal tubercle small and rounded; subarticular tubercles distinct; skin of upperparts, top of head, and upper eyelids finely shagreened; skin of underparts and ventral surfaces of thighs coarsely granulated; throat less coarsely granulated; fold across chest quite indistinct. Color (in aleohol).—Ground color of upperparts brownish buff or light clay color, with irregularly spaced anastomosing blotches of Seal brown; a large indistinct lateral dark spot on each side posterior to fore limb; flanks with a few scattered fine dark specks; tibia and tarsus indistinctly cross banded; forelimb with dark splotches; underparts uniformly yellow- ish white. MEASUREMENTS OF THE TYPE. EUG eh! WEE es 2 2 i BY Nee Ye ee heey nen a ey 25. mm. Breadth of head at level of posterior margin of tympanum....11.5 mm. enect a Gn Gilgen se ee Pe ele ea ee 18. mm. Meng OF FOOT Sas 5. at ei A Ue A a Sue eee 24.5 mm. Vol. 41, pp. 125-126 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASH) NGFON "AN Tig U PR Qe, » A NEW ORTHRIUS FROM SIAM (COL.: CLERIDAE). BY EDWARD A. CHAPIN. Among the numerous and interesting beetles collected in Siam by Dr. Hugh M. Smith is a single specimen of a peculiar species of the genus Orthrius Gorham. In body form and in the sculpture of the head and pronotum it is allied to such species as O. binotatus Fisch. Its greatly swollen femora and strongly arcuate tibiae are certainly modifications confined to the male sex; disregarding these points, the insect still appears distinct from all previously described species. Orthrius crassipes, n. sp. Elongate, subcylindrical, depressed. Piceous, antennae and under- parts of body castaneous, elytra with three yellowish-white spots on each. Head smooth, finely and sparsely punctulate, front feebly bi-impressed between the eyes, transverse impression at base of clypeus well defined, supra-antennal crests distinctly and rather densely punctured. Eyes feebly emarginate opposite antennal insertions. Pronotum campanulate, equally as long as broad (by measurement), anterior transverse impression deep, obtusely angulate at middle, area in front of impression strongly punctured, disc sparsely and finely punctulate, feebly wrinkled at sides, base strongly constricted, basal impression deep, transverse, narrow basal margin strongly punctured. Scutellum transversely elliptical, densely punctulate. Elytra about two and one-half times as long as pronotum (ratio of pronotal length to elytral length 46:118), each with ten rows of punctures, which are coarse and very closely set. The 7th and 8th rows are slightly irregular, the 9th and 10th le beyond the humeral callus and are incomplete basally. In apical third all rows are confused. The basal pale spot is angulate, its apex involves the humeral callus, one arm extends inward and backward ending on the 3d puncture row at basal fifth. The other and outer arm runs toward the margin and backward and is about half as large asthe innerarm. ‘The second spot, the largest of the three, is transverse. Its anterior margin is just beyond basal fourth, its 28—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (125) 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. posterior margin at the middle of the length of the elytron. Both trans- verse margins of the spot are undulate, the inner longitudinal margin lies near the Ist puncture row, the outer follows the lateral margin of the elytron. The third spot is small, oval and subapical. Near the outer margin of the elytron it is prolonged basad a short distance, forming a spur. Side pieces of mesothorax strongly punctured, metasternum strongly wrinkled, otherwise the underparts finely and rather densely punctate. Front and hind femora greatly swollen, middle femora some- whatso. Front tibiae nearly straight, middle feebly curved, hind strongly curved and prolonged beyond the insertion of the tarsus into a stout curved hook. ‘Tarsi of front and middle legs normal, second segment of hind tarsus twice as long as third, slender, curved. Claws simple, feebly dilated at base. Length.—9 mm. Type.—U. 8S. N. M., No. 40962, a Hees from Bangkok, Siam, Hugh M. Smith collector. While, so far as I am aware, the tremendous development of the legs in the male sex has not been previously noted in the genus Orthrius, it is interesting to compare this case with that of Trichedes crabroniformis Fab. The modification of both is identical in its nature and practically so in its extent. Vol. 41, pp. 127-128 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON HSONTAN Tiss THE IDENTITY OF WERNER’S DROMICUS W-NIGRUM. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. The type of Dromicus w-nigrum Werner (Jahrb. Wiss. Anst. Hamburg, vol. 26, Beih. 2, 1909, p. 222) came from Port-au- Prince, Haiti, and was collected by Dr. Fritz Rauch. It was described as having 19 scale-rows; 189 ventrals; a divided anal; 101 subcaudals; 7 supralabials of which the third and fourth enter the eye; 1 prae- and 3 post-oculars; 1+2 temporals; 4 infralabials in contact with the first pair of chin-shields; the internasals are shorter than the prefrontals; the frontal is 1 4/5 times as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; the loreal is quad- rangular, and longer than high. A male presumably having the same data as the type has 188 ventrals, while a young specimen from Sanchez has 189 ventrals and 105 subcaudals. The most conspicuous feature of the coloration may be translated from Werner’s description as follows: ‘‘On the parietals a dark chevron-shaped mark with the apex pointing forward, forming with the dark postocular bands a W-shaped mark.” Barbour (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 44, No. 2, 1914, p. 336) stated that he was inclined to believe that Dromicus w-nigrum was an Alsophis melanichnus Cope. The presence of the W-shaped mark which is so striking in Jaltris dor- salis (Ginther) led me to compare this species with the description of Dromicus w-nigrum and I find that the two agree in every character of scalation and coloration. Iam confident that when the teeth of the type of w-nigrum in Hamburg are examined, they will be found to be the teeth of Jaltris dorsalis and not of the Alsophis (= Dromicus) type. Thus Werner’s Dromicus w-nigrum must go into the synonymy of Taltris dorsalis (Giinther). 29—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 41, 1928. (127) ve if ee PAS Pal bet aise ie aD r Wh Bi ah A aye | vt wih art ; , Tas Van J y M : : rah a aor fi Me 4 { y f ba f } a) aay pity My Na ay f Pe tr mal ; TA Ra j ae Wy jini ne Vol. 41, pp. 129-132 June 29, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIN FURTHER DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW BIRDS ===" FROM EL SALVADOR. BY DONALD R. DICKEY AND A. J. VAN ROSSEM. In continuation of the systematic part of our report on Salvador birds, further undescribed forms have come to light. The four named below are from the Cordillera and were taken on or near the Honduras boundary. The interior mountains of Salvador form fingers or outposts of a great area of similar topographic and zonal features and in the absence of physical barriers there is strong probability that the new races will also be found in contiguous areas in Honduras. Dactylortyx thoracicus salvadoranus, subsp. nov. SALVADOR LONG-TOED PARTRIDGE. Type.—Male adult, No. 17,610, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Volcan San Miguel, Department of San Miguel, El Salvador; altitude 4,000 feet; March 19, 1926; collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 10,685. Subspecific characters—Most closely resembling Dactylortyx thoracicus chiapensis Nelson, but differing in paler and more ashy coloration of the breast and flanks, and in strikingly smaller tarsi and feet Range.—Highlands of the eastern portion of Salvador among the oaks and in the coffee fincas on Mt. Cacaguatique and Volcan San Miguel. Remarks.—The range of this new form marks the southern limit at- tamed by the species. The other forms of Dactylortyx differ so widely from chiapensis and salvadoranus as to need no comparison. Specimens examined.—Dactylortyx thoracicus thoracicus, Mexico: Puebla, 1; Vera Cruz, 1. Dactylortyx thoracicus sharpei, Mexico: Yucatan, 1; Campeche, 3, including the type. Dactylortyx thoracicus lineolatus, Mexico: Oaxaca, 1. Dactylortyx thoracicus devius, Jalisco, 1, the type; Guerrero, 10. Dactylortyx thoracicus chiapensis, Mexico: Chiapas, 3, including the type. Guatemala, 5. Dactylortyx thoracicus salvadoranus, Salvador 9, including the type. 1Contribution from the California Institute of Technology. 30—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (129) 130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. MEASUREMENTS. Middle Toe Tarsus Minus Claw 5 o& Dactylortyx thoracicus chiapensis.............. 35.7-37.8 30.0-33.0 (36.5) (31.4) 5 & Dactylortyx thoracicus salvadoranus.......... 31.2-34.0 28.0-29.7 (32.7) (28.6) Oreopeleia albifacies silvestris, subsp. nov. SALVADOR WHITE-FACED QUAIL-DOVE. Type.—Female adult; No. 19,044, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Cerro Los Naranjos, Volean Santa Ana; Dept. Sonsonate, El Salvador; altitude 5,000 feet; semi-humid forest; May 7, 1927; ‘‘Laying’’; collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 11,921. Subspecific characters.—Nearest to Oreopeleia albifacies albifacies (Sclater) of Mexico and Guatemala, but coloration of underparts very much grayer and less reddish; pectoral region between drab and light grayish olive instead of buffy avellaneous or wood brown; flanks, sides and under tail coverts dull wood brown instead of clay color; chin and throat whitish instead of pale buff; wing coverts and upper parts slightly duller and less rufescent; forehead paler. Range.—Humid mountain forest areas on Volcan Santa Ana, and prob- ably in similar areas of the Cordillera of El Salvador. Remarks.—While the three Guatemala specimens examined are redder on the nape than are southeastern Mexico specimens, as mentioned by Ridgway (U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 50, pt. 7, 1916, p. 494), there seem to be no other tangible differences. Considering the individual differences shown in this regard by Oreopeleia albifacies rubida (Nelson) we are not prepared to place any emphasis on this character at this time. In Guate- mala the range of Oreopeleia albifacies albifacies extends south and west to Volcan Fuego. Ridgway noted no differences between Nicaragua birds from the Matagalpa region and Guatemala specimens. It therefore seems likely that the new form will not be found in Nicaragua at all and if present is probably confined to the Pacific drainage. A dismembered bird found on Los Esesmiles apparently belongs to the new form. Specimens examined.—Oreopeleia albifacies albifacies:!1 Mexico: Vera Cruz, 5. Guatemala: ‘Guat.’ 2; Volcan Fuego, 1. Oreopeleia albifacies rubida:* Mexico: Guerrero, 6. Oreopeleia albifacies silvestris: El Salvador: Sonso- nate: Volcan Santa Ana, 5; Chalatenango: Los Esesmiles, 1 (?). Antrostomus vociferus vermiculatus, subsp. nov. SALVADOR WHIP-POOR-WILL. Type.—Female adult; No. 18,448, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Los Esesmiles, Dept. Chalatenango, El Salvador; altitude 7,500 feet, ‘cloud forest’; February 24, 1927; “‘laying’’; collected by A. J. van Rossem; origi- nal No. 11,311. 1Collection U. S. National Museum. 2Collection Biol. Sur. in U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Further Descriptions of New Birds from El Salvador. 131 Subspecific characters.—Nearest to Antrostomus vociferus chiapensis Nelson, but coloration lighter and more reddish and with black markings on scapulars reduced in size and extent; interscapular and lower pectoral regions conspicuously vermiculated with narrow transverse bars of rusty. Range.—Pine and cloud forest region in the Cordillera in Dept. Chala- tenango, El Salvador, from 6,000 to 7,500 feet. Remarks.—The new form is a definite and probably significant step toward Antrostomus saturatus Salvin of Costa Rica and Panama, but is not sufficiently intermediate to link the two species. Specimens examined.—Antrostomus vociferus chiapensis: Mexico: Chia- pas: 20 miles S. E. of Teopisca, 2 9 9; Valley of Comitan, 1 o’, the type (all in the collection of the Biological Survey, U. S. National Museum). Antrostomus vociferus vermiculatus: 2 Q 2 from the type locality. Colaptes mexicanoides pinicolus, subsp. nov. SALVADOR FLICKER. Type.—Male adult; No. 18,399, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Los Esesmiles, Dept. Chalatenango, El Salvador; altitude 8,000 feet, ‘oak scrub’; February 22, 1927; collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 11,262. Subspecific characters.—Resembling Colaptes mexicanoides mexicanoides Lafresnaye of Chiapas, but culmen shorter, crown and nape lighter and less rusty; light barring of back and wings avellaneous instead of mikado brown (Ridgway, Color Standards, 1912). Range.—Pine and oak regions along the Cordillera in Dept. Chala- tenango, El Salvador, from 3,600 to 8,000 feet. Remarks.—Flickers have been recorded! from the Matagalpa region of Nicaragua and it is very possible that the range of the Salvador form will be found to extend south to that point. Unfortunately no specimens appear to be extant in available collections to determine this point. Four specimens from Hacienda Chancol, Guatemala, are variously intermediate between the Chiapas and Salvador series, but are listed for the present under mexicanoides. There are no females from Chiapas available; therefore comparison has been made on males only. By analogy the differences will be found to apply to both sexes. Specimens examined.—Colaptes mexicanoides mexicanoides: Mexico: Chiapas: San Cristobal, 3. Guatemala: Hacienda Chancol, 4 (all in collection of Biological Survey, U. 8. Nat. Mus.). Colapies mexicanoides - agcaae Salvador: Chalatenango: Los Esesmiles, 13; San Jose del Sacare, MEASUREMENTS. Culmen from base 4 So Colaptes mexicanoides mexicanoides..................-.---- 42.4-44.6 (44.0) 7 So Colaptes mexicanoides pinicolus...............----2------------ 38.9-41.6 (40.1) 1Salvin & Godman, Ibis, 1892, p. 327. Vol. 41, pp. 133-138 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON—-— BORDERLINE APHID STUDI BY F26e-HOTTES. The family Aphididae presents a bewildering array of varia- tion in its biological behavior. This lack of uniformity has usually been explained on the basis of the eccentricity of the individual species or genus, and the matter has often been dismissed as such without further inquiry, rather than to attempt to account for these apparent discrepancies as a result of some natural cause. The belief that certain of these biological characteristics indicate stages in the phylogenetic development of the family, and as such become of interest to the taxonomist, has led to their further consideration. Aphid taxonomists have largely directed their attention to species where the presence of a large number of excellent morphological charac- ters has made it unnecessary to consider carefully the meaning of any biological characteristics which may be present. Aphidology has now reached the place where considerable time may be profitably spent con- sidering the family as a whole, or divided into groups. When considered in this manner the biological and ecological factors of the family hereto- fore considered as independent facts peculiar to certain genera or species, become ancient trail blazers to him who would go back of the present to gain some knowledge of the past. To the taxonomist interested in a natural classification this becomes a necessary procedure, for the phylogeny of a group can not be determined by the use of a single factor. Aphids have departed widely from other insects biologically. The fac- tor or factors responsible for this change have apparently received but little consideration, and few attempts have been made to retrace the path over which the aphids passed in going from the more generalized condition common to other insects to the derived condition which they represent. It is true that this path is no longer fresh; in places it has been obliterated by time so that it must be rebuilt in accordance with facts gathered from other sources. In other places this path lies beautifully preserved in the form of biological characteristics which have been known for a long time 31—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vor. 41, 1928. (133) 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. but imperfectly interpreted, hence incorrectly evaluated. By the use of these biological characters, the fragments of the paleontologist, we should be able to reconstruct the various stages in the phylogenetic development of the family. The problem of the day for the aphidologist, and likely to be for many years in the future, is the weighing and evaluating of these biological characteristics in comparison to the value placed upon morpho- logical characters. When this is done, and only when this is done, will we have a natural classification, which is the hope and aim of systematic work. The fact that aphids have beaks in common with the order to which they belong, makes them admirably adapted to carry on a parasitic life. Leading this kind of an existence, all that is necessary for them to do is to remain attached until the host is sucked dry, or until its sap becomes un- suitable as a source of food. ‘This parasitic habit undoubtedly was present before the Aphididae reached family rank. We would expect this, for it is one of the characteristics of the order Homoptera, although it has per- haps reached its highest development in that order in the family under consideration. Here we have reason to believe that feeding has become a continuous process by reason of the beak being attached at all times, and because of the copious amounts of honey dew produced per individual. The capacity to consume a large amount of easily obtained food and its availability in unlimited quantities, must have been one of the primary factors in bringing about viviparous reproduction. Certain it is that aphids would not be as successful as they are were it not for the fact that their hosts have proven suitable to provide an abundant source of food upon which to develop the large numbers of young per individual, and to ma- ture them in so short a time. The strength of these insects and their suc- cess, lies largely in their power to reproduce rapidly; a condition which their method of reproduction and early maturity favors. Sexual reproduction with the subsequent laying of the eggs by the female is the common method of reproduction in the class Insecta; the progenitors of the family Aphididae undoubtedly reproduced in this manner, for parthenogenetic viviparous reproduction certainly represents a derived condition. The sexual generation which in aphids usually occurs only once a year, where it occurs, must therefore be looked upon as the last vestige of the original method of reproduction of the family, and conse- quently may be viewed as one of the few biological characteristics that aphids have in common with generalized insects. The dependence of species in northern latitudes upon at least one sexual generation a year indicates that these species have gone as far as they dare in the suppres- sion of the sexual generations. In fact the suppression of the sexual forms has gone so far in northern latitudes, that winter sometimes actually sets in before the sexual forms are produced. Consequently, a year follow- ing an early fall or a fall unfavorable to aphids in general, may see many species practically annihilated. Perhaps in such cases winter sets in so suddenly that the physical and biological factors which determine the production of the sexes do not have time enough to act. Such a condition may explain why certain species such as T’oxoptera graminum (Rondani) migrate northward each spring from their breeding grounds in the south Hottes—Borderline Aphid Studies. 135 instead of overwintering in the egg stage in the more northern limits of their range where under natural conditions the sexual forms are not pro- duced. In other words I assume that either a physical or biological im- pulse acting through a period of time is necessary to bring about the pro- duction of the sexual forms, and that in case unfavorable conditions pre- vent the reaction time being carried to completion that the aphid dies before the sexual forms are produced. An aphid species completing its cycle of generations upon a single host species must of necessity confine its range within the range of its host. A species having a primary host upon which the sexual forms are pro- duced, and a secondary host upon which the summer generations occur, may extend its permanent range without reference to the range of its primary host as long as it is able to reproduce viviparously parthenogeneti- cally throughout the year within the range of its secondary host. Consider- ing the scarcity of distributional records for the family Aphididae it is quite remarkable that Mordwilko was able to list several species which have extended their range beyond the range of their primary hosts. Aphid species vn the tropics have established complete independence from the sexual forms, for here parthenogenetic viviparous reproduction may be carried on throughout the year. Because of this well known fact, weather conditions have been thought to influence the production of the sexual forms so that the species may be carried through periods in the egg stage which otherwise would be unfavorable to them or their hosts. Aphids are not indigenous to the tropics. The question naturally arises as to how long species in the tropics retain the ability to produce the sexual forms when called upon to do so by a radical change in their environment which threatens them with destruction, due to their inability to maintain them- selves further by parthenogenetic means. This question is difficult to answer without subjecting such species to the environmental factors which produce the sexual forms. This can not be done until the environmental factors themselves are known. ‘There are indications, however, that the period of time necessary to bring about the total suppression of the sexual forms is considerable, for apparently not enough time has elapsed since the aphids invaded the tropics to make this suppression complete. Taka- hoshi has listed several species which still produce one or the other of the sexual forms but never both. ‘This fact indicates very strongly that such species are in what may be called a transitional stage. In this connection it is interesting to note that two of the species listed by Takahoshi as pro- ducing only males are cosmopolitan species probably native to Europe. That the weather and other physical factors are not entirely responsible for the occurrence of the sexual forms at specified periods of the year is evident, for some species produce the sexual forms intermittently through- out the year. Such a habit is to be looked upon as very primitive for it indicates an intermediate step between the time when aphids reproduced wholly by sexual means and the present. Near Taihoku, Formosa, ac- cording to Takahoshi, the leaves of young Celtis trees remain green through- out the year. Aphids feeding upon such trees fail to produce the sexual forms. However, older Celtis trees growing in the same locality shed 136 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. their leaves and it is upon such trees that the sexual forms are produced. Such a condition as this, and the intermittent production of the sexual forms mentioned previously, would appear sufficient to question physical factors such as temperature and light as factors directly influencing the production of the sexua] forms. The capacity to pass through a large number of generations in a given year is a derived condition peculiar to most aphids. Certain species of aphids, however, such as Mindarus abietinus Koch and Georgiaphis ulmi (Wilson) have not developed this capacity, the number of generations for these species being greatly reduced. These species spend the greater portion of the year in the egg stage, a harking back, as it were, to a time when there were but few generations a year for the class, a condition which is even now the most prevalent. The problem of aphid migration is extremely interesting, for it is here that many of the apparent discrepancies in the biological behavior of the family Aphididae occur. We shall not concern ourselves with the ques- tion whether insects were first monophagous or polyphagous for it would appear to be better to base such conclusions upon the habits of insects lower in the scale of development than the Aphididae, for such a funda- mental function as the procuring of food must have been firmly established before these insects reached family rank. As far as aphids are concerned, the evidence is quite conclusive that the direct progenitors of the family were monophagous. Largely upon morphological grounds the series Lachnea has been looked upon as the oldest series of the family, and there is ample biological evi- dence to substantiate this view. The series Lachnea has not been a pro- gressive group. It is represented by comparatively few species which show but slight variation in their morphological and biological character- istics. Hence, particular attention may be directed to a study of the bio- logical characteristics of the tribe Lachnini which is considered to be the oldest tribe belonging to the series Lachnea. All of the species belonging to this tribe are intimately associated with species belonging to the family Pinaceae which is an old family of plants—thus fulfilling a necessary con- dition—for the association of an old species with a comparatively new host would not have the significance that may be attached to the associa- tion of an old species to an old host. A few species belonging to the tribe Lachnini, it is true, are not monophagous but there is nothing suggestive of a formal migration from one host species to another. The species which are not monophagous develop equally well in all their stages upon two or three hosts which are hardly ever more distantly related than spe- cifically. A species which confines its feeding to species belonging to a single host genus, or at most to species belonging to a family would appear to repre- sent a very primitive polyphagous condition. This is precisely the con- dition that is commonly met with in many of the tribes belonging to the family and is particularly true of the tribes closely associated to the Lach- nea. Polyphagous aphids must not be regarded as omnivorous in any sense of the word, for species in which the polyphagous habit has reached its | Hottes—Borderline Aphid Studies. 137 highest development are still highly restricted in their choice of food plants when compared with more generalized polyphagous insects. The poly- phagous habit appears not to be well developed or established in the sexual forms which still confine their feeding and oviposition to a very narrow range of hosts if they show any tendency towards a polyphagous habit at all. The tendency of the sexual forms to be monophagous suggests again the original feeding habit. If one accepts the theory that aphids first reproduced wholly by sexual means, further evidence that aphids were originally monophagous may be brought forth which is even more direct and convincing than the evidence furnished by the tribe Lachnini. The evidence is quite conclusive that an aphid species is either monophagous in the sense that it does not migrate from a primary host to a host distantly related to it, or that the primary host upon which the sexual forms are produced is older than the second- ary host. For an aphid species to have been originally polyphagous, the secondary and primary hosts would have had to exist at the same time and to have had the same range. Sucha condition is not met with by the plants which aphids having a formal migration have chosen for hosts, for usually a wide gap exists between the relationship of the primary and the secondary host plants. This can only be explained by their having origin- ated at different times. However, there are exceptions to the rule that the secondary host is always younger than the primary; these exceptions may, however, for the most part be ruled out, for the secondary hosts in such cases are grasses upon which the complete cycle of generations can not occur, due to the fact that the eggs can not pass the winter on the roots. The fact that some aphid species migrate from an overwintering primary host to a secondary summer host. and back is an extremely interesting phenomenon, and one which immediately challenges the curiosity of the naturalist. The factors responsible for the production of alate individuals have been the object of a great deal of research, but the fact remains that the factors thought to be responsible for the production of wings (without which there could be no migration), do not explain why it is necessary for a species having a formal migration to migrate from its primary host to an entirely unrelated secondary host. The development of wings in species having a formal migration must, therefore, be looked upon as a taxic response to food, a response not directly associated with the function of distribution, as is the case with the development of wings in non-migrating species. It may be suggested that perhaps the sap of the primary host undergoes some change in its osmotic concentration or in its chemical nature which is unfavorable to the aphids which feed upon it. This reason will not explain why species, perhaps belonging to the same genus, and having similar feeding habits may remain upon such a host throughout the year; nor will it explain why such a migrating species may occasionally be collected throughout the year upon the primary host; neither will it explain why a species may feed upon the same host in the fall from which it was caused to migrate in the spring without any harmful effects. Per- haps the continued feeding upon a given host for a few generations has an 138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. accumulative effect upon certain species of aphids so that the sap of that paiticular host becomes toxic to them and a migration to an unrelated host necessary. Such a condition as that just referred to could not arise until the family had developed the capacity to pass through a number of genera- tions a year, and would not arise in a species capable of counteracting the toxic effect. This hypothesis is not without its objections, but in the absence of experimental evidence contrary to it and the preceding hypo- thesis, it would appear to be better to delay judgment until such evidence as may be gathered is at hand. Wings are perhaps the most characteristic structures insects have, and have always been so. The absence ef wings is a derived condition which aphids have gone a long way to establish. The factor responsible for bringing about the apterous condition in aphids has undoubtedly been their parasitic habit. It is easy to see that such small delicate insects as the Aphididae, at the mercy of every gust of wind and highly restricted in regard to hosts, would be greatly benefited by any condition tending to lessen the danger of becoming lost from suitable food sources. The wings of the oviparous females (where they are a positive detriment and add only to the possibility of them becoming lost from a suitable host for the young, which are to hatch from their eggs) have all but disappeared, there being but few species where they have been retained, indicating a very primitive condition. The males of many species are apterous (a derived condition) other species have both apterous and alate males (an intermediate condi- tion) while still other species have all of the males alate (a primitive con- dition). In regard to wings, species belonging to the tribes Callipterini and Calaphidini are decidedly more primitive than the Lachnini, for in these tribes the summer generations invariably acquire wings before repro- ducing. The close continuous relationship that aphids have established with their hosts is not without its phylogenetic significance and in the future this relationship is bound to receive careful consideration from the aphid taxonomist. The narrow range of plants that almost all groups of aphids have selected as hosts, furnishes convincing evidence that aphids have kept up with the evolutionary pace set by their hosts—the plants. Such evidence as this when carefully considered may indicate the approximate time that certain groups of aphids originated. Such evidence, however, must either be based upon monophagous aphids or upon the primary hosts which the species as a group haveselected. The position of the secondary host in its botanical classification is not without its special significance, for the relative position of the secondary host in relation to the position of the primary host should indicate the approximate time in which the species became polyphagous. The divisions already made between the Chaitophorini and the Callipterint and between the Aphidini and Macrosi- phini on morphological grounds are substantiated biologically by the hosts which they as groups have selected for food. The host relationships may in the future suggest the association of the tribe Hormaphidini with the tribes Calaphidini and Callapterini in the subfamily Aphidinae. CGO /4 Vol. 41, pp. 139-140 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGT! hosed Ny | MARB 4634 A NEW GRINDELIA FROM XA Fowal BY §. F. BLAKE. conan ail Several years ago the writer received from Mr. Paul C. Standley a sheet of Grindelia collected in southern Texas by Mr. Robert Runyon which could not be referred to any de- scribed species. Further specimens from the same region now received from Dr. J. N. Rose demonstrate that the plant is new and one of the most distinct of its genus, in which the species are for the most part very closely allied and difficult to distinguish. Grindelia oolepis Blake, sp. nov. Perennial, several-stemmed, decumbent at base, obscurely puberulous on the peduncles, otherwise glabrous, not at all viscid; leaves small and narrow, narrowly oblanceolate to linear or lanceolate, entire or subre- motely and saliently toothed; heads small, discoid, solitary at tips of stem and branches; involucre about 5-6-serlate, graduate, 6-7 mm. high, the phyllaries lance-ovate or lanceolate (outermost) to ovate or broadly ob- long, appressed, with abruptly subherbaceous, deltoid to triangular, flat, merely acute tips; achenes truncate at apex; pappus awns 2, smooth, straightish, slightly longer than the achene. Stems 20-35 em. long, erect from a more or less decumbent base, slender, simple or in age branched, leafy; basal tufts not seen; lower leaves nar- rowly oblanceolate, about 2.5 cm. long (in smaller specimens), 4 mm. wide, entire, thick, obtuse, pale green; stem leaves linear to lanceolate, 1.5-4.5 cm. long, 2-4.5 mm. wide, acute, mucronulate, sessile and sub- clasping; peduncles (naked tips of branches) 0.7-2.5 cm. long, sparsely puberulous or pilosulous; heads (as pressed) 6-8 mm. high, 9-14 mm. thick; involucre hemispheric, the outer phyllaries about 1 mm. wide, the middle and inner 1.5-2 mm., with subscarious margin below and ciliolate punctate tips, those of the outer phyllaries about equaling the indurate base, those of the inner much shorter, all appressed or the outermost slightly loose but not squarrose; flowers slightly resinous, the involucre not so; corollas yellow, glabrous, 4-4.8 mm. long; achenes oblong, 2.5-3 32—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 41, 1928. (139) 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, yellow brown, weakly striate, in age some- times obscurely rugulose; pappus awns subequal, 4 mm. long, caducous. Texas: In crawfish lands, gumbo soil, El Jardin to Point Isabel road, Cameron Co., alt. 10 m., 5 Aug., 1923, Rk. Runyon 506 (type no. 1,119,563, U. S. Nat. Herb.); northeast of Brownsville, 24 Oct., 1927, J. N. Rose & P. G. Russell 24208. A species well characterized by its lack of viscidity, its narrow, entire or rather remotely and saliently toothed leaves, its small discoid heads solitary at. tips of the peduncles, and its lance-ovate to broadly oblong, flat-tipped, almost or quite completely appressed phyllaries. It is related to G. decumbens Greene, a species of somewhat different habit, with some- what larger, cymose-panicled, viscid, radiate heads, and narrower, mostly linear or lance-linear phyllaries, at least the middle or outer of which are spreading-tipped; to G. orylepis Greene, an annual or at most biennial single-stemmed Mexican species with somewhat larger radiate heads, short but definitely squarrose flattened-subulate herbaceous tips to the outer and middle phyllaries, and pappus awns twice as long as the smaller achenes; and to G. platylepis Greene, known to me only from description, a subalpine species of Wyoming, with broader and larger leaves, broad rays, and barbellulate pappus awns. Z 067) Vol. 41, pp. 141-142 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIN A NEW KANGAROO RAT FROM SONORAx BY E. A. GOLDMAN. The range of Merriam’s kangaroo rat (Dipodomys merriami) embraces the varied territory extending from northern Nevada south to such distant points as Cape San Lucas, Lower :Cali- fornia, and over the tableland of Mexico east of the Sierra Madre to southern Coahuila. The species is subdivisible into about a dozen subspecies or geographic races each distinguished by a peculiar combination of color and cranial characters. An arm of the range of the species extends southward on the Mexican mainland, west of the Sierra Madre, approaching the Tropical Zone in southern Sonora. Specimens from the more southern localities in this region are referred to a new subspecies described as follows: Dipodomys merriami mayensis,! subsp. nov. ALAMOS KANGAROO RAT. Type from Alamos, Sonora, Mexico. No. 96437, @ adult, U.S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collection), collected by E. A. Goldman, December 19, 1898. Original number 13302. General characters.—A rather dark-colored form, most closely allied to Dipodomys merriami merriami, but upper parts darker, tail blacker; skull differing most prominently in greater expansion of maxillary arches. Hind foot with four toes as usual in the species, Color.—Type (fresh pelage): Upper parts in general near cinnamon- buff of Ridgway, moderately mixed with black, the dark hairs giving a finely lined appearance, especially on top of head and over back; under parts, fore limbs, hind feet above, supraorbital and postauricular spots, usual hip stripes and tail at extreme base all around pure white; tail beyond extreme base slaty blackish along upper and lower median stripes to near tip where the lengthening hairs are blackish all around, the sides 1Named for the Mayo Indians, who inhabit the region of the type locality. 33—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (141) 142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. white passing gradually into dusky subterminally, the lighter under color persisting to extreme tip; outer sides of ankles and soles of hind feet distinctly blackish; dark facial markings rather broad and conspicuous. Skull.—Similar to that D. m. merriami, but maxillary arches broader, the lateral angles more everted and hook-like; rostrum slightly heavier, the nasals slightly broader anteriorly than usual in merriami; mastoid and audital bullae about the same. Resembling that of D. m. melanurus in development of maxillary arches, but mastoid and audital bullae de- cidedly smaller. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 240 mm; tail vertebrae, 138; hind foot, 37. Skull (type): Greatest length (on median line), 34.3; greatest breadth (between outer sides of audital bullae), 23; breadth across maxillary arches, 20.5; least width of supraoccipital (near inter- parietal), 1.6; maxillary toothrow, 3.8. Remarks.—While this kangaroo rat is closely allied to the widely ranging typical subspecies it is easily distinguished by the rather well-marked combination of color and cranial characters pointed out. It somewhat resembles D. m. melanurus of southern Lower California, but is darker and cranial distinctions have been mentioned. Specimens examined.—Total number, 20; from localities in Sonora as follows: Alamos (type locality), 4; Camoa, 16. OC IZ Vol 41, pp. 143-144 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS ie OF THE ae AY Hog BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON {S34 1? ~ne le tty m4 - Ss p a A NEW HARE FROM THE MOUNTAINS OF CHINA. BY A. BRAZIER HOWELL. Further study of the Chinese hares in the United States National Museum indicates the necessity of a new name for one of the series. In appreciation of the work of Rev. David C. Graham, who has made available so many rare vertebrates of this interesting country, this form may be known as follows: Lepus grahami, sp. nov. Type.—Female adult, skin and skull no. 239,875, U.S. National Museum, from Ulongkong, about 10 miles south of Tatsienlu, Szechwan, China; altitude about 10,000 feet. Collected by David C. Graham, date unknown but evidently in late July or early August, 1923; original number 8. Diagnosis.—A large, long-eared, boreal hare allied to L. comus, but face and especially ears grayer and blacker. The black areas of the hairs of the dorsum are much more extensive and the light areas less ochraceous. The lower rump is markedly dark steel gray and the tail is variable, being either pale gray and black, or white and dark gray. Skin.—There is some variation in the color of the head. The cheeks are always grayer and the frontal region blacker than in comus, but in some specimens the cheeks are clear gray without ochraceous and the forehead almost black. The backs of the ears are pure gray and the front, blackish and ochraceous, while there is much solid black below the tips and the borders are pure white instead of buffy white. The nape is not black as in nigricollis but is darker and less ochraceous than in comus. The dorsum is grayer and with a much greater proportion of black to the hairs. They are steel gray at base, but whereas in comus this is restricted and then succeeded by a broad band of ochraceous, the latter feature is almost lacking in grahami, there being but a faint suggestion of this color proximal to the black annulation. The rump is strikingly bluish steel gray tending toward black medially. The tail is narrowly dark middor- sally, either black or dark gray, while below this member is either pale gray or white. There is nothing distinctive about the feet or the under- parts, the latter being white with the usual ochraceous throat patch. 34—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (143) 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Skull.—Unfortunately there is no skull of comus at hand. The skull of grahami is, however, more massive than those of the tolai group, this being especially noticeable in the width of the rostrum and braincase. The supraorbital processes are larger and their anterior fissures more extensive. The postero-inferior part of the audital bullae is also smaller, thus affecting the inclination of the paroccipital processes. Measurements.—None of the skins are accompanied by measurements. In the case of the dried specimens the length of the ear “‘from skull”’ is from 115 to 125 mm., while that of the hind foot is about the same. The skull of the type measures: greatest length, 105; width, 43; length of nasals, 40; width of nasals, 21 mm. Material.—Ten: five (including the type) from Ulongkong and Tatsienlu, and five—not typical—from the Yellow Dragon Gorge, near Sungpan, Szechwan. Remarks.—Of the alpine hares of this section of Asia, the group to which belong the forms tibetanus, hypsibius, oriostolus, pallipes and sto- liczkanus is very distinctive and has nothing to do with grahami. Satunin states that his L. kozlovi also belongs to this group and deWinton says the same of his L. sechuwenensis, although his figure does not indicate the fact. Rather does it show a type of hare more on the order of L. europaeus. But at least it is very different from grahami. G. M. Allen has kindly loaned me the paratype of L. comus, and although this and grahami un- doubtedly belong to the same group and their relationship may well prove to be subspecific, the Szechwan series is so distinct that it must be sepa- rated. The coloration of the latter is closer to typical nigricollis than is that of comus, the chief points of difference being the dorsal tone and lack of black upon the nape. The five specimens from Yellow Dragon Gorge vary in the direction of comus but are nearer grahami. By the use of the binomial it is not meant to imply that the latter is believed to be a full species, but this course is followed pending a better understanding of the highland hares of this part of Asia. -06 72 Vol. 41, pp. 145-150 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHING | MARS 1654 NOTES ON THELESPERMM ONS BY 8S. F. BLAKE. The genus Thelesperma includes about 10 species, ranging over the plains of western North America from South Dakota and Missouri to Texas, west to the Rocky Mountains, and south to northern Mexico. A single species, which appears to be identical with the commonest species of the western United States, occurs on the pampas of Argentina and Uru- guay. The conspicuously whitish- or yellowish-margined inner phyllaries, connate into a cup for usually about half their length, render the genus one of the most readily recognized of the Bidens group. The disk corollas of some and perhaps all the species show a peculiarity that does not seem to have been described hitherto. They are more or less strongly zygomorphic in the manner of Pectis, the incisions separating one of the teeth (the outermost) being deeper than the others. The following notes are based on material in the U. 8. National Herbarium and on a number of sheets from the Gray Her- barium kindly lent for study by Dr. B. L. Robinson. Thelesperma subaequale Blake, sp. nov. Perennial; leaves once or twice ternatisect, the segments usually filiform; heads radiate; outer phyllaries narrowly subulate, 4-7 mm. long, about equaling the inner; achenes trigonous, wing-margined; pappus of 2 short stout teeth; teeth of disk corollas much shorter than throat. Herbaceous perennial, 55-85 cm. high, glabrous throughout except for the slightly ciliolate petioles, glaucescent; stems about 2, remotely leafy, slightly branched above, bearing 2-7 heads; leaves opposite; lower leaves ternatisect, about 5.5 cm. long (including petiole, this about 2 cm. long), the terminal lobe about 3-parted, the segments narrowly linear or linear- filiform, acuminate, 0.8-1.3 mm. wide; middle stem leaves similar, pin- 35—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (145) 146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. nately 3- or 5-sect, the terminal and often the lateral lobes again 3-sect; upper leaves usually 3-sect, only those of peduncles and sometimes one of the uppermost pair at base of peduncles simple; heads 2-7, 2-3 cm. wide, on peduncles 9-15 em. long; outer phyllaries 8, narrowly subulate, acumi- nate, herbaceous, 4-7 mm. long, from two-thirds as long as the inner to equaling them; inner phyllaries united for one-third to two-fifths their length, with broad whitish margins (these 0.5—-1 mm. wide); rays 8, golden yellow, shallowly 3-lobed, the lamina broadly cuneate, about 12 mm. long, 7 mm. wide; disk flowers numerous, their corollas golden yellow or orange (when dried), sparsely pilose at base of throat, 4.2-5.2 mm. long (tube 1.5-2.2 mm., throat. oblong-cylindric, 1.8-2.5 mm., teeth unequal, the 4 shorter ones deltoid or ovate-deltoid, acute, slightly hispidulous at apex, 0.6—-0.8 mm. long, the fifth triangular-ovate, 1-1.2 mm. long); pales oblong, rounded, broadly scarious-margined, about 5 mm. long; achenes menis- coid, blackish at maturity, about 4 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, coarsely blunt-muricate on the rounded back, the lateral angles and the central face each with a broad blunt corky wing-like margin, the inner achenes narrower and with thinner wings; pappus of 2 stout, triangular, denticu- late or sparsely retrorse-hispidulous teeth 0.2 mm. long or less; style tips broadened and hispid above, then subtruncate and abruptly terminated by subulate hispid appendages 0.4 mm. long. Nuevo Le6én: Limestone ledges of the Sierra Madre above Monterey, alt. 915 meters, 5 June 1906, Pringle 10192 (type no. 462236, U.S. Nat. Herb.; duplicate in Gray Herb.). The type collection was distributed as 7’. filifolium Gray (=T. trifidum (Poir.) Britton), which belongs to another group of the genus characterized by having the teeth of the disk corollas longer than the throat. The re- lationship of the species is rather with 7. simplicifoliwm A. Gray, which has normally several pairs of undivided upper leaves, much shorter outer phyllaries (less than half as long as the inner), and unwinged achenes. Thelesperma burridgeanum (Regel) Blake. Cosmidium burridgeanum Hort.; Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 1857: 40. 1858. Cosmidium burridgeanum atropurpureum Van Houtte, Fl. Serres 13: 55. ml. 1821. 1860. Thelesperma hybridum Voss in Vilmorin’s Blumengartnerei ed. 3.1: 484. fig. 1896. Thelesperma hybridum f. atropurpureum Voss, |. c. 485. 1896. The history of this species is of considerable interest. Well described by Regel in 1858 under the garden name Cosmidium burridgeanum, with the habitat ‘‘Texas ?”’, it seems not to have been mentioned again in botanical literature, aside from a _ horticultural note by Van Houtte, until Dr. Gray! in 1884 briefly disposed of it with the following remark: ‘‘CosmMIDIUM BURRIDGEANUM of the gardens is a hybrid of 7. filifoliwm and Coreopsis tinctoria, acquiring its brown-purple rays from the latter.’ iSyn. Fl. 12:301. 1884. Blake—Notes on Thelesperma. 147 Since then the species has apparently disappeared from consideration as a native American plant, although it still figures in gardening literature. Voss, in the work cited above, describes it under the new name T'helesperma hybridum (citing Cosmidium burridgeanum “ Hook.’ as a synonym), calls it a hybrid of 7’. trifidwm and Coreopsis tinctoria, and gives a small figure representing well enough the habit of the plant. He describes the rays as ‘‘orangegelb am Grunde braun-gefleckt,’”’ and mentions a much more beautiful “‘f. atropurpureum,” in which the rays are dark purple with only a narrow golden margin. The plant figured by Van Houtte in 1860 as Cosmidium burridgeanum atropurpureum appears to have been slightly different from Voss’s. The plant is also briefly described and figured in Bailey’s Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture,! the description and figure being taken over from his Cyclopedia of American Horticulture.” To Miss Ellen D. Schulz of San Antonio, Texas, belongs the credit for the rediscovery of this plant in a wild state and the acquisition of material which has made it possible to establish its specific distinctness. Among some specimens sent to the U. 8. National Herbarium by her in 1926 was a specimen of this species collected near Pleasanton, Atascosa County, Texas, in May, 1926. Later Miss Schulz sent more specimens collected in sandy loam 2 miles south of Pleasanton on 24 April 1927, with the information that the plant seemed to be confined to sandy regions and was not found in limestone areas (in which Thelesperma trifidum grows). Neither of the supposed parent species grew in the vicinity. Additional specimens were grown for the writer in the Department of Agriculture greenhouses from seed supplied by Miss Schulz. An earlier specimen collected by Miss Schulz at “San Antonio, July, 1921,” has been found by the writer in the Thelesperma trifidum cover at the National Herbarium. Although the species had been quite lost sight of as a wild plant and is almost unknown in herbaria® (there is no specimen at the Gray Her- barium, and only those supplied by Miss Schulz in the National Her- barium), it is far from being an extinct species, and any one who cares to invest five cents in a packet of seeds of ‘“‘Cosmidium” as sold by Northrup, King & Co. can easily obtain an abundance of specimens. On the cover of the packet from which my specimens were grown in 1928 three color forms are depicted—one with deep red rays, one with orange rays, and one with rays of a clear light yellow; in no case is a lighter margin shown. Specimens grown from these seeds were of two quite distinct color forms. In one the rays were deep velvety red-brown, with golden tip and very narrow golden margin (the golden color visible only on the upper surface); in the other the red-brown was replaced by deep orange tinged with brown. In both cases the disk corollas were of essentially the same color as the darker part of the rays. These two forms evidently corre- spond to the two forms first mentioned as represented in the chromo-like iStand. Cycl. Hort., 6:3329. f. 3792. 1917. 2Cycl. Amer. Hort. 4:1792. f. 2495. 1902. 3In addition to the specimens sent by Miss Schulz and those grown from seed, I have examined only one specimen. This is a sheet in the Schultz Bipontinus Herbarium at Paris, sent by Alexander Braun from the Berlin Garden in 1857, and labeled ‘‘ Cosmidium Buridgianum.”’ 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. seedman’s illustration, in which the golden margin of the rays was omitted; the third form there figured, with light yellow rays, is probably a pure invention of the artist. All the specimens grown from seed sent by Miss Schulz were of the dark reddish brown form, which is also the one described by Regel (‘‘ligulis . .. atrofuscis, superne luteo-marginatis’”’). The lighter colored one is apparently the one taken by Voss as the typical form of his 7’. hybridum. Thelesperma burridgeanum is clearly not a hybrid. All its characters, including the all-important ones of achenes and involucre, are constantly those of Thelesperma, and there is no suggestion in any of the specimens I have seen or grown of Coreopsis tinctoria. The purple-brown base of the rays, which is of course the source of the belief that Coreopsis tinctoria is one of its parents, is a feature that occurs in a number of species of Coreopsis and might be expected to recur in the related genus Thelesperma, although it is not known in any other species of that genus. The most distinctive feature of the species is the more or less densely hispidulous outer involucre, which is not found in either of the putative parents and is otherwise unknown in Thelesperma. The plant should be looked for by collectors in other parts of Texas. It may be recognized by the fol- lowing short diagnosis: Annual with the habit, foliage, involucre, flowers and fruit of Thele- sperma trifidum (Poir.) Britton; outer phyllaries more or less densely hispidulous on back and margin; rays with purple-brown or orange-brown base and broad or narrow golden tip and margin. Definitely known in the wild state only from specimens collected in Bexar and Atascosa Coun- ties, Texas, by Ellen D. Schulz. THELESPERMA MEGAPOTAMICUM (Spreng.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3?:182. 1898, as Thelespermum. Bidens megapotamica Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3:454. 1826. Tagetes flosculosa Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3:571. 1826. Bidens gracilis Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:215. 1828. Thelesperma scabiosoides Less. Linnaea 6:512. 1831. Bidens paradoxa D. Don; Hook. & Arn. Journ. Bot. Hook. 3:319. 1841, as synonym. Thelesperma gracile A. Gray, Journ. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. Hook. 1:252. 1849. Bidens leyboldi Phil. Anal. Univ. Chil. 27:338. 1865, fide Baker. Isostigma megapotamicum Sherff, Bot. Gaz. 81:252. 1926, as to name- bringing syn. only. The North American Thelesperma gracile (Torr.) Gray, which ranges from Nebraska and Wyoming to Texas, Arizona, Nuevo Leén, and Coa- huila, has been universally regarded as distinct from 7’. megapotamicum' of the pampas of Argentina and Uruguay. Apparently the only author who attempted to assign differential characters was Dr. Gray, who stated? 1Usually known as 7’. scabiosoides Less.; see Sherff, Bot. Gaz. 76:91. 1923. 2Syn. Fl. 12:301. 1884. Blake—Notes on Thelesperma. 149 that 7’. scabiosoides ‘“‘closely represents 7’. gracile, but has more filiform foliage and longer-awned pappus.’’ Comparison of the half-dozen sheets of 7. megapotamicum (T. scabiosoides Less.) in the National Herbarium, presumably comprising much more material than was accessible to Gray, with very abundant specimens of 7’. gracile shows that these characters do not hold, and the most careful comparison has failed to bring out any other differences. In habit, glaucescence, and foliage, in occasional ciliation of petioles, in involucre, flowers, and fruit the South American specimens can not be separated from the North American by any char- acters, and it seems necessary to unite them under the older name. Thele- sperma megapotamicum appears to be unique in the details of its distribu- tion among all North American Asteraceae, but is nearly matched by Malacothrix coulteri A. Gray, which occurs in southern California and southwestern Utah, and again in Argentina, without known intermediate stations. An interesting comparison of the floras of New Mexico and Argentina, with lists of identical and representative species, was pub- lished some years ago by Mr. Standley.! The types of Bidens megapotamica and Tagetes flosculosa Spreng., mounted on the same sheet in the Schultz Bipontinus Herbarium at Paris, were examined and photographed by the writer in 1925. The identity of Tagetes flosculosa does not seem to have been recorded previously. Dr. E. E. Sherff, who had not seen the true type of Bidens megapotamica Spreng., has recently based the name I[sostigma megapotamicum on a supposedly authentic specimen of B. megapotamica in the Delessert Her- barium. My photograph of the real type of Sprengel, preserved in the Schultz Bipontinus Herbarium, shows that this course was erroneous. Baker’s? figure of the involucre is very poor, and his description of the flowers as ‘‘purpurascentes,’’ which would indicate a difference from the North American plant, is incorrect. The corollas are golden with brown or purple-brown nerves, as shown both by the specimens and by Kuntze’s notation (‘‘gelb’”’) on one of his labels. THELESPERMA SUBNUDUM A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10:72. 1874. In his treatment? in 1900 of the Rocky Mountain species, which is copied in his ‘Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains,’’é Dr. Rydberg has chosen for his primary character in dividing the genus the presence or absence of rays, and has placed 7’. swbnudum in the radiate group. In the writer’s key® to the two species of Thelesperma occurring in Utah and Nevada, 7. subnudum was also treated as a radiate species. The species was described by Gray as with ‘‘radiis nullis,’”’ and the type, Parry 109 in the Gray Herbarium, from southern Utah, shows no sign of rays. In the original description Gray stated that 7. subnudum “‘re- 1P. C. Standley, ““Comparative notes on the floras of New Mexico and Argentina,” Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 6:236-244. 1916. 2In Mart. Fl. Bras. 63:249. pl. 73, f. I. 1884. 3Bull. Torrey Club 27:630—632. 1900. 4Page 936-7. 1917. 5In Tidestrom, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25:586. 1925. 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. sembles 7. subsimplicifolium var. scaposum, which was also collected by Dr. Parry.” The latter name was apparently never published accom- panied by a description. The specimens (Parry 108, from southern Utah) on which it was based were referred to 7. subnudum by Gray in revising his material for the “‘Synoptical Fiora,”’ and the description of 7’. subnudum was amplified! to include radiate forms. Parry’s plant (no. 108) is radiate (rays about 7-10 mm. long), but in all other respects so similar to the type of T. subnudum that it seems correctly treated by Dr. Gray as a radiate form of that species. With the exception of the type, all the material of this species seen (from Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona) is radiate. ; Thelesperma marginatum Rydb.2 of Montana and adjacent Canada is very closely allied to T. subnudum. The stem usually bears 2 or 3 smaller, always discoid heads, and the bracts are less broadly white-margined than those of 7. subnudum. Several collections from Montana have been examined, including two cited in the original description. Parry’s Green River plant, referred to in the Synoptical Flora under 7. subnudum, is 7. marginatum. THELESPERMA SIMPLICIFOLIUM A. Gray, Journ. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. Hook. 1:252. 1849, as T. stmplicifolia. Cosmidium simplicifolium A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. II. 4:86. 1849. Thelesperma subsimplicifolium A. Gray in Torr. Bot. U.S. & Mex. Bound. 90. 1859. When redescribing this species in 1859, Dr. Gray altered the name to T. subsimplicifolium ‘to bring it nearer the fact,” and has been almost universally followed in this respect by later writers. The rule of priority necessitates, of course, the use of the original name simplicifolium. 1Syn. FI. 12:302. 1884. 2Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1:421. 1900. , 3In his ‘‘Catalogue of North American Plants’’ (1898, p. 148), A. A. Heller used the name 7. simplicifolium, citing T. subsimplicifolium as a synonym. we s/w Vol. 41, pp. 151-152 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AMA te MARS 18354 A NEW VIOLET FROM COMQMBIA. = . ay Te Ona BY WILHELM BECKER. See e Among several specimens of Viola from South America, recently submitted to the writer for determination, one rep- resents a new species. It may be described as follows: Viola colombiana W. Becker, sp. nov. E sect. ‘‘Leptidium”’ Ging. emend. W. Becker; V. heinbachii W. Becker affinis, foliis basi truncatis in petiolum angustatis non cordatis apice acutiusculis non acuminatis crenato-serratis diversa. Rhizoma repens, caules circ. 20-30 cm. altos +-dense foliatos emittens. Caules +ramosi, glabri, circ. 2 mm. crassi, adscendentes. Stipulae +-virides, lanceolatae, potius elliptico-lanceolatae, adversus basim angus- tatae, cire. 1 cm. longae, aequaliter fimbriatae; fimbriae circ. 1-1.5 mm. longae. Folia basi truncata, in petiolum angustata, ovata, acutiuscula, non acuminata, circ. 3 cm. longa, 2 cm. lata, glabra, distincte tamen non profunde crenulato-serrulata; petioli circiter 1-1.2 em. longi. Flores dilute violacei, obscure violaceo-striati; petala 11-13 mm. longa, oblongo- obovata; pet. infimum latum, brevissime calcaratum; sepala 5 mm. longa, lanceolata, non acuminata; stylus apice non curvatus, acutus. Colombia, Eastern Cordillera, Dept. Santander; mountains east of Las Vegas, open hillsides, 3000-3300 meters, December 20, 21, 1926, collected by E. P. Killip and Albert C. Smith, no. 15779 (U. S. Nat. Herb. no. 1,351,604;—Becker Herb. Viol.). V. scandens Willd. folia basi subcordata brevius petiolata plane crenata et stipulas paullum fimbriatas habet. 36—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasn., Vou. 41, 1928. (151) hh Sat iN a # i Vol. 41, pp. 153-156 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, (| MAR B 1954 INS a wal oF" — ‘ho fy Wipe DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW § OF BIRDS FROM MEXICO AND GUATEMALA. BY E. W. NELSON. The collections of birds made for William Brewster many years ago in western Chihuahua and southern Sonora, Mexico, has yielded numerous types of previously unknown birds. Two of the subspecies here described are from this same source. The long, deep, north and south canyons along the western slope of the Sierra Madre in Chihuahua and bordering parts of Sonora have their heads toward the Arizona border and the small rivers flowing southerly down them turn westerly and flow into the Pacific through southern Sonora. The southern parts of these canyons reach the border of the tropical zone, and a considerable number of tropical species of birds from the western basal slopes of the Sierra Madre to the south extend their range northward up these deep hot canyons. The Aratinga and Hesperiphona here described are both of tropical origin and must have arrived at this northern extremity of range along this route, for their nearest relatives are known only from the eastern coastal slope of Mexico, on the far side of the Mexican tableland. So far, however, there appears to be no record of either of these forms having been taken elsewhere in western Mexico, although work has been done in that region by a number of good collectors. It appears obvious from the material secured by Brewster’s collectors that further work in western Chihuahua, southern Sonora, and eastern Sinaloa would be fruitful in valuable additions to our knowledge of the bird life of a most interesting region. In the 80’s when Brewster’s collectors visited this region it was difficult of access, but to-day a railroad extending from 37—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasg., Vou. 41, 1928. (153) 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Chihuahua City to Jesus Maria, one of Brewster’s main locali- ties, and the Southern Pacific extending from Arizona south through middle Sonora and Sinaloa render work in that entire region very simple. I know of no better opportunity for American ornithologists who desire to work south of our borders. It is a wonderfully picturesque region with a healthy climate. I take pleasure in acknowledging the courtesy of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, through Outram Bangs, for the oppor- tunity of using the material from the Brewster collection, and to Dr. Charles W. Richmond, of the U. 8. National Museum, for the material in that collection. Aratinga holochlora brewsteri, subsp. nov. BREWSTER PAROQUET. Type from Hacienda de San Rafael, western Chihuahua, Mexico. No. 24700, & adult, Museum of Comparative Zoology (Brewster collection), collected May 5, 1888, by M. Abbott Frazar. General characters.—Similar in size to typical holochlora from eastern Mexico but with smaller bill and much clearer, less yellowish, green on upper and underparts, with a wash of bluish on crown and breast. Color of type-—Upperparts of head, body, tertiaries, and outer parts of secondaries bright chromium green of Ridgway, with top of head slightly darker and washed with bluish; upper side of primaries and tail feathers darker, more bluish green than back; sides of head and neck clearer, paler green than back; underparts from chin to crissum cosse green of Ridgway, lacking nearly all of the oil-green suffusion so strong in typical holochlora and washed with bluish on breast; underside of wings and tail lighter and more greenish than in latter; outer edges of primaries and primary coverts more bluish. Measurements of type-—Wing, 168 mm.; tail, 134; culmen, 24.5; tarsus 16. Measurements of typical holochlora, & adult, from Hacienda Mirador, Vera Cruz.—Wing, 167; tail, 138; culmen, 25; tarsus, 17. Specimens examined of A. h. brewsteri.—8, all from the type locality, in Museum Comparative Zoology: Specimens of A. h. holochlora 6, 1 from Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mexico; 5 from Forlon, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Remarks.—This well marked geographic race is separated by the breadth of the Mexican tableland from its nearest relative, typical holochlora, in the tropical parts of western Vera Cruz and Tamaulipas. No records are known to the writer of its occurrence elsewhere, than at the type locality, in western Chihuahua. Three specimens of typical holochlora out of six examined, one from Mirador and two from Forlon, have scattered red or orange feathers about the sides of the head and neck; no such colors appear on any of the EE —_— Nelson—Three New Subspecies of Birds. 155 specimens of brewsteri. This subspecies is named in honor of William Brewster. Hesperiphona abeillii pallida, subsp. nov. CHIHUAHUA GROSBEAK. Type from Jesus Maria, Chihuahua, Mexico. No. 22053, 9? adult, Museum Comparative Zoology (Brewster collection). Collected June, 1883, by R. R. McLeod. General characters.—This subspecies much paler and grayer than the females of either typical abeillii or H. a. cobanensis described below from Guatemala; upperparts of body dull grayish brown with only a trace of the conspicuous greenish suffusion in both other forms; underparts nearly uniform pale grayish brown with only a slight trace of the strong buffy brown shade in the others and lacking the greenish yellow mixture on breast; wing longer than in other forms. Colors of type-—Top of head dull black; sides of head, sides and top of neck and upperparts of body dull brownish thinly suffused with dull greenish, strongest on sides of head and on neck; lower rump much duller than in abeillii; underparts from chin to abdomen nearly uniform dull drab gray, becoming paler posteriorly to under tail coverts, with only slight traces of greenish on breast; axillaries much paler yellow than in typical abeillii. se Measurements of type-—Wing, 107; tail, 63; culmen, 21; tarsus, 20.5. Measurements of typical 9 adult, of abeillii, No. 158336, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection) from Huachinango, Puebla, Mex- ico: Wing, 103; tail, 63; culmen, 22; tarsus, 22. Remarks.—As in the case of Aratinga holochlora brewsteri the present subspecies appears to be widely separated from its nearest relative, typical holochlora, by the entire breadth of the Mexican tableland. Possibly both these geographic races may be found ranging far south of their known habitats along the mountains of Sinaloa, but so far none of the various collectors in that region appear to have found them. Although this subspecies is based on a single specimen, an adult 9, in breeding plumage, it differs so strongly from the females of both the other forms examined, and differs along the usual lines of paler coloration due to the more arid character of its habitat, combined with its extraordi- narily wide separation from the habitat of its nearest relative leaves no doubt as to the meaning of its characters. Specimens examined.—H. a. pallida, 1 adult 9. Type of subspecies; H. a. abeillii, 7 specimens, 3 adult o's, 4 adult 9s, all from Huachunango, eastern Puebla, Mexico. Hesperiphona abeillii cobanensis, subsp. nov. GUATEMALAN GROSBEAK. Type from Coban, Vera Paz, Guatemala, no. 30747, &@ adult, U. S. National Museum, from Salvin and Godman collection. General characters.—Entire body of male clearer, brighter yellow than 156 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. in typical abeillii, specially on the breast; the female much more strongly suffused with buffy brown on underparts; in both sexes bill broader and heavier. Colors of type-—Entire head and upper neck all around black; upper parts of body nearly uniform dark sulphine yellow shading into lemon chrome over lower rump feathers; underparts nearly uniform chrome yellow, most intense on upper breast and palest on under tail coverts and axillaries; top of wings black with pale parts of tertials more whitish and less gray than in abeilliz. Color of female-—Top of head and nape black; upper parts of body dark citrine suffused with sulphine yellow, becoming paler, more yellowish on rump; throat and under parts of body sayal brown, lightest on throat and darkest on flanks; breast and sides of neck suffused with sulphine yellow. Measurements.—Adult 3, type, wing, 105; tail, 63; culmen 22; tarsus, 20. Adult 9, Duefias, Guatemala, no. 30748, U. S. National Museum. Wing, 105; tail, 63; culmen, 25; tarsus, 21. Henan —In Birds of North and Middle America, part I, p. 45, Robert Ridgway, in a footnote, sets forth the most salient characteristics of the present subspecies but fails to give it a name. In studying the series of Hesperiphona abeillii available the male and female specimens from Guatemala referred to by Ridgway differ so strongly from the 3 males and 4 females of typical abeillii the evidence appears conclusive that they represent a different and easily recognizable geographic form. eS Vol. 41, pp. 157-164 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WAS NEW SPECIES OF GRASSES FROM UNITED STATES. BY A. 8. HITCHCOCK. In the course of the preparation of a Manual of Grasses of the United States several new species were found. It also became necessary to make a few changes of names. The new species and the new binomials are given below. Bromus laeviglumis (Scribn.) Hitche. Bromus ciliatus laeviglumis Scribn.; Shear, U. 8. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 23:32. 1900. Glyceria striata (Lam.) Hitche. Poa striata Lam. Tabl. Encyel. 1:183. 1791. Poa nervata Willd. Sp. Pl. 1:389. 1797. Glyceria nervata Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VI. Math. Phys. Nat. 1: 365. 1830. Panicularia nervata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:783. 1891. Puccinellia parishii Hitche., sp. nov. Annual; culms cespitose, ascending from a decumbent base, 3 to 10 em. tall; ligule thin, decurrent, 1 to 1.5 mm. long, obtuse, slightly toothed; blades flat or somewhat involute, less than 1 mm. wide; panicle narrow, few-flowered, 1 to 4 cm. long, the short branches appressed, slightly sca- brous; spikelets 3 to 6-flowered, 3 to 5 mm. long, the rachilla glabrous; glumes acutish, 3-nerved, 1.5 to 2 mm. long; lemmas about 2 mm. long, obtuse to truncate, scarious and somewhat erose at the tip, pubescent on the mid and lateral nerves nearly to the apex, on the intermediate nerves about half way; palea a little shorter than the lemma, ciliate on the keels; anthers about 0.5 mm. long; grain turgid, pyriform, narrowed below, about 0.6 mm. long. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 906,851, collected at Rabbit Springs, San Bernardino County, California, April 24, 1915, by S. B. Parish (no. 9799). Known only from the type collection. 38—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. ‘ (157) 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Peculiar in the pubescent nerves of the lemma. The type sheet had an intermixture of P. simplex and the plate accompanying the description of P. simpler in Abrams’s Flora of the Pacific States (1:215. 1923) shows P. parishii instead of P. simplex. Poa remissa Hitchce., sp. nov. Plants perennial, tufted, with slender creeping rhizomes; culms slender, retrorsely scabrous, 100 to 120 em. tall; sheaths slightly retrorse-scabrous; ligule of the culm leaves oblong-acute, 3 to 5 mm. long, of the innovations somewhat shorter; blades flat, lax, 2 to 4mm. wide, elongate, the uppermost culm blade as much as 10 em. long; panicles loose and open, nodding or drooping at the summit, 10 to 15 cm. long, the main axis scabrous at least toward the summit, the scabrous, flexuous branches in rather distant whorls (2 to 3 em. apart), the lowermost mostly 3 or 4, spreading or droop- ing, as much as 7 cm. long, bearing 2 to 4 spikelets toward the end; spike- lets 3- or 4-flowered, 5 to 6 mm. long, compressed; glumes acuminate, scabrous on the keel, about 2.5 and 3.5 mm. respectively; lemmas oblong- acute, about 4 mm. long, webbed at base, rather sparsely pubescent on the lower half of the keel and the lower third of the marginal nerves, otherwise glabrous, the nerves rather distinct; palea narrow, nearly 1 mm. shorter than the lemma, very minutely scabrous on the keels; anthers about 1 mm. long. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 1,299,175, collected in moist boggy place in deep timber, Sol Duc Hot Springs, Olympic Mountains, Washington, July 14, 1927, by A. 8. Hitchcock (no. 23468). Known only from the type collection. This species is related to Poa pratensis L. but differs in the tall slender retrorsely scabrous culms and the large open panicles with long drooping branches. Poa marcida Hitche., sp. nov. Perennial in small tufts, the foliage lax; culms slender, 40 to 100 cm. tall, glabrous; sheaths glabrous; ligule very short, the uppermost on the culm scarcely 1 mm. long; blades flat, thin, 1 to 3 mm. wide; panicle drooping, narrow, 10 to 18 cm. long, the somewhat distant branches scabrous, capillary, solitary or in pairs, ascending or appressed; spikelets mostly 2-flowered; glumes narrow, about 3 mm. long; lemmas narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, 4 to 5 mm. long, glabrous, long-webbed at base. Typein U.S. National Herbarium, no. 1,299,172, collected in moist place in deep timber at Sol Duc Hot Springs, Olympic Mountains, Washington, July 14, 1927, by A. 8. Hitchcock (no. 23466). Other specimens are: Van- couver Island, Henry 681, Rosendahl 1591, Macoun 82447; Olympic Moun- tains, Challam County, Washington, Elmer 1919; coast mountains near Tillamook, Howell in 1882. This species is allied to Poa alsodes A. Gray, P. languida Hitche., and P. saltuensis Fern. & Wieg., but differs in the narrow drooping panicle and acuminate spikelets. Hitchcock New Species of Grasses from United States. 159 Poa involuta Hitchc., sp. nov. Plants perennial in dense pale tufts without rhizomes; culms slender, glabrous, 30 to 40 em. tall; sheaths glabrous; ligule about 0.5 mm. long; blades involute, slender, glabrous or slightly scabrous, 15 to 25 em. long, about 0.5 mm. thick, somewhat lax or soft, the younger ones sulcate; panicles open, 10 to 15 em. long, the branches in pairs, spreading, flexuous, scabrous, distant, few-flowered toward the apex, the lower 2 to 3 em. long; spikelets pale, mostly 3- or 4-flowered, 5 to 6 mm. long, the florets rather distant; glumes 2 and 2.5 mm. long, acute, the border hyaline; lemmas about 3 mm. long, oblong, scabrous, especially on the keel and marginal nerves, not webbed at base. Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, no. 1,125,239, collected on the upper slopes of hills, Chisos Mountains, first ridge southwest of Juniper Canyon, Brewster County, Texas, 2200 meters altitude, July 15 to 18, 1921, by Roxana S. Ferris and Carl D. Duncan (no. 2811). Also collected in the Chisos Mountains by J. R. Swallen (no. 1110). This species is referred to the group Epiles because of the glabrous lem- mas but differs from all the other species of this group from the United States because of the involute blades. Poa languida Hitche. Poa debilis Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2:459. 1848. Not P. debilis Thuill. 1799. Eragrostis acuta Hitchc., sp. nov. An erect, cespitose perennial 40 to 60 cm. tall; sheaths glabrous, pilose at the throat; blades flat, becoming more or less involute, 2 to 4 mm. wide; panicle open, spreading, more than half the entire height of the plant; spikelets long-pediceled, several-flowered, 8 to 12 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, pale or stramineous; lemmas acuminate, 3 mm. long. Resembling E£. elliottii but the spikelets larger and the lemmas longer.—Low pine woods and moist sandy soil, Florida. Type in U. 8S. National Herbarium, no. 7,311,236, collected at Punta Rassa, Florida, July, 1900, by A. 8. Hitchcock (no. 263). Other speci- mens are: Grasmere, Combs & Baker 1166; Dunedin, Tracy 7024; Fort Myers, Chase 4195; Gainesville, Combs 716; Bartow, Combs 1217. Triodia multinervosa (Vasey) Hitche. Melica multinervosa Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 16:235. 1891. Distichlis multinervosa Piper, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 18:147. 1905. Agropyron richardsonii vulpinus (Rydb.) Hitche. Elymus vulpinus Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 36:540. 1909. Agropyron saundersii (Vasey) Hitche. Elymus saundersii Vasey, Bull. Torrey Club 11:126. 1884. Elymus saxicola Scribn. & Smith, U. 8. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 11: 56, pl. 15. 1898. 160 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Sitanion flecuosum Piper, Erythea 7:99. 1899. Sitanion lanceolatum J. G. Smith, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 18: 20. 1899. Agropyron sitanioides J. G. Smith; Piper, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 18: 149. 1905. Hordeum jubatum caespitosum (Scribn.) Hitche. Hordeum caespitosum Scribn. Proc. Davenport Acad. 7:245. 1899. Sitanion hanseni anomalum (J. G. Smith) Hitche. Sitanion anomalum J. G. Smith, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 18: 20, pl. 4. 1899. Trisetum spicatum congdoni (Scribn. & Merr.) Hitche. Trisetum congdoni Scribn. & Merr. Bull. Torrey Club 29: 470. 1902. Trisetum canescens montanum (Vasey) Hitche. Trisetum montanum Vasey, Bull. Torrey Club 13:118. 1886. Trisetum interruptum hallii (Scribn.) Hitche. Trisetum hallii Scribn. Bull. Torrey Club 11:6. 1884. Danthonia californica americana (Scribn.) Hitche. Danthonia americana Scribn. U. 8. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Cire. 30:5. 1901. Agrostis capillaris aristulata Hitchc., var. nov. Differs from A. capillaris in having awned lemmas, the awn usually geniculate and exceeding the glumes, arising from near the base of the lemma. Fields and open woods, Nova Scotia and Quebec to North Caro- lina; Alaska to northern California. This form appears to be native at least in the northern part of its range. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 838,295, collected on low- land clay soil in shade of bushes, at Meese: Nico July 4, 1905, by Agnes Chase (Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 344). Agrostis blasdalei Hitche., sp. nov. Culms short, 10 to 15 cm. tall, densely cespitose; blades narrow and rigid, conduplicate or filiform, scabrous on the margins, 2 to 4 em. long, scarcely more than 1 mm. wide; panicles strict and narrow, 2 to 3 cm. long, branches closely appressed, scabrous, not more than 1 ecm. long; spikelets 2.5 to 3 mm. long, the first glume a little longer than the second, both acute and scabrous on the back, especially on the keels, pale and of firm texture; lemma about 1.8 mm. long or a little less, awnless or with a very short awn just above the middle; palea minute, about 0.3 mm. long, nerveless. eee Hitchcock—New Species of Grasses from United States. 161 Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 556,266, collected on cliffs near Fort Bragg, Mendocino County, California, in 1899, by Davy and Blasdale (no. 6159). Also Bolander 6466. Known only from the vicinity of Fort Bragg. This has previously been referred to A. breviculmis Hitche. of Peru (Trichodium nanum Presl, Agrostis nana Kunth, not A. nana Delarbre). Muhlenbergia arsenei Hitchce., sp. nov. Plants perennial, loosely tufted, without rhizomes; culms slender, wiry, decumbent or spreading at base (the decumbent part sometimes appear- ing like a rhizome), 10 to 30 cm. tall, branching below, the branches erect; leaves crowded on the lower part of the culm, the sheaths glabrous, the ligule about 1 mm. long; blades slender, involute, sharp-pointed, 1 to 3 em. long, sometimes longer on vigorous shoots; panicles long-exserted, narrow, 2 to 10 cm. long, the branches ascending, floriferous from base, 1 to 3 cm. long; spikelets about 4 mm. long, the pedicels scabrous-pubes- cent; glumes 2 to 2.5 mm. long, somewhat hispidulous toward the awnless and rounded tip; lemma narrow, somewhat pubescent on the lower part, the awn 5 to 10 mm. long. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,298,444, collected at Sul- phur Springs, Sandoval County, New Mexico, altitude 2400 meters, Au- gust 17, 1926, by Bro. G. Arséne and Bro. A. Benedict (no. 16405). This species is related to M. polycaulis from which it differs in the numerous short erect branches with crowded fine involute blades, and in the awnless glumes. The only other specimen seen is Rydberg & Garrett 9498 from Armstrong and White Canyons, near the Natural Bridges, altitude 1600 to 1800 meters, southeastern Utah. Muhlenbergia arenacea (Buckl.) Hitche. Sporobolus arenaceus Buckl. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862:89. 1863. Sporobolus auriculatus Vasey, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3:64. 1892. Sporobolus minutissimus (Steud.) Hitche. Agrostis minutissima Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 1:171. 1854. Sporobolus confusus Vasey, Bull. Torrey Club 15:293. 1888. Sporobolus asper pilosus (Vasey) Hitche. Sporobolus pilosus Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 16:26. 1891. Sporobolus tharpii Hitchce., sp. nov. A densely cespitose perennial; culms 60 to 100 cm. tall; sheaths glabrous, the lower firm, loose, and shining; ligule a very short membrane; blades glabrous, involute, flexuous, about 1 mm. thick, tapering to a long fine point, the base long-pilose at the margin on each side of the ligule; panicle open, as much as 30 cm. long, the branches ascending, the lower as much as 15 cm. long, glabrous in the axils; spikelets appressed along the main 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. branches and larger branchlets, about 3 mm. long, glabrous; first glume narrow, acuminate, about half as long as the spikelet; second glume as long as the lemma and palea. Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, no. 1,299,827, collected on Padre Island, Texas, September 4, 1927, by B. C. Tharp (no. 4772). Another specimen from the same locality is Tharp 4774. This species is allied to S. palmeri Scribn. and S. wrightit Munro, in both of which the second glume is shorter than the spikelet. Hilaria belangeri longifolia (Vasey) Hitche. Hilaria cenchroides longifolia Vasey; Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2:69. 1896. Ctenium floridanum (Hitche.) Hitche. Campulosus floridanus Hitche. Amer. Journ. Bot. 2:306. 1915. Chloris chloridea (Presl) Hitche. Dineba chloridea Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1:291. 1830. Chloris clandestina Secribn. & Merr. U. 8. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 24:25. 1901. Digitaria texana Hitchc., sp. nov. Plant branching and decumbent at base, rooting at the lower nodes, apparently annual; culms about 0.5 meter tall; sheaths of the innovations pubescent, of the culms glabrous; ligule membranaceous, truncate, glabrous, about 1 mm. long; blades flat, those of the innovations velvety-pubescent, of the culms glabrate, 3 to 5 mm. wide; racemes 6 to 8, slender, pale, ascending, or erect, along an axis of 3 to 4 cm., 5 to 10 cm. long; rachis without wings, tiriangular, scabrous, the pedicels slender, triangular, the longer ones about 2 mm. long; spikelets about 2.3 mm. long, softly pu- bescent; first glume wanting; second glume and sterile lemma as long as the pale, acute fertile lemma. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 927,604, collected in sandy oak woods at Sarita, Texas, June 27, 1910, by A. S. Hitchcock (no. 5479). Known only from the type collection. Resembles D. velutina (DC.) Hitche. which has larger spikelets with stiff appressed pubescence and dark fruit. Digitaria pauciflora Hitchce., sp. nov. Plant perennial; culms erect or somewhat decumbent at base, 0.5 to 1 meter tall, very slender; sheaths and blades grayish-villous; racemes 2 or 3, ascending or erect, 5 to 11 cm. long, the filiform rachis naked for 1 to 5 em. at base; spikelets rather distant, elliptic, about 3.2 mm. long, glabrous; first glume minute with a hyaline erose margin; second glume and sterile lemma finely nerved, as long as the grayish fertile lemma. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 927,603, collected between Jenkins and Everglade, southern Florida, November 10, 1903, by A. A. Eaton (no. 207). Known only from the type collection. Hitchcock—New Species of Grasses from United States. 163 Digitaria floridana Hitchc., sp. nov. Plants annual; the foliage glabrous except for a few long hairs around the mouth of the sheath; culms tufted, decumbent at base, 20 to 30 cm. tall; blades flat, 4 to 7 cm. long, 3 to 6 mm. wide; racemes 3 or 4, some- what spreading and rather distant on the axis, 3 to 6 cm. long, the rachis wing-margined, the wings wider than the central rib; spikelets about 1.7 mm. long, rather sparingly pubescent; first glume wanting; second glume and sterile lemma equal, about as long as the light-brown fruit. Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, no. 741,824, collected in sandy pine woods, Hernando County, Florida, July, 1898, by A. S. Hitchcock (Florida plants no. 2517). Known only from the type specimen. The inflorescence resembles that of D. filiformis, but the rachis is winged; the spikelets are smaller than those of D. ischaemum. Eriochloa michauxii simpsoni Hitche., var. nov. Plants with the aspect of the narrow-leaved forms of E. michauzii; racemes few, appressed; sterile lemma empty.—Moist places, Fort Myers to Cape Sable, Florida. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 928,353, collected at Cape Romano, Florida, May, 1891, by J. H. Simpson (no. 262). Eriochloa contracta Hitche. Helopus mollis C. Muell. Bot. Zeit. 19:314. 1861. Not Eriochloa mollis Kunth. Open ground, ditches, low fields and wet places, Kansas to Texas and New Mexico; introduced in Missouri. Differing from EF. acuminata in the pubescent foliage, narrower blades, cylindric panicle and awned fruit. Setaria scheelei (Steud.) Hitche. Setaria polystachya Scheele, Linnaea 22:339. 1849. Not S. polystachya Schrad. 1824. Panicum scheelit Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 1:51. 1854. Chaetochloa polystachya Scribn. & Merr. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 21:37. f. 22. 1900. Chaetochloa scheelei Hitche. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 22:207. 1920. Andropogon scoparius neomexicanus (Nash) Hitche. Andropogon neomexicanus Nash, Bull. Torrey Club 25:83. 1898. Andropogon exaristatus (Nash) Hitche. Amphilophis exaristatus Nash in Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S. 65. 1903. Rottboellia tuberculosa (Nash) Hitche. Manisuris tuberculosis Nash, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1:430. 1900. i Pa OP (Ne j hoe al MV? oi Ae y , ye vars ‘| na Si Mie Vit asa i Peal! ea SM ne cr Pay sald ai} i . LA AN ‘aint Niptiay* Sea DAL ul 4 Ny 4) d, (it pit 7 eal | ewe 7) Vol. 41, pp. 165-166 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS , OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 4 | MAR 8 1854 | Ara ~~ 'ONA at ML THE SHORT-EARED OWLS OF PORTO seh etl HISPANIOLA.: BY ALEXANDER WETMORE. The short-eared owl of Porto Rico was first recorded in the seventies of the Nineteenth Century by Gundlach who examined several specimens taken by Blanco and Stahl, but through lack of comparative material did not observe that they were specifically different from the wide ranging Asio flammeus. In 1882 Mr. Ridgway differentiated the Porto Rican bird as Asio portoricensis, taking as his type a skin collected by George Latimer. This owl has remained rare in collections as, though it is not extinct, it is found infrequently. Specimens collected by Gundlach have come to the American Museum of Natural History, and to the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, while in the Carnegie Museum there is one taken at Utuado, May 20, 1912, by W. W. Worthington. The most recent specimen is a female forwarded to the National Museum by F. A. Potts, who collected it near Fortuna, April 8, 1927. On March 19, 1922, Dr. W. L. Abbott, during his zoological explora- tions in Hispaniola, secured a female short-eared owl at Laguna Rincon, near Cabral, in the southwestern part of the Dominican Republic. Though of the general appearance of the bird of Porto Rico, it was evidently differ- ent, but for various reasons its definite allocation has been postponed until the present time, when it comes up for review in the course of prepa- ration of a general account of the birds of Hispaniola, projected originally in collaboration with the late B. H. Swales and now to be completed by me. In the meanwhile Mr. James Bond has secured a second specimen in Haiti for the Academy of Natural Sciences, which has been sent to me for examination through the courtesy of Mr. Bond and Dr. Witmer Stone. The necessary comparisons have entailed the assembling of available speci- mens of Asio portoricensis, of which I have five individuals before me, 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 39—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (165) 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. three, including the type, in the collections of the National Museum, one loaned by Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd from the Carnegie Museum, and one through the courtesy of Mr. J. L. Peters of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoédlogy. A sixth skin, which I examined some years ago, is in the American Museum of Natural History and is not available at present writing, and there is one other in the Field Museum. On careful comparison it develops that the bird from Hispaniola differs from Asio portoricensis Ridgway in slightly longer wing, less rounded tail, more extensive light markings on the forehead, and slightly heavier, broader dark markings on the breast and foreneck. There appear, then, to be two forms so similar as to be classed as geographic races, which will stand as follows: Asio domingensis domingensis (Miiller). HISPANIOLAN SHORT-EARED OWL. Chouette ou grande Chevéche de Saint-Domingue, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois., vol. 1, 1770, pp. 392-393. (“‘Saint-Domingue.’’) Strix domingensis P. L. 8S. Miiller, Volst. Naturs. Suppl. Reg.-Band, 1776, p. 70. (Hispaniola; based on Buffon.) Strix dominicensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., vol. 1, pt. 1, 1788, p. 296. (“‘S. Dominica’’; based on Buffon.) —Shaw, Gen. Zool., vol. 7, pt. 1, 1809, p. 261. (Based on Buffon.) That the account indicated above in Buffon refers to the short-eared owl of the type here under discussion is unquestionable, as his description is careful and with sufficient detail to demonstrate certainly that he was considering the species of the eastern Greater Antillean islands, though that his account referred to a distinct species has been overlooked by later writers since the days of Miller and Gmelin who named it as indicated above, Miiller’s name having priority. From the two skins now in hand it appears that this form differs from that of Porto Rico in more nearly square tail, a longer wing, which measures 294 mm. in the one male and 297 mm. in the single female seen, broader, more prominent white markings on the forehead, and heavier, more exten- sive dark markings on the breast and foreneck. This form is confined to the Dominican Republic and Haiti. Asio domingensis portoricensis Ridgway. PORTO RICAN SHORT-EARED OWL Strix brachyotus, Sundevall, Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk.—Akad. Férh., 1869, p. 60 (Porto Rico). Brachyotus cassinii, Gundlach, Journ. fiir Ornith., 1874, p. 310 (listed). Asio portoricensis Ridgway, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 4, 1882, p. 366. (Porto Rico.) The present bird is closely allied to A. d. domingensis but differs in more strongly rounded tail, somewhat shorter wing which in the four skins at hand in which the wing can be measured ranges from 274 to 281 mm. (average 277 mm.), darker forehead, and less heavily marked chest. It is restricted in range to Porto Rico. 4. UO #4 Vol. 41, pp. 167-168 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Pn BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHI BY ALEXANDER WETMORE. On recent examination of the series of birds of the genus Nesoctites in the National Museum collections, it is apparent that there is a distinct species on Gonave Island, a division of the Republic of Haiti, which may be known as Nesoctites abbotti, sp. nov. Characters.—Similar to Nesoctites micromegas (Sundevall)? but very much paler both above and below; under surface white, with only a very faint tinge of yellowish on the breast; upper surface much grayer; yellow of crown in male more restricted; white of sides of neck more extended. Description.—Type, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 251,504, male, collected on Gonave Island, Haiti, February 24, 1918, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Dorsal surface varying from deep grayish olive on sides of crown, hind neck and upper back to light Andover green on rump and upper tail-coverts; center of crown orange rufous, surrounded by an area of olive yellow, somewhat paler anteriorly with tips of some of the feathers flecked with dusky; rectrices and remiges dusky externally edged broadly with a wash of light yellowish olive; auricular region white, streaked with deep grayish olive; sides of neck and hindneck flecked obscurely with whitish to form an indistinct broken collar; lores, ramal region, and under surface, white; throat immaculate, remainder of under parts streaked (brokenly) and spotted with blackish; breast with a very faint tinge of yellow; inner margins of under surface of wing feathers washed with cream buff to cartridge buff. Bill blackish, becoming deep olive gray at the base; tarsus and toes castor gray (from dried skin). Measurements (in millimeters).—8 males, wing, 65.9-68.4 (67.7); tail, 36.5-42.8 (39.5); culmen from base, 15.8-17.2 (16.5); tarsus, 17.0-18.3 (17.4). . 6 females, wing, 69.3-73.2 (71.2); tail, 37.0-41.5 (39.9); culmen from base, 17.0-17.7 (17.5); tarsus, 17.3-18.5 (17.8). 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2Picumnus micromegas Sundevall, Consp. Av. Pic., 1866, p. 95. (‘‘Rio de Janeiro”’= Hispaniola.) 40—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (167) 168 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Type, male, wing, 68.0; tail, 42.8; culmen from base, 16.5; tarsus, 17.9. Range.—Gonave Island, Haiti. Remarks.—This species is described from a series of fourteen skins from Gonave Island, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott from February 21 to 27, 1918, and March 8 to 14, 1920. It is distinguished at a glance from the bird of the main island of Hispaniola of which there is a series of twelve, all taken by Dr. Abbott, at hand for comparison. The females differ as do the males. While the Gonave bird is representative of micromegas, the differences separating it seem sufficient to warrant designating it as a distinct species. I take pleasure in naming it for Dr. W. L. Abbott in recognition of his contributions to our knowledge of the Hispaniolan avifauna. Vol. 41, pp. 169-170 October 15, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WAS & | MAR 8 1954 Avg Ses TONAL wie! EE A SECOND SPECIES OF DEIROPTYX FROM eo BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. Out of a collection of nearly a hundred reptiles and amphib- ians made on the island of Cuba by Dr. Paul Bartsch while travelling on the Walter Rathbone Bacon Scholarship Fund, a second species of Deiroptyx has turned up. It lives on rocks at the mouth of limestone caves and presents many features which distinguish it readily from Detroptyx vermiculata, the only other known species of the genus. Deiroptyx bartschi, n. sp. Diagnosis.—Tail cylindrical; one row of scales between the supraorbital semicircles; four large scales in the supraocular disk. Type.—U. 8. N. M. No. 75805 (collector’s number 80), an adult male from Bafios San Vicente, Pinar del Rio Province, Cuba, collected on June 25, 1928, by Dr. Paul Bartsch. Description of the type.—Head rather large, somewhat less than twice as long as broad, slightly longer than the tibia; forehead distinctly concave medially, this median channel connecting with the occipital depression; top of head covered with flat, medium-sized scales which give place to some very small ones just behind the nostrils; frontal ridges fairly well de- veloped; supraorbital semicircles composed of five scales, the second from anterior end very large, separated by one row of small flat scales; occipital scale in a depression, small, scarcely one-sixth as large as ear-opening, separated from the last scale of the supraorbital semicircle by about three flat, polygonal scales; supraocular disks well defined, composed of four large scales and a few smaller ones, separated from the superciliaries by three rows of scales and from the semicircles by two rows; canthus rostralis not especially prominent, composed of a single row of seven scales, de- creasing in size from eye to below the nostril; a superciliary ridge of three scales, the second quite long, the last very minute; seven loreal rows; sub- oculars eight, fairly well developed, the last five in contact with the labials; nine or ten supralabials, the seventh under the center of the eye; temporals small, round and flat, uniform in size, excepting on the supratemporal 41—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (169) 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. line where they become enlarged; dorsal scales almost granular, slightly larger than laterals, the two middorsal rows largest; ventrals smooth, very small posteriorly, becoming larger on the breast, squarish on the median area, in regular rows, very slightly imbricate; a heavy transverse gular fold; scales of anterior aspect of fore and hind limbs slightly enlarged, smooth, faintly imbricate; body not elongate, neither depressed nor com- pressed; no dorsal fold; a weak nuchal fold; limbs well developed; the hind legs very long, reaching to the nostril when adpressed; about 46 lamellae on the fourth toe (28 of these under phalanges II and III); tail very long, round, with verticils feebly indicated at about eleven-scale intervals; no enlarged post-anals. : Dimensions.—Tip of snout to posterior edge of tympanum, 23 mm.; width of head, 13 mm.; snout to vent, 69 mm.; tail, 175 mm.; tibia, 21 mm. Color (in aleohol).—Head and body sage-green above, becoming olive- green on the sides and on the tail; sides with heavy, wavy sulphur-yellow vertical bars, edged with dark, almost fading out on the middle of the back, continuing on top of the tail, however, as pea-green cross-bands. — Lips pale, the sutures of upper and lower labials sulphur-yellow; a ring of dirty yellow around the ear; in front of the ear a large squarish indigo- blue spot, with a suffusion of this color on the posterior part of the eyelid and also in front of the shoulder; limbs light olive, the fore-arm faintly banded with yellow; entire ventral surface straw yellow, a deeper tone of this on the edge of the gular fold. Paratypes.—There are nine other paratypes (Nos. 75797-75804 and 75806) from Bafios San Vicente; fifteen specimens (Nos. 51820 and 51825- 38) from Vinales collected on May 30, 1914, by J. B. Henderson and Paul Bartsch; and two from Luis Lazo taken in 1916 by the same collectors. Le hist m Vol. 41, pp. 171-174 oS | MAR 8 offisé 15, 1928 PROCERQINGS & anal, OF THE th ee GENERAL NOTES. THE GENERIC POSITION OF THE PORPOISE DESCRIBED BY PHILIPPI AS TURSIO? PANOPE. Reviewing, in these Proceedings,' the South American porpoises which Dr. R. A. Philippi had described in 1893 and 1896,? Dr. F. W. True was unable to reach any satisfactory conclusion with regard to the animal designated under the name Tursio? panope (1896, p. 14, pls. 4-6, fig. 2). He says (pp. 141-142): ‘‘I confess Iam unable to determine even the genus to which this singular species belongs. . . . If the drawings of the skull are correct . . . the species probably represents a genus hitherto unknown. Further study of the type-specimen can alone resolve the problem.”’ Thus the matter rested until the autumn of 1926, when Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt visited the National Museum of Chile and very kindly made photographs for me of the enigmatical skull. These show beyond question that the drawing of the side view published by Philippi on plate 6 is, unlike the sufficiently good representations of the dorsal and ventral aspects (pls. 4 and 5), grossly inaccurate. The extraordinary upward bending of the expanded proximal portion of the maxillary, recognized by True as a char- acter unknown in any porpoise with which he was acquainted, has no existence in fact. The animal, whatever its specific relationships may eventually prove to be, is a member of the genus Cephalorhynchus. —Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. THE POLLACK WHALE IN THE GULF OF CAMPECHE. The United States National Museum owes to the kindness of Professor A. L. Herrera, director of the National Museum of Mexico, several pho- tographs of two skeletons of Balenoptera borealis. Both specimens (Nos. 257 and 289, Nat. Mus. Mexico) are labeled as having been taken at Campeche. In reply to my inquiry Professor Herrera wrote, under date of September 20, 1927, that he was unable to give the dates of capture, and that the skeletons were on exhibition at the time when he took charge of the museum in 1915. These specimens are of interest as considerably extending the known range of the species and as representing captures which antedate that of the individual from Florida which I recorded four years ago. —Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 1Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 16, pp. 133-144, November 12, 1903. 2An. Mus. Nac. Chile, Zool., No. 6, pp. 1-18, pls. 1-5, 1893, and No. 12, pp. 1-20, pls. 1-6, 1896. 3Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 66, art. 9, December 11, 1924. 42—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (171) 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. PROTHONOTARY WARBLER BREEDING IN THE WASHING- TON REGION. The presence of the Prothonotary Warbler (Protonotaria citrea) during summer months in the vicinity of Washington, D. C., has been recorded by other observers. Miss May T. Cooke in her paper “Birds of the Washington Region,’! sums up the data then available, and concludes with the statement: ‘“‘Twice noted in June, possibly breeding.” It is a pleasure to announce that this species may be now definitely added to the list of breeding birds, through the collection of a set of four eggs, on June 9, 1928. ; On May 30, 1928, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Ernest P. Walker, and the author were slowly paddling up the inlet at ‘‘the dyke,” near the station of ‘‘Dyke”’ on the Washington-Mt. Vernon electric railway, when a flash of vivid orange-yellow across our bows announced a male Prothonotary. The bird flew to the bank, within 15 or 20 feet of our boat, and for several minutes it gathered nesting material as we watched. It then recrossed the stream and disappeared in a small clump of bushes and snags, emerg- ing a few minutes later with empty bill. Convinced that we had located the nesting site, we made plans to return about June 10. The absence of Doctor Wetmore from the city and other engagements of Mr. Walker, left this duty to the author. The nest was found, as expected, in a maple snag about five feet high and about five inches in diameter at the base. It was hollow for its entire length, although still sufficiently alive to support one vertically ascending branch. Several more or less connected cracks or holes extended on one side from the top to within about two feet of the base, the nest being placed just below the lowest aperture. Apparently the birds had succeeded in plugging the hollow and had placed their nest on top of the plug. Moss and fine rootlets were used in the nest structure. The cup is shallow and about two inches in diameter. The entire snag (which had at one time served as a fence post, as shown by several projecting ends of well-rusted wire) was cut off and, with the set of eggs, deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Both parent birds were shot, although the male, falling into the water, was seized and apparently swallowed by a large fish, probably a bass. —Frederick C. Lincoln. 1Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 34, p. 12. General Notes. 173 THE MOURNING DOVE IN JAMAICA. Recent examination of records of the mourning dove, Zenaidura ma- croura macroura (Linnaeus), for the Greater Antilles indicate that this bird is abundant in Cuba and common in Hispaniola (including Haiti and the Dominican Republic), but on examination of lists of the birds of Jamaica no mention whatever is found of it. So far as known there is only one record for Jamaica, that given by Ridgway in Part 7 of the Birds of North and Middle America (1919, p. 348) where that island is mentioned in the geographic range assigned to this form. On looking up the basis of Mr. Ridgway’s report it is found to be a skin in the National Museum (Cat. No. 55099) taken by W. T. March and labeled Spanishtown, Jamaica, without date. This specimen was entered in the Museum cata- logue May 4, 1869, and was received apparently during that year, as there is record in the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1869, published in 1871, on page 56, of a box of birds received from Jamaica from W. T. March. March makes no mention of the mourning dove in his Notes on the Birds of Jamaica, published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1863, pp. 150-154, 283-304, indicating that he secured the specimen after that date. The specimen in question has the following measurements (in milli- meters): wing, 138.7; tail, 120.5; culmen with cere, 12.8; tarsus, 19.5. The sex is not marked but the bird appears to be a male. It is identified as Zenaidura macroura macroura and must be considered as of accidental occurrence on the island. —Alexander Wetmore. 4 Wee nt wine ihe ilcaly ; A. ea ae) 0" AT ed FNM hig Vol. 41, pp. 175-188 f’ . October 15, 1928 PROCEEDING®& | MAR 8 1934 OF THE (is A ah , BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF W GTON woe NOTES ON SPIDERS FROM SOUTHEASTERN UTAH. BY R. V. CHAMBERLIN AND W. J. GERTSCH. This is a report primarily upon a collection of spiders se- cured by members of a field party from the Department of Zoology of the University of Utah during ten days of April, 1928. While the major part of the arachnids were taken by the authors, who gave special attention to them, other members of the party from time to time added specimens secured inci- dentally to their own particular work, as credited hereafter under locality records for the various species. The zoologi- cally little known San Juan County was the chief field of the expedition, but on the return journey the San Rafael Desert region of Emery County received attention and collections were also made at several points in Wayne County. Types are in the collection of R. V. Chamberlin. DICTYNIDAE. Amaurobius americanus (Emerton). Localities—San Juan Co.: Monticello, Verdure and Bluff; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Mounds and San Rafael River; Wayne Co.: Fruita. Dictyna completa Chamberlin. Locality —Grand Co.: Moab. One female taken by A. M. Woodbury, April 15. Dictyna uintana Chamberlin. Locality—San Juan Co.: Bluff. A male taken by Mr. Gertsch, April 16, is referred with a little doubt to this species. It was known previ- ously from the Uintah Mts. Dictyna eutypa Chamberlin. Locality—San Juan Co.: Bluff. A female was secured by J. R. Cham- berlin. 43—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (175) 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. SCYTODIDAE. Plectreurys tristis Simon. Localities—San Juan Co.: Bluff, Devil’s Canyon, and Blanding; Emery Co.: Straight Wash. Only females were taken. Loxosceles rufipes Lucas. Locality.—San Juan Co.: Two females, not fully mature, seem to be this species. CAPONIIDAE. Orthonops gertschi Chamberlin, Locality—Emery Co.: Straight Wash. A male, the type of the species, | was taken by Mr. Gertsch on April 20. This specimen seems to be the only member of the family thus far recorded from within the United States, although several species are known from Lower California and adjacent parts, DYSDERIDAE. Ariadna bicolor (Hentz). Locality.—San Juan Co.: Verdure. One female. GNAPHOSIDAE. Herpyllus vasifer (Walckenaer). Localities San Juan Co.: Bluff, Valley City (Morrison); Emery Co.: San Rafael River; Wayne Co.: Hanksville. Herpyllus hesperolus Chamberlin, nom. nov. Herpyllus validus Banks (nom. preoccup). Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff (A. M. Woodbury), Big Indian Rock and Valley City; Grand Co.: Moab (E. L. Seule); Emery Co.: San Rafael River (E. L. Soule); Wayne Co.: Hanksville, Fruita (A. M. Woodbury); Piute Co.: Marysvale (R. V. Chamberlin, 1927). Herpyllus propinquus (Keyserling). Locality.—La Sal Mts. (V. M. Tanner, 1927). A specimen referred with | some doubt to this species. Herpyllus atopophysis Chamberlin, new species. A species readily distinguishable from others previously described by the form of the tibial apophysis. This in ectal form appears laminate, clavately widened distad, a little obliquely truncate at end and with a two-pronged process beyond the truncate surface, one prong directed ventrad and the other dorsad. The cymbium is characteristically exca- vated from base to middle for reception of the apophysis. Cephalothorax, . s —_ a. ee _ . at. , oe = Pe ee ee ee 2 Ly a a eS a "©? —a ee se ee. a, ~— Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 177 ‘\ legs and dorsal scutum of abdomen light brown, the abdomen elsewhere gray. Posterior median eyes oblique, approximately their radius apart and about the same distance from the laterals. Tibia I and II beneath with a’ pair of spines at apex and a pair near middle, those of each pair close together. Tibia III with a pair of spines close together at base above. Metatarsus I and II with a pair of spines at a base beneath. Length, 6 mm. Type locality —San Juan Co.: bic City. One male taken April 19 (R. V. Chamberlin). Sergiolus fruitanus Chamberlin, new species. Male.—This species is characterized by the form of the tibial apophysis of the palpus. This is somewhat longer than the tibia, its distal margin in lateral view appearing excavated, with dorsodistal corner extended into a chitinous process bent at right angles and acutely pointed, the point di- rected mesad into a depressed portion of cymbium. Integument of cara- pace dusky, black marginally, apparently clothed throughout with white hair in life. Femora of all legs black, the other joints yellow. Integu- ment of abdomen nearly black, clothed above with white hair, this ap- parently over the whole dorsum though the latter in the type is partially rubbed. Area of median eyes wider behind than in front. Tibia I with a single spine at distal and beneath; tibia II with one at distal end and one toward middle. Metatarsus I and II with a single spine at base be- neath. Length, 5 mm, Type locality Wayne Co.: Fruita. One male taken April 21 by A. M. Woodbury. Callilepis eremellus Chamberlin, new species. Male.—This is a small form in which the carapace is yellow with lateral margins narrowly bordered with black, the eye area black, and a broken black V-shaped mark at posterior border of head; sternum and mouth- parts yellow, and the legs yellow excepting that the patella and tibia and distal end of femur are suffused with black. The abdomen is black clothed in general with smooth black hairs but with numerous plumose white hairs above, especially in a band at base and a spot each side of its pointed caudal tip. Tibiae I and II with two pairs of ventral spines. In the palpal organ there are two apical apophyses of which one runs transversely outward over the other and bears on its caudal edge a num- ber of short spines; the embolus runs from middle obliquely forward and outward to nasal edge of alveolus and curves forward. The tibia | of palpus lacks any distinct tooth at distal end such as occurs in C. clara. Length, 2.33 mm. Locality.—Utah: Wayne Co., Cainesville. One male taken April 21 by A. M. Woodbury. » 178 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Gnaphosa brumalis Therell. Localities—San Juan Co.: La Sal Mts. (one male, Tanner, 1927); Verdure (one male, R. V. Chamberlin). Gnaphosa hirsutipes Banks. Localities —San Juan Co.: Verdure (E. L. Soule); Emery Co.: San Rafael River; Wayne Co.: Fruita (an aberrant female taken by Gertsch); also found at Salt Lake City. Gnaphosa gigantea Keyserling. Locality—Tooele Co.: The Pass, in the Oquirrh Mts. One female taken by R. V. Chamberlin. Not uncommon in Salt Lake County. Gnaphosa gosoga Chamberlin, new species. Male.—Related to texana Chamberlin in the structure of the palpus but the embolus simple, whereas in texana there is a slender subsidiary branch lying against the principal one. It also may be distinguished in the different form of the tibial apophysis which is longer than the tibia and is decidedly narrower in the basal portion, laminate, distally acuminate and a little bent. Carapace and sternum brown, the legs more fulvous, and the abdomen nearly black. Posterior median eyes more than their radius apart and a little less than twice their diameter from the laterals. Differing from texana in lacking a median dorsal spine on tibiae III and IV. Tibiae I and II with three pairs of ventral spines. Length, 7 mm. Localities—Emery Co.: Straight Wash (male holotype, Woodbury); Piute Co.: Marysvale (Chamberlin, 1927.) Drassodes neglectus (Keyserling). Localities—San Juan Co.: Bluff, Verdure, La Sal Mts.; Piute Co.: Marysvale (Chamberlin, 1927). Rachodrassus flavus Chamberlin and Woodbury. Locality —Grand Co.: Moab. One female taken by Gertsch on April 19. Haplodrassus signifer (C. Koch). Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff, Blanding; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Straight Wash.; Wayne Co.: Noton; Piute Co.: Marysvale (Chamber- lin, 1927); Salt Lake Co. (K. M. Richards). Haplodrassus bicornis (Emerton). Localities—San Juan Co.: Blanding (Woodbury); Salt Lake Co.: City Creek Canyon (E. L. Soule). Zelotes subterreaneus (C. Koch). Localities —San Juan Co.: between Bluff and Blanding (Soule, Gertsch); Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 179 Blanding, Verdure; Tooele Co.: north of Grantsville (Chamberlin); Salt Lake Co. Zelotes lasalanus Chamberlin. Locality.—San Juan Co.: La Sal Mts. (Tanner). Drassyllus apachus Chamberlin Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff, Valley City; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co: Straight Wash.; Salt Lake Co. Many specimens of this species, both males and females, were taken. The species was previously known from the female only, the type, an Arizona specimen. It would seem to be probably the most abundant gnaphosid in southeastern Utah. Drassyllus notonus Chamberlin, new species. Female.—Most readily characterized by the epigynum. In this the lateral rims are widely separated, evenly curved, and continuous with the anterior rim which is short, semicircular and enclosing a deeper depression; median septum beginning anteriorly at the depression mentioned, very narrow except caudally where it expands in deltoid form in front of the paired spermathecal areas. Carapace dusky over fulvous, legs and sternum with more yellow; abdomen dusky gray. Posterior row of eyes only weakly provurved; median eyes only a little enlarged, elliptic and oblique, less than their diameter apart and nearly the same distance from the laterals. Lateral eyes on each side not more than their radius apart. Tibiae I and Il and metatarsi I and II unarmed beneath. Length, 3.5 mm. Type locality—Wayne Co.: Noton. One male taken April 21. PHOLCIDAE. Psilochorus utahensis Chamberlin. Localities.—San Juan Co.: Verdure, Devil’s Canyon; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co: Straight Wash. Only females were taken. These are re- ferred with some question to the present species. THERIDIIDAE. Latrodectus mactans Fabr. Localities.—San Juan Co.: Bluff; Grand Co.: Moab; Carbon Co.: Price. Asagena americana. San Juan Co.: Verdure (male, not quite mature); Wayne Co.: Fruita (male and females). Theridion placens Keyserling. Locality.—Emery Co.: Straight Wash. 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Robertus eremophilus Chamberlin, new species. Female.—Carapace, chelicerae, sternum and legs brown. Abdomen throughout immaculate light gray. Anterior median eyes their radius apart, farther from the larger lateral eyes. Eyes of the posterior row equal in size and nearly equidistant. The epigynum is depressed at the middle leaving a transverse ridge across the caudal end and a semicircular one anteriorly; in the depression is a strongly chitinous piece with narrower anterior or ventro-anterior end free and the caudal portion clavately widened. Length, 4 mm. ‘ Type locality San Juan Co.: Devil’s Canyon. ‘Two females. Distinct from previously known species in the form of the epigynum. LINYPHIIDAE. Linyphia tauphora Chamberlin. Locality —San Juan Co.: Bluff. Also occurring in Zion National Park, Washington Co. This is a small form with a black dorsal stripe set off by a white stripe on each side; a solid black venter; the sides behind crossed by white lines from the dorsal side stripes. Characterized by the strongly chitinous epigynum which presents an inversely T-shaped septum much as in L. lineata of Europe, with a dark circular impression in front of each arm. Pocadicnemis pumila (Blackwall). Locality —San Juan Co.: Verdure (several males and females); Tooele Co.: west of St. Johns. Prosopotheca sp. Localityn—Wayne Co.: Fruita. One female not to be safely determined specifically in the absence of the male. Spirembolus vallicolens Chamberlin. Locality.—San Juan Co.: Verdure. Several males and females secured by sifting are this species or very close to it. ARGIOPIDAE. Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz. Locality —Grand Co.: Moab. Pachygnatha xanthostomata Keyserling. Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff (one female); Grand Co.: Moab (one male). Aranea (Zilla) teika Chamberlin. Localities —Grand Co.: Moab; Carbon Co.: Price; Emery Co.: San Rafael River. Only females were taken. Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 181 THOMISIDAE. Tibellus sp. Locality — Grand Co.: Moab. Females not fully mature and hence not determinable with certainty as to species. Philodromus inquisitor. Locality—Sevier Co.: Salina. One female taken by Gertsch. Philodromus hoples Chamberlin, new species. Female.—Carapace brown, with a broad median dorsal band, the clypeus, and a narrow marginal stripe on each side yellow. Legs yellowish, the spines mostly on small brown spots. Sternum yellow to whitish. Dorsum of abdomen yellowish, with a median sagittate dark mark on anterior portion and two converging, irregularly edged dark stripes behind, much as in perniz; sides brown, flecked with darker spots; venter light yellow, unmarked. Median eyes of posterior row smaller than the laterals and considerably farther from each other than from the laterals. Eyes of an- terior row equal in size. Tibiae I and II with three pairs of spines be- neath; I with three single spines on anterior face. The septal plate of the epigynum is broad excepting at anterior end where it is strongly and abruptly narrowed; at or just in front of middle the plate is angularly ex- tended on each side, the part behind this then gradually clavately widen- ing to the caudal end. Length, 7.4 mm. Male.—Similar in color to the female but darker; the light areas of dorsum of abdomen much reduced; spots and dark areas on legs more pro- nounced and, in general, more elongate. In the palpus the tibia presents two apophyses at distal end, that on the ectal side showing two acute prongs; the ventral apophysis with upper distal corner extended into a spine-like process, the other distal corner rounded. Length, 5 mm. Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: San Rafael River. Also occurs in Zion National Park, Washington Co. The male was taken at Moab, the type locality, all other specimens being females. Close to P. pernix Blackwall, with which easily confused. The male may be distinguished by the different form of the ectal process of tibia of palpus which, instead of having the distal end square with upper corner slightly hooked, is strongly bifid, with the two processes pronounced The epigynum is similar to that of some specimens of perniz (e. g. that figured by Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. 8, 1892, pl. 31, fig. 1f) but with anterior neck narrower and lateral expansions back of it more pronounced and characteristically angular. Philodromus crenifer Chamberlin, new species. Female.—Carapace yellowish gray, the sides brownish usually quite to 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. the margin, the pars cephalica also commonly darker with median longi- tudinal darker stripe extending from between the posterior median eyes to, or sometimes down, the posterior declivity. Sternum gray. Legs brown- ish gray, without darker spots or annuli. Dorsum of abdomen gray, with a sagittate dark mark on anterior half, the posterior end dusky; sides dark, crossed by darker, short oblique bands; venter clear gray. Cephalothorax and legs characteristically granular. Anterior lateral eyes scarcely larger than the medians. Posterior median eyes also nearly equally the laterals, eyes nearly equidistant. Epigynal area wide in front, the sides converging caudad, the marginal rim more elevated and chitinized over posterior por- tion; the septal piece moderately clavately widening from the anterior end caudad and then contracted a little in front of the caudal end which bends down ventrad and shows on its free caudal face three crenuli of which the median is largest. Length, 7.8 mm. Male.—Coloration corresponding closely in general to that in the female, the dark coloration of pars cephalica with the deeper median stripe ex- tending caudad from between eyes seeming to be characteristic. Pos- terior median eyes farther from each other than in the female. In the palpus the ectal tibial apophysis is minute, rather slender and pale, ex- tending straight distad excepting the pointed tip, which is curved or some- what hooked; embolus rather stout, arising at middle of inner side of bulb and ending at anterior end of alveolus; exterior apophysis on apical region of bulb with one forwardly directed and one caudally directed prong. Length, 5 mm. Localities —Grand Co.: Moab (type loc.); San Juan Co.: Verdure, Blanding and Bluff (male allotype and females). The specimen from Blanding is a female showing the characteristic epigynum though this seems to lack one moult of maturity. This speci- men shows dark spots and traces of annuli on the legs. Philodromus agamus Chamberlin, new species. Male.—Carapace yellow, with sides from the wide median stripe to the margin darkened; clypeus also darkened but with a median vertical yellow line and a clear yellow line on each side running caudad just outside of the eyes; carapace also with a dark area at caudal end of pars cephalica and interruptedly extending down the posterior declivity. Sternum yellow. Legs yellow, marked with dark dots and indistinct annuli, these best developed on tibia where there is one at base and one at distal end. Ab- domen brownish yellow above with sagittate basal mark and two inter- rupted converging dark stripes behind. Venter immaculate yellow. Eyes of posterior row nearly equal, the medians scarcely farther from each other than from the laterals, the row considerably recurved. In the palpus the embolus arises on inner side and makes three-fourths of a turn about the bulb; the tibial apophysis is short and rather stout, strongly chitinized, pointed, with lower apical edge oblique, the upper straight, close against Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 183 its ventral side a paler, less chitinous process separated distally from the principal apophysis by a distinct shallow notch. Length, 4 mm. Locality.—Grand Co.: Moab (two males, E. L. Soule); San Juan Co.: Bluff (3 males, Gertsch and Soule). Coriarachne versicolor Keyserling. Localities—Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Green River. Males only taken. Xysticus gulosus Keyserling. Locality.—San Juan Co.: Blanding. One not quite adult female. Xysticus ferox Hentz. Localities —San Juan Co.: Bluff; Emery Co.: San Rafael River (Wood- bury); San Rafael Desert (Woodbury); Grand Co.: Moab; Carbon Co.: Price; Wayne Co.: Fruita. Xysticus nervosus Banks. Locality—Emery Co.: Straight Wash. Xysticus ancistrophor Chamberlin. Locality—San Juan Co.: Verdure (male holotype). AGELENIDAE. Cicurina utahana Chamberlin. Locality —San Juan Co.: Bluff (Woodbury). Agelena hola Chamberlin, new species. Female.—Agreeing with curta in general but differing in the form of the epigynum which, however, is of the same general type. The epigynum is proportionately somewhat longer and is characterized particularly in hav- ing its floor, with the medians eptal fold, more or less level from the caudal end forward to middle of anterior cavity where it is bent or depressed abruptly upward, forming thus a transverse ridge with a deeper pit or, sometimes, pair of pits in front of it. In curta- the floor curves evenly from caudal edge to deepest part of cavity. The septal fold commonly presents a narrower, elevated median longitudinal fold on the septal eleva- tion. Length, up to 12 mm. Localities—San Juan Co.: Verdure, Blanding and Devil’s Canyon; Grand Co.: Moab; Wayne Co.: Noton. CLUBIONIDAE, Phrurolithus alarius (Hentz). Localities.—Emery Co.: San Rafael River; Grand Co.: Moab; Wayne Co.: Caineville. All females excepting immature males from Moab. 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Trachelas tranquillus (Hentz). Locality —San Juan Co.: Bluff. Trachelas deceptus (Banks). Localities—San Juan Co.: Verdure (male and female, Chamberlin); Grand Co.: Moab (six females, Chamberlin and Gertsch); Wayne Co.: (four females, Chamberlin and Woodbury). Clubiona abbotti Koch. Locality —Grand Co.: Moab. Three males were taken April 19 by Chamberlin and Woodbury. a Clubiona mimula Chamberlin, new species. Female.—The entire body above and the legs immaculate yellow, or the abdomen somewhat darkened and posteriorly with lighter transverse chevron lines; the sternum and the venter of abdomen clear pale yellow or yellowish white. Anterior row of eyes straight, close to clypeal mar- gin, the median eyes their diameter apart, three-fourths as far from the laterals. Posterior row of eyes slightly procurved, longer than the an- terior row by about twice the diameter of an anterior lateral eye; median eyes widely separated, about three-fourths as far from the laterals. Lateral eyes on each side separated by about the diameter of a posterior one. Area of median eyes trapeziform, much wider behind than in front. Lower margin of furrow of chelicera with three teeth and with some weak granula- tions distad of these. Tibiae I and II with two pairs of spines beneath, one at base and one median, slightly overlapping. Metatarsi I and II with a pair of very long spines at base. Epigynum suggesting much that of C. abbotti but the openings instead of being more or less convergent and anteriorly narrowly connected by a transverse furrow are elliptic and widely divergent anteriorly; the spermatheca, which show so conspicu- ously and characteristically in abbotti, lie deeper and farther caudad in the present form. Length, 6 mm. Male.—Coloration as in the female but in type specimen with abdomen darker, more rufous, with transverse chevron lines or rows of light dots more numerous and better developed. Posterior row of eyes straight. In the palpus the distomesal apophysis of bulb geniculate at middle, with caudal arm transverse and bearing at mesal end a distally finely acute pro- cess which projects caudomesad. Embolus shorter than in abbotti, end- ing opposite ectal end of the before-mentioned apophysis. The tibial apophysis laminate, sub-geniculate near middle with the distal portion extending ectad and bending down ventrad, the ventral end in ectal view appearing truncate with the distal end extending forward as a conspicuous, finger-like, process; the distal margin above this process straight and even, without trace of incisions or teeth. Length, 5 mm. Locality —Wayne Co.: Fruita. One male (holotype) and one female Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 185 (allotype), and one adult female and three immature females (paratypes) taken April 21 by R. V. Chamberlin. Gayenna saniuana Chamberlin, new species. Male.—Carapace pale yellow with a dusky band on each side of pars thoracica and four longitudinal dusky lines or narrow stripes on pars ceph- alica, one line running caudad from each eye of posterior row, the eye area black excepting where a median yellow line projects forward between posterior median eyes; pars thoracica margined laterally with black. Sternum light yellow, somewhat dusky at sides. Legs light, without darker markings. Abdomen dark reddish above and laterally, with black markings on sides and lateral portions of dorsum and dorsum posteriorly with paired oblique dark marks tending to form chevrons; veter paler, without dark markings. Abdomen narrow, widest at middle, the anterior end elevated. Anterior row of eyes projecting forward over clypeus, straight, the median eyes decidedly smaller than the laterals, their radius apart, nearly contiguous with the laterals; laterals separated from margin of clypeus by a little less than their diameter. Posterior row of eyes slightly procurved, the medians scarcely their diameter apart, slightly closer to the laterals. Lateral eyes on each side about their radius, or scarcely more, apart. Legs unusually long. Tibia I and II with two pairs of spines beneath, basal and submedian in position; metatarsi I and II also with two pairs of spines beneath, those of each pair at somewhat different levels. In the palpus the swelling at base of tibia on meso-ven- tral side not large; the distal apophysis in the form of an undivided chiti- nous lamina and narrowing distad but with apex subtruncate and weakly notched at middle. Length, 5.5 mm. Type locality —San Juan Co.: Verdure. One male only taken by R. V. Chamberlin, April 18. LYCOSIDAE. Pardosa sternalis (Thorell). Localities—San Juan Co.: Verdure, Blanding and Valley City; Grand Co.: Moab; Wayne Co.: Fruita; Carbon Co.: Price. Many specimens of this form which is so abundant in the intermountain region. Pardosa lapidicina Emerton. Localities—San Juan Co.: Bluff and Blanding; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Green River, San Rafael River, Straight Wash.; Wayne Co.: Hanksville and Fruita. Pardosa groenlandica (Thorell). Localities—San Juan Co.: Devil’s Canyon, Verdure, Valley City, and Monticello; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Green River, San Rafael River; - Carbon Co.: Price. 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Pardosa atra Banks. Localities —San Juan Co.: Blanding, and Devil’s Canyon. Pirata montana Emerton. Localityx—Wayne Co.: Fruita. One male taken April 21. Arctosa littoralis (Hentz). Localities —Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Green River. Lycosa avida Walckenaer. Localities—San Juan Co.: Bluff, Valley City; Grand Co.: Moab; Emery Co.: Straight Wash.; Wayne Co.: Fremont River, Caineville, and Fruita. Lycosa gosiuta Chamberlin. Localities —San Juan Co.: Devil’s Canyon and Verdure; Emery Co.: San Rafael River; Wayne Co.: Fruita. Lycosa kochii Keyserling. Locality. —Lasal Junction, San Juan Co. Lycosa rafaelana Chamberlin, new species. Female.—This is a member of the burrowing group named Geolycosa by Montgomery. As with other members of this group the females lack median dorsal spines on legs III and IV. Tibiae I and II with a pair of spines at distal end beneath preceded by two spines seriate with the outer of these. It differs from other species of the group, excepting pikei, in having all joints of legs I and IIL black beneath, and it differs from pikez in having legs III and IV also black beneath excepting the tarsal joints or, in very young specimens especially, the tibiae may also lack the black color; coxae, femora and patellae of all legs black above and laterally as well as beneath. Carapace dusky brown to nearly solid black, clothed with gray hair. Chelicerae black, clothed with white hair. Sternum solid black. Abdomen also nearly black above and solid black beneath. Lower margin of furrow of chelicera armed with three stout teeth. The epigynum is not fully mature in the types. Length, 12 mm. Localities —San Juan Co.: Big Indian Rock; Emery Co.: San Rafael Desert (type locality). The burrows are common in the sand in several places investigated on the desert, but no male and no wholly mature female was secured. ATTIDAE. Phidippus johnsoni Peckham. Localities Emery Co.: Mounds, San Rafael River, and Straight Wash. Chamberlin and Gertsch—Spiders from Southeastern Utah. 187 Phidippus formosus Peckham. Locality—Emery Co.: Mounds. One male. Phidippus pruinosus Peckham. Localities—San Juan Co.: Bluff and Blanding. Three females re- ferred with some doubt to this species. Pellenes griseus Peckham. Locality.—Carbon Co.: Price. One female. Pellenes clypeatus B. Localities —San Juan Co.: Verdure (two males and one female); Grand Co.: Moab (one male). Pellenes candidus Peckham. Locality San Juan Co.: Verdure. Five females. Pellenes oregonense Peckham. Locality —San Juan Co.: Valley City. A female referred with doubt to this species. Pellenes viridipes Hentz. Locality —San Juan Co.: Verdure. One male. Marpissa californica Peckham. Locality —Emery Co.: San Rafael River. One female. Neon nelli Peckham. Locality.—San Juan Co.: Verdure. One male. Metacyrba taeniola Hentz. Locality —Grand Co.: Moab. A female and some young specimens. aad , yar; { ie i re ve i rT 7 i a4 ot , ; ahr, tee j ; \ . : ’ i‘ ‘' ‘ W' a Ay) bata baa bh atl oe oe he eae a4 j | | hahaa a a) An Ae. Ve i { ne i ‘ nf - i vie af de PL, A 4 - i A “ tf ‘ i en a Gil i oy Vondlah 4 ya ee +s Wen ena Peery yo ‘ yay, i wy 7 Neca alt an eu og eed a | Aes Ai ie Saat Ts ; rey k hat Dy y big i i tio i hi 5 iy fh a i nt Nek vf We i ‘om ‘ Ai i, , ag tad fe i re haan | par bina wade aye ce ie | ana altay ‘a Wa MAY Ua te u CUP att) AiG WIRUE Thad Ee FILA is i tes Liana’ all (hablo unallang ee ik f i Fi y 1), | iy nhs wii Pron GH are suies are “ie Tite id ; P ; af yn ' Hie fy ey mens ne ai a of ‘4 i ; he: . aK. 6 REO ets ey oud oe fori ns By, MPR TE cede PU tN ty wan ine nt irr Ws NN 2 ay rae) Pi ry 3 hs i AP ah SN canta | if ir ; f SLE Ley! nn, AL IE A te Ta {Bs " +i ee ah eY o nota ee Ie iy a Viet Cialis hae me Hani: at i Bee eben Waits ah Ae A iAoone ; wn - } : Ai iW eer | vae ; ae ru : ay Pi, peare m8 Bat Parad at & ee iy Ne yen bs R ee As, ih 1 Hi Katy fa i 4 } iron ht a | Hi Dye Wik anit Waly Dope By crant a ih Do 4 ia Ay ee i oe va . bay ¥ if oy i if hh a a r Rey i) A) + P ia | . ve Bee Noelia Mii Mang 5 be i a We 4 : Tae hy At \ ra.) ian te i rahe 4 j yg lhe NS A wane » Na ? 44 ro Arete Ay MWe \ ‘] 4 as te ie in Here MPL bas | a ke ta A by tin baer Pit an i Dy iy fi a | ne Ne i , fad eae i ue : ay Maes ’ Hag at ’ | eg Te anit i Ay np i Mae BBB EP IH ay ; tel i if ’ AT / eo : 7 * . 7 ayy, f é of ; ihe > id Je ~ vs “e 7 P. Ris Me * ty , 4 ~ 4 i i ' na 1 "G | iT 1 | ‘ j { Pita r | ; ; } my ' i | A APRN, i Se / 4 ; eee A: i AA ae > iA j * idea f ; ; F al. & A i CWA tAl v4 4s 1 i ag] i Vol. 41, pp. 189-190 October 15,1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHING@MON 1954 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF MYIOBORUS AND A NEW SPECIES OF CHLOROSPINGUS FROM EL SALVADOR. BY DONALD R. DICKEY AND A. J. VAN ROSSEM.. The two proposed forms are from the cloud forest (Upper Tropical Zone) of the Cordillera of El Salvador, the same region which has produced several other new races of both birds and mammals. The locality in question being on the southern boundary of Honduras it is certain that, like those previously described, the two here presented will be encount- ered within the borders of that country also. Myioborus miniatus connectens, subsp. nov. ORANGE-BELLIED REDSTART. Type.—Male adult; No. 18,544, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Los Esesmiles, Dept. Chalatenango, El Salvador; altitude 8,000 feet, in cloud forest of Upper Tropical Zone; March 5, 1927; collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 11,407. Subspecific characters.——Almost exactly intermediate between Myio- borus miniatus flammeus Kaup of Guatemala and Mytoborus aurantiacus (Baird) of Costa Rica. Median underparts varying from “orange chrome’”? to “bittersweet orange” instead of ‘‘grenadine red”’ or “‘scarlet’’ as in flammeus or “‘cadmium yellow” as in aurantiacus. Range.—Cloud forest (Upper Tropical Zone) regions on Los Esesmiles and Volcan Santa Ana. Vertical range from 6,500 to 8,500 feet on Los Esesmiles and from 5,500 to 7,000 on Volcan Santa Ana. Remarks.—This form apparently marks the southern limit of the minia- tus chain, and the nearest known approach to the yellow-bellied group extending southward from Costa Rica into South America. If any further links connecting the two series occur they must necessarily be found in Nicaragua, but we are not at present aware of any records for that country. 1Contribution from the California Institute of Technology. 2Quoted color names are those of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomencla- ture, 1912. 44—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (189) 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Specimens examined.—M yroborus miniatus flammeus: Series from Guate- mala in the Dwight Collection in the American Museum of Natural His- tory. Myioborus miniatus connectens: El Salvador: Los Esesmiles, 12; Volean Santa Ana, 3. Myioborus aurantiacus: Series from Costa Rica in the U. S. National Museum. Chlorospingus schistaceiceps, sp. nov. GRAY-HEADED CHLOROSPINGUS. Type.—Male adult; No. 18,428, collection of Donald R. Dickey; Los Esesmiles, Dept. Chalatenango, El Salvador; altitude 8,000 feet; Febru- ary 23, 1927; collected by A. J. van Rossem; original No. 11,291. Specific characters.—This species is of the olivaceus-postocularis group. Resembles Chlorospingus postocularis Cabanis of Guatemala and Chiapas in body coloration in general, but whole top of head, nape and auricular region ‘‘mouse gray” to ‘“‘deep mouse gray”’ instead of ‘‘blackish mouse gray”? or ‘“‘sooty black;”’ post-ocular streak involving posterior half of lower eyelid as well as of upper. Resembles Chlorospingus olivaceus (Bonaparte) of Guatemala and Chiapas, but pectoral band, sides, flanks and under tail-coverts brighter green; whole top of head unicolor, with no suggestion of lateral crown stripes and with post-ocular streak extending on to posterior half of lower eyelid as well as on the upper. Description of type-——Whole top of head between ‘‘mouse gray’’ and ‘“deep mouse gray,”’ unicolor from bill to nape; auricular region anteriorly similar to pileum, but lightening to “‘mouse gray”’ on sides of neck; lores ‘“nale mouse gray’’; white post-ocular streak present, involving posterior half of both upper and lower eyelids and extending backward for about 7 mm. behind eye; malar region, chin and throat grayish white, indistinctly streaked with dusky; lower breast and abdomen grayish white; dorsal plumage (posterior to nape), including outer webs of wing and tail feathers, plain olive green; pectoral band, sides, flanks and under tail-coverts “light yellowish olive.” Iris reddish brown; bill plumbeous black; tarsi and feet plumbeous horn. Wing 72.0 mm.; tail 63.0; culmen from base 14.1; tarsus 20.5; middle toe minus claw 12.2. Range.—Cloud forest from 7,000 to 8,700 feet on Los Esesmiles, Dept. Chalatenango, El Salvador, and probably adjacent portions of Honduras. Remarks.—The status of most of the Central American and Mexican forms of Chlorospingus is uncertain. ‘Those which the writers have ex- amined at one time or another (regionalis, novicius, olivaceus, postocularis, ophthalmicus and schistaceiceps) are all seemingly of common origin and possibly to treat them as subspecies would more accurately express re- lationships. On the other hand, the differences are apparently constant, and as these birds occupy, for the most part, isolated mountain peaks intergrades are not likely to occur. Specimens examined.—Chlorospingus postocularis: Mexico:' Chiapas: Pinabete, 2; Chicharros, 1. Chlorospingus olivaceus: Mexico:' Chiapas: Tumbala, 4. Guatemala,? (Volcan San Lucas, Nebaj, Barrillos and San Mateo) 28. Chlorospingus schistaceiceps: El Salvador: Los Esesmiles, 19. 1Collection of Biological Survey. 2Dwight Collection in American Museum of Natural History. Vol. 41, pp. 191-200 October 15, 1928 ee PROCEEDINGS RNIN Nis BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF cy a NEW AND NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS.! Part 1. BY HAROLD ST. JOHN, CARL 8. ENGLISH, JR., GEORGE NE- VILLE JONES, ROCELIA PALMER, RODERICK SPRAGUE, FRED A. WARREN, AND GLADYS WEITMAN. The late Dr. Charles Vancouver Piper, when a professor at the State College of Washington, published a number of botanical articles under the title “New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants.’’ His successors at the State College have decided to revive this useful title, and under it to publish the various facts concerning northwestern plants that are discovered by the workers in their Herbarium. The name of the author responsible for each new species, or each new observation, is given at the appropriate place. Polystichum munitum (Kaulf.) Presl, forma inciso-serratum (D. C. Eaton) St. John, comb. nov. Aspidium munitum Kaulf., var. tnciso-serratum D. C. Eaton, Ferns N. Am. 1: 188. 1878. Polystichum munitum (Kaulf.) Presl, var. inciso- serratum (D. C. Eaton) Underw., Our Native Ferns, 6th ed. 116. 1900. Prof. Eaton and his contemporaries were accustomed to recognize only one subdivision under the species. The consensus of most of the present- day botanists is to maintain the varietal category, and when necessary to recognize additional categories inferior to the species. For instance the cut-leaved variant of Polystichwm acrostichoides (Michx.) Schott., is known as forma incisum (Gray) Gilbert, the similar variant of Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes, as forma serratum (EK. 8. Miller) Hoffm., and other similar examples might be listed. It is felt that a plant growing with the typical species, having no distinct range, and no other characters than the deeply cut margins of the pinnae, should be treated as a minor variant, the forma. 1Contribution from the Botany Department of the State College of Washington, No. 16. 45—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (191) 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Thelypteris oregana (C. Chr.) St. John, comb. nov. Aspidium nevadense D. C. Eaton, Ferns N. Am. 1: 73. pl. 10. 1878, not Boiss. 1838; Dryopteris nevadensis Underw., Nat. Ferns, ed. 4, 113. 1893; Dryopteris oregana C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 84. 1905. As has recently been pointed out, Thelypteris is the oldest generic name for the Shield-ferns. This species was first described as Aspidium nevadense by D. C. Eaton, but the name had previously been used for a Spanish species by Boissier. C. A. Weatherby has kindly helped the writer in looking up this European species. Many botanists reduce it to synonymy, but some maintain it as a species or variety, as does Kuemmerle. Hence it can not be said that As- pidium nevadense Boiss. is universally regarded as a synonym. Conse- quently Eaton’s name nevadense is not available for our western American plant. The combination under Thelypteris seems never to have been made. It was interesting to find in the Piper Herbarium, which was recently purchased by the State College of Washington, the first collection of this for Washington. It is sterile and was undetermined, but is certainly this species. It was found on the Ohanapecosh Trail about two miles from Hot Springs, Mt. Rainier, Pierce Co., July 24, 1919, J. B. Flett 3279. Ginannia mollis (L.) St. John, comb. nov. Holcus mollis L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10., 2: 1805. 1759. As F. T. Hubbard has pointed out in Rhodora 18: 233. 1916, the cor- rect generic name for this group under the International Rules is Ginannia of Bubani. The above combination seems never to have been made. This European plant has recently been collected at Port Townsend, Wash- ington, by W. O. Passmore. Calochortus selwayensis St. John, n. sp. Corm small and ovoid, covered with reticulate brown coats; basal leaf unknown; cauline leaf single, linear and grass-like, 10-20 cm. long, 4—11 mm. wide, glabrous and shining; stem 5-10 cm. tall slender; peduncle very slender ascending and flexuous, 3-4 cm. long; bracts two, foliaceous lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, the lower 14-28 mm. long, the upper 10-20 mm. long; umbels 1—4-flowered; pedicels slender ascending but more or less deflexed at tip, 2-5 cm. long; flowers open campanulate, apparently some- what nodding; sepals broadly elliptic-lanceolate, thin white and mem- branaceous, strongly green-veined, usually more or less purple-spotted near the base, 15 mm. long, 6 mm. broad; petals elliptic-ovate sub-acute, 16-20 mm. long, 8-11 mm. broad, whitish or ochroleucous, strongly ciliate to above the middle, swollen and somewhat glandular from the base up to the oblong transverse superficial inconspicuous gland, which is com- pletely covered by a large oblong fimbriate-margined scale, from there nearly to the tip the upper surface of the petals is hairy with long violet or violet-tipped hairs; filaments broad, thin and petaloid, narrowly deltoid or lanceolate, 4 mm. long; anthers narrowly lanceolate, long acuminate, white, 4-8 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; ovary wingless narrowly elliptic- St. John, et al.—New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants. 193 lanceolate, 6.5 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide; stigmas linear recurved 3 mm. long; immature fruit angled, 17 mm. long, 8 mm. wide. Foliis caulinibus linearibus, pedunculis filiformibus 3-4 cm. longis, floribus campanulatis, sepalis elliptici-ovatis 15 mm. longis, petalis suba- cutis albis ciliatis valde pilosis, antheris lanceolatis acuminatis, capsulis lanceolatis exalatis. Ipano: Moist shady place beside Paradise Creek, 4000 ft. elevation, R. 14 E., T. 32 N., Idaho County, June 29, 1927, Kenneth Baker (type in Herb. State College of Washington); also June 24, 1928. This locality is near the headwaters of the Selway River, and within ten miles of the summit of the Bitterroot Mountains, which form the boundary between Idaho and Montana. It does not seem necessary to contrast this new species with any of the known species. None of these seem to be similar to or closely related to this new plant. If any resemble it in their flowers, they have an utterly different fruit and vice versa. Asarum caudatum Lindl., f. chloroleucum Rocelia Palmer, forma nova. Floribus viridi-albis. This new form of the species differs only by having the flowers white with a pale greenish tinge, while the flowers of the species are a medium purplish brown. Wasuineton: Moist swamp, Mt. Pilchuck, Snohomish Co., August 7, 1927, Rocelia Palmer 20 (type in State College of Washington Herbarium). This plant was found growing with the species in moist swampy woods near a spring. It was near the trail at about 2500 feet elevation on Mt. Pilchuck. The two plants were growing together, both equally abundant. They covered an area of about a square meter. Aconitum columbianum Nutt., f. ochroleucum (A. Nels.) St. John, comb. nov. A. Columbianum Nutt., var. ochroleucum A. Nels., First Rept. Fl. Wyo.; Wyo. Exp. Sta., Bull. 28: 79. 1896; A. lutescens A. Nels., Bot. Gaz. 42: 51. 1906; A. ochroleucum (A. Nels.) A. Nels. acc. to Rydb. in Rydberg, Fl. Colo., Colo. Exp. Sta., Bull. 100: 139. 1906; A. columbianum Nutt., subsp. pallidum Piper, Piper & Beattie, Fl. S. E. Wash. 110. 1914; A. ochroleucum (A. Nels.) Rydb., in synonymy, Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mts., 315. 1917. It will be seen that the form with pale colored flowers of our common western species has received plenty of names in the varietal and specific categories. The variety ochroleucum was described as with “light yellow flowers,’’ while A. lutescens was said to have ‘‘the flowers a pure cream- color, becoming nearly white or pinkish in drying.” These plants seem to occur in all shades of greenish, through yellowish, to a pure white. There seems to be no segregation between these, so they are here treated as one color form. 194 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. In the Blue Mountains of Washington only the forma ochroleucum is known. For this reason the plants were compared .critically with the blue-flowered A. columbianum in search for additional characters, but none were found. A. columbianum occurs not far away in the Craig Mountains of Idaho, and further exploration may reveal it in the Blue Mountains. A similar abundance of the color form and absence of the species has been reported by J. F. Macbride.1. He writes that in the vicinity of Cape Horn, Custer Co., Idaho, the form with light-colored flowers seems to entirely replace the typical state, which occurs fifty miles to the south near Alturas Lakes. The specimens in the Rocky Mountain Herbarium, University of Wyoming, have been carefully compared. To the writer there seems no other course than to treat all of these plants as a single color form. Rosa megalantha G. N. Jones, sp, nov. Young stems usually tall, 1.5-2.5 m. high, erect glabrous, glaucous, with 1-2 straight slender spines about 5 mm. long at each node; floral branches 1-3 dm. long, glabrous and somewhat glaucous, unarmed; stipules adnate to the petioles, 1-2 cm. long, glandular-dentate, the free portion lanceolate acuminate; petioles and rachises glabrous below, furrowed above, the margins of the furrow with a few stalked glands, the depression some- what pilose, especially near the leaflets; leaflets normally 7, thin, terminal ones obovate, lateral ones elliptic or oblanceolate, all sharply serrate above, entire and cuneate at the base, petiolulate, paler beneath, reticulate with subpellucid veins, glabrous on both sides or sparsely appressed-pubescent on the veins beneath, 2.5-5 cm. long; flowers solitary or in pairs; pedicels glabrous, 3-4 cm. long; sepals 2.5-3.5 cm. long, cuneate at base, narrowly linear to or beyond the middle, the terminal portion linear-lanceolate, entire, glabrous on the back, villous-tomentose within, villous-tomentose, and sometimes with a few gland-tipped hairs on the margins; petals rose- colored, 2.5-3.5 cm. long; hypanthium glabrous, in fruit globose without a neck, 2 cm. in diameter; sepals persistent erect; achenes inserted in the bottom and on the sides of the hypanthium, asymmetrically ovoid 6-8 mm. long and 3-4 mm. wide, sparsely appressed-hairy on ‘the back. Caulibus erectis 1.5-2.5 m. altis glabris glaucinis, aculeis rectis teneri- bus, ramis florentibus inermibus, stipulis glabris glanduloso-dentatis, petiolis rachidibusque glabris, foliolis 7 glabris, floribus grandis odorosis subsolitariis, hypanthio glabro, sepalis 2.5-3 cm. longis perdurantibus erectis, fructibus globosis vel conicis 2 cm. latis sine collo, seminibus in partis inferioribus lateralibusque affixis oblongis ca 8 mm. longis et 4 mm. latis dorso pilis sparsis depressisque instructo. This rose grows in open yellow pine, Pinus ponderosa Dougl., woods at an elevation of about 2000 feet, in a suburb of Spokane, known as Lincoln Park, a district on which the city is encroaching but which yet contains much wild natural woodland. WASHINGTON: Spokane, June 17, 1927 (in flower), October 10, 1927 (in 1Contrib. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:62. 1917. St. John, et al—New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants. 195 fruit), Geo. N. Jones 614 (type in Herbarium of State College of Washing- ton). Rosa megalantha is conspicuous for its numerous large, fragrant flowers which appear about June 10. From its nearest relative, R. Spaldingii Crépin, it differs in the unarmed floral branches, glabrous stipules, petioles and rachises glabrous except in the upper groove, leaflets glabrous except for a sparse appressed pubescence on the main veins beneath, and the terminal ones obovate. In &. Spaldingii the floral branches are usually somewhat prickly, the stipules are finely puberulent with the margins often glandular-toothed, the petioles and rachises grayish-puberulent, and the leaflets are finely and densely puberulent beneath, terminal ones elliptic or roundish-ovate. Lathyrus pedunculatus St. John, n. sp. Perennial from freely branching slender rhizomes; stems one from each rhizome, but many appearing near together, 1.5-2.5 dm. high, slender and wingless, strongly ridged, finely pilose; leaves 5 or 6, all but the lower well developed; stipules semisagittate finely pilose, small, less than half as long as the leaflets; leaflets in 2, 214, or 3 pairs, bright green and glabrous above, pale green and pilose beneath, elliptic, slightly cuneate at base, more rounded and apiculate at tip; tendril a minute undivided pilose bristle; peduncles much exceeding, commonly twice the length of the rachis of the subtending leaf, slender, sparsely pilose, 3—5-flowered; pedicels very short; calyx finely pilose, about 6 mm. long, the teeth shorter than the tube, the two upper broad and incurved, the lower lanceolate and forward pointing; corolla 12-17 mm. long, bluish, sharply up-curved; fruit not seen. Perennis humilis, foliis 2—3-jugis, foliolis ellipticis subtus pilosis, cirrhis integris brevissimis, pedunculis duplo foliis superantibus, floribus 2-4 caeruleis. Ipauo: Turner Creek, 2500 feet altitude, Lake Coeur d’ Alene, Kootenai Co., April 25, 1926, H. St. John, Vona Gessell, G. N. Jones, Lucile Ridout, E. W. Woods, 4281 (type in Herbarium of the State College of Washing- ton). The closest relative of this new plant is Lathyrus bijugatus White, which may be distinguished by having the foliage glabrous or glabrate, the leaflets in 1-2 pairs, the peduncle about equaling the rachis of the subtending leaf, the petioles yellowish and cartilaginous. L. pedunculatus has the herbage, except the upper leaf surface, finely pilose, the leaflets in 2-3 pairs, the peduncle much exceeding, commonly twice the length of the rachis of its subtending leaf, and the petioles foliaceous. Geranium viscosissimum Fisch. & Mey., f. album (Suksd.) St. John, comb. nov. G. viscosissimum Fisch. & Mey., var. album Suksd., Werdenda 1: 24. 1927. This is the variant of G. viscosissimum with albino flowers. Ac- cording to the standards followed by the writer, this is not worthy of 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. recognition in a category higher than the forma. One additional speci- men can be cited. WasHINGTON: Dry south bank of Almota Canyon, near fork of two branches, Whitman Co., May 30, 1922, Charles S. Parker 437. Lomatium Gormani (Howell) C. & R., f. purpureum St. John, forma nova. Ut in Lomatium Gormani sed petalis roseo-purpureis. Resembling Lomatium Gormani but having the petals bright rose- purple. WasHINGTON: Rocky hillside, Pullman, Whitman Co., March 5, 1926, H. St. John & Bessie V. Pickett 3714 (type in Herb. State College of Wash- ington). Frasera albicaulis Griseb., f. alba St. John, forma nova. Petalis albis. It differs from the typical plant in having white petals. Wasuineton: Along dry bluff above highway from Pullman to Mos- cow, Whitman Co., June 2, 1922, Charles S. Parker, 446 (type in Herb. State College of Washington). Navarretia pilosifaucis St. John & Weitman, n. sp. Annual erect simple or branched above, 10-21 cm. high; stems sparsely white pilose, toward the summit markedly so and the hairs appressed; lower leaves entire, the upper alternate pinnately parted but scarcely spinose, glabrous; bracts of inflorescence closely resembling leaves but more divided, segments. ending in colorless spiny tips, pubescent at base, gla- brous above; calyx glabrous but with a dense tuft of hairs at throat, tube cylindric tapering below, 4 mm. long, teeth 5 unequal spine-like entire or divided divergent, 2.5-4 mm. long; corolla white 5 mm. long. tube very slender inverted funnelform below and narrowly funnelform above; sta- mens shortly exserted equally attached, anthers oval versatile larger in diameter than the filaments; style equalling the corolla tube; ovary two- celled, 2-6 ovules in each cell; seeds mucilaginous when moistened, oblong- cylindric or irregular, wingless, opaque dark brown with raised reticulate ridges, about 1.5 mm. long, 0.5-0.7 mm. wide; embryo green straight, cotyledons 2 undivided slightly exceeding the radicle; capsule oblanceolate in outline, transparent septicidal 2.5-3 mm. long, 1-1.7 mm. wide. Annua tenuis 10-21 ecm. alta, foliis inferioribus oppositis, superioribus alternis pinnatis glabris, calycibus glabris, in fauce pilosis tubis 4 mm. longis lobis simplicibus vel partis rigidis, corollis albis 5 mm. longis, antheris exsertis, seminibus brunneis subaqua spirilliferis. WasHINGTON: Rocky, sandy soil, Rock Lake, Whitman Co., June 23, 1927, Gladys Weitman 312 (type Hs Herbarium State College of Wash- ington); and Aug. 8, 1928, Gladys Weitman 439. The specific name is taken from the Latin pilosus, meaning hairy, and faux, meaning of the throat. These terms are descriptive of the calyx, which is glabrous except for the dense tuft of pilose hairs at the throat. This new plant is most closely related to N. pubescens (Benth.) H. & A., St. John, et al—New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants. 197 a native of north and middle California, where it occurs in high dry woods. The latter belongs to the section Kunavarretia in the treatment of Navar- retia by A. Brand in Vol. IV Family 250 of the Pflanzenreich. It was found growing in sandy alkaline soil close to the edge of the lower end of Rock Lake. JN. pilosifaucis, a member of the section Mitracarpium, differs principally in that the calyx is cylindric and glabrous except for the tuft of hairs at the throat, the corolla white with the tube much longer than the lobes, the locules 2—6-ovuled, the cotyledons 2 undivided, and the ovary oblanceolate in outline. N. pubescens, on the other hand, has the calyx obconic oblong, glandular villous, the corolla blue or purple with the tube scarcely longer than the lobes, the locules 1—2-ovuled, the cotyle- dons 3 parted nearly to the base, and the ovary ovoid. In the section Mitracarpium, where this new species should be placed, there is but one species at all resembling it. This is N. nigelliformis Greene of California. It can be separated by having the stems appressed cinereous tomentose, the leaves bipinnatifid tomentose at the base, the two longer calyx lobes pinnatifid, the corolla yellow with brown spots in the throat 10-12 mm. long and the tube sparsely glandular, the capsule oblong indehiscent at apex, the seeds transparent and unchanged when moistened. On the other hand, N. pilosifaucis has the stems white pilose, the leaves pinnately parted glabrous, all of the calyx lobes entire, the corolla white 5 mm. long and the tube glabrous, the capsule oblanceo- late in outline dehiscent from the apex, the seeds opaque and gelatinous spiriliferous when moistened. Collinsia parviflora Dougl., f. rosea F. A. Warren, forma nova. Floribus roseis. Flowers rose-mallow, according to Robt. Ridgway’s “‘Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” Pl. XII, 67 f. 1912. Wasuineton: Moist hillsides, Armstrong, three miles west of Pullman, Whitman County, April 23, 1928, F. A. Warren 745. (type in Herb- arium Washington State College.) This color form was first observed on a collecting trip in May, 1925, about a mile west of Pullman, Washington, on the Pullman-Colfax High- way. The plants were few in number and were growing with the species. No specimens were preserved at the time. This pink-flowered plant was found in great abundance in 1928 at an- other locality. The area on which it grew was approximately three hundred square feet. ‘The typical blue-flowered species was there inter- mingled with the pink color form. According to Ridgway’s ‘Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” the flowers of the species are blue- violet, while the flowers of this plant are rose-mallow. Penstemon euglaucus C. S. English, Jr., n. sp. Perennial from a decumbent freely branching somewhat woody base; stems several herbaceous simple erect 2—4 dm. high; plant glaucous through- out, glabrous or only slightly pubescent in the inflorescence; leaves thick glaucous entire opposite; the radical leaves oblong-lanceolate or oblanceo- late, acute to nearly obtuse, 2-6 cm. long, 0.5-2 cm. wide, attenuate at the 198 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. base into a more or less winged petiole about one third the length of the blade; cauline leaves sessile clasping, oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate; upper leaves reduced lanceolate; inflorescence a panicle, strict and narrow, glabrous or only slightly pubescent, 4-12 cm. high, flowers bracted; sepals glabrous, scarious margined, irregularly dentate or erose, broadly ovate abruptly truncate above into an acute tip, 3-4 mm. long; corolla blue cylindrical widened upwards, two-lipped, upper lip two-lobed, lower lip three-lobed, lobes spreading, throat bearded with hispid hairs below the sinus of the lobes of the lower lip; corolla limb 11-15 mm. long, 6 mm. wide; fertile anthers 4, glabrous 2-celled, splitting the whole length, perpendicu- lar to the filament; sterile stamen with stout hispid hairs 0.5 mm. long on one side of the apex; stigma two-lobed; capsule brownish conic-ovoid, 4-6.5 mm. long; seeds blackish, rough and somewhat pitted, flattened ovoid, 1.5 mm. long. The mature capsules and seeds were studied from plants cultivated at Camas, Washington, that had been transplanted from the type locality. Perennis herbaceus, caule stricto glabro glauco, foliis integerrimis glabris glaucibus radicalibus oblongo-lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis petio- latis, superioribus amplexicaulibus oblongo-lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis, paniculo interrupto glabro, cymis breviter pedunculatis subcongestis, corollis tubo minime inflato, filamento sterile apice barbato, barbatis 0.5 mm. longis, corollis azureis, segmentis calycis 3-4 mm. longis glabris. OrEGON: Open sandy slopes, Blue Grass Ridge, Mt. Hood, Hood River Co., Aug. 6, 1927, English 816 (type in Herb. State College of Wash., duplicate type in Herb. Carl English, Jr.); Cloud Cap Inn, Mt. Hood, Hood River Co., July 5, 1926, English 189 A; Blue Grass Ridge, Aug. 6, 1927, English 811; also, July 31, 1927, John W. Thompson 3460; also, Aug. 6, 1927, Thompson 3293. Penstemon euglaucus was found on the open sandy slopes about Cloud Cap Inn and Blue Grass Ridge. Here it was in great abundance, form- ing the greater portion of the herbage. The showy blue flowers and the attractive glaucous foliage make it a very handsome plant. The new species Penstemon euglaucus is most closely related to P. Watsoni Gray and P. attenwatus Dougl. Penstemon euglaucus may be distin- guished by the sepals 3-4 mm. long, broadly ovate abruptly truncate above into an acute tip; sterile stamen with hispid hairs 0.5 mm. long; leaves oblong-lanceolate; and the inflorescence glabrous. On the con- trary, P. Watsoni has sepals 2-3 mm. long, orbicular ovate; hairs of sterile stamen long (2 mm.) hispid; leaves lanceolate acuminate; and the inflorescence minutely puberulent. Penstemon euglaucus may be distinguished from P. attenuatus by having herbage glaucous throughout; inflorescence glabrous; sepals and corolla glabrous; sepals 3-4 mm. long, broadly ovate, and abruptly truncate above into an acute tip. On the contrary, P. attenwatus has herbage not ~ glaucous, corolla somewhat glandular pubescent; sepals and inflorescence glandular pubescent; and the sepals long acuminate (5-7 mm.). The specific name is derived from the two Greek words e# meaning well, and yAaixcos meaning pale green. St. John, et al—New and Noteworthy Northwestern Plants. 199 Grindelia oregana Gray, forma Wilkesiana (Piper) St. John & R. Sprague, comb. nov. Grindelia oregana wilkesiana Piper, Piper & Beattie, Fl. N. W. Coast, 363. 1915. This plant was described as being, ‘‘Sparsely pubescent throughout with weak white hairs; otherwise like G. oregana.”’ Certain specimens do show this character, but it is not in any way constant. Some are densely white villous on the stems and to a lesser extent on the leaves. Other specimens are so sparsely pubescent that it is a question whether to con- sider them of the glabrous or of the pubescent trend. That is, there is a gradual transition from the glabrous to the pubescent ones. Finally the pubescent plants have no distinct range, occurring throughout the range of the species. Consequently, the plant, although it is recognizable, seems worthy of being treated only as a forma. ADDITIONAL PLANTS FROM GLACIER NATIONAL PARK. BY HAROLD ST. JOHN. While travelling east the writer stopped off part of the day of June 18, 1926, at Belton, Montana. There was time only for a ride to Lake McDonald and a tramp up the trail towards Sperry Glacier. Two plants seemed to be of interest and specimens of them were preserved. Neither is included in Standley’s Flora of Glacier National Park,! nor in Graff’s Unreported plants from Glacier National Park.? These additional plants are: Carex concinnoides Mack., open woods, Snyder Creek, Flathead Co., H. St. John 4851. Calochortus apiculatus Baker, open woods, Snyder Creek, Flathead Co., H. St. John 4852. These specimens have been deposited in the Herbarium of the State College of Washington, Puliman, Wash. 1Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb., 22:235. 1921. 2Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 49:175. 1922. F é ™ * 1 Peg) Ss iL ’ y eS ss ° ¥ i ir § ‘ “ “~ . { 4 1 4 . ’ r . f ' es | hi eo 4 ~ ' . . . i - ' . aA - wo © re My SustL , F DRA ed at 5 , i i ' ‘i i * LZ AW yoag : \ . | J 7 > 7. Py ‘4 ' : ‘ " ' 2 L : iy .. 7 “ ‘ ‘ 4 : cf i) a i \ fis A ij r : i ny Te - "Bis . . 7 =. ‘y : ue 7 ) < ee ‘ 1 ‘ * = al 1 an ‘ y wht { 4 4 : = —_ P : } ay > ran UAT , iy St j . he on f cng fax ey wee eee oye th Ata: SENSE Rubik Tatum Oaid Cab tke Vol. 41, pp. 201-202 December 18, 1928 PROCEEDINGS \ OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SUBSPECIES OF FLYCATCHER FROM GONAVE ISLAND, HAITI. BY ALEXANDER WETMORE. In view of other races of birds that have been distinguished lately from the Island of Gonave, which occupies a position between the two great peninsulas of western Haiti, it is not sur- prising to find that the wood pewee differs from that of the main island. This insular form may be known as Blacicus hispaniolensis tacitus, subsp. nov. Characters.—Similar to Blacicus hispaniolensis hispaniolensis (Bryant)? but paler; dorsal surface grayer and ventral surface lighter buff. Description.—Type, U. 8. Nat. Mus. No. 252,964, male, taken at Anse a Galets, Gonave Island, Haiti, March 9, 1920, by W. L. Abbott. Upper surface, including sides of head, slightly darker than deep grayish olive, centers of crown feathers dark hair brown, rump and upper tail-coverts slightly paler than back; wings and tail brownish black, the tertials and inner secondaries edged narrowly with whitish; an indistinct whitish ring about eye; lores indistinctly flecked with whitish; rictal bristles black; throat, breast and sides in general light smoke gray, washed on center of throat and upper breast with pale olive buff; abdomen and under tail- coverts grayish white with a wash of primrose yellow; under wing-coverts dull cream buff. Maxilla brownish black, mandible dull horn color, tarsi and toes brownish black (from dried skin). Measurements (in millimeters).—Four males, wing, 73.4—77.9 (75.5); tail, 69.0—72.7 (70.6); culmen from base, 14.8-16.9 (15.5); tarsus, 14.4-15.9 (15.0). Three females, wing, 69.6—-74.7 (72.6); tail, 67.6-70.3 (69.1); culmen from base, 14.2-15.6 (14.8); tarsus, 14.9-15.3 (15.1). Type, male, 74.0; tail, 72.7, culmen from base, 15.0; tarsus, 14.5. Range.—Restricted to Gonave Island, Haiti, according to present infor- mation. Remarks.—The present form is easily evident when compared in series with our set of twenty-nine from Hispaniola proper. Occasional skins from the main island are almost as pale as the race here named, but the characters indicated are sufficiently marked to warrant separation. 1Published here by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 2Tyrannula carriboea (var. hispaniolensis) Bryant, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 11, May, 1867, p.91. (Port-au-Prince, Haiti.) 46—Proc. Brox. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (201) hed hea dq ne onl 4 | et MEE < 5 * ee ee oe a Vol. 41, pp. 203-206 December 18, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHII & THREE NEW RODENTS FROM WESTERN x : | MAR «= 1934 S hows ay BY EK. A. GOLDMAN. ees Study of specimens collected in western Arizona for use in connection with a report on the mammals of the State has re- . sulted in the discovery of three hitherto unnamed, or unrecog- nized, subspecies. These are described as follows: Thomomys fulvus suboles, subsp. nov. COLORADO RIVER POCKET GOPHER. Type.—From alluvial bottom at Old Searchlight Ferry, Colorado. River (northwest of Kingman), Arizona (altitude 1,000 feet). No. 244,163, ¢ adult, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by Luther Chase Goldman, September 26, 1923. Original number 17. Geographic range.—Probably limited to alluvial bottom lands extending for a few miles along the Colorado River, near Old Searchlight Ferry, Arizona. General characters——A small, light-colored subspecies, most closely allied to Thomomys fulvus desertorum, but more ochraceous tawny and skull differing especially in remarkable angularity. Much paler than T. f. fulvus, and differing in much the same cranial details as from de- sertorum. Color.—Type (molt about two-thirds complete, extending backward from head, leaving rump in summer pelage being replaced): General tone of upper parts near ochraceous-tawny, inclining toward tawny on cheeks, shoulders, and unmolted portion of rump; ears and post-auricular patches black; lips dusky; throat and outer sides of forearms light buffy; under parts in general dull white (varying in some specimens to pale buff), the plumbeous basal color showing through; feet whitish; tail light buffy above, whitish below. Skull.—Similar to that of 7. f. desertorum, but narrower, more angular, and heavier in details of structure; ascending branches of premaxillae broader; zygomata, especially maxillary arms, decidedly broader, with acutely projecting lateral angles; jugal broader at point of attachment to maxilla; auditory bullae smaller, less smoothly rounded. Compared with 47—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (203) 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. that of fulvus the skull is smaller and differs notably in heavier, more squarely spreading zygomata. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 227 mm.; tail vertebrae, 75; hind foot, 30. Average and extremes of four adult male topotypes: 213 (205- 223); 65 (58-75); 28 (26-30). Average and extremes of three adult fe- male topotypes: 185 (182-188); 56 (52-61); 24 (23-25.5). Skull (type): Greatest length (median line, front of incisors to upper margin of foramen magnum), 39.4; length of nasals, 14.4; zygomatic breadth, 24; mastoid breadth, 18.4; interorbital breadth, 6.8; alveolar length of upper molar series, 7.4. Remarks.—The range of Thomomys fulvus desertorum includes the Detrital Valley and neighboring valleys at 3,500-4,000 feet altitude, northwestern Arizona. Along the western side of this general range a rocky ridge bearing little soil, and therefore unfavorable as a habitat for pocket gophers and tending to stand as a barrier, forms the top of the escarpment flanking the Colorado River in the Pyramid Canyon section. In an embayment of the escarpment, and between it and the river, near the Old Searchlight Ferry are alluvial bottoms consisting of soft, sandy soil overgrown with mesquite (Prosopis), Gregg Acacia (Acacia greggi), and other vegetation. These bottoms, above ordinary flood stages of the river, extend for several miles until interrupted by cliffs rismg abruptly from the water. On the bottoms T'homomys fulvus suboles was found abundant. It appears to be a well-marked offshoot of the more widely ranging type of animal inhabiting the tableland above, and beyond, the escarpment de- scribed. Specimens examined.—Eleven, all from the type locality. Perognathus baileyi domensis, subsp. nov. CASTLE DOME POCKET MOUSE. Type.—From Castle Dome (at base of Castle Dome Peak), Arizona (altitude 1,400 feet). No. 248,002, @ adult, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by George G. Cantwell, April 13, 1927. Original number 2882. General characters.—Closely allied to Perognathus baileyi baileyi, but general color of upper parts decidedly paler, the lighter element ashy gray instead of ochraceous buffy, and overlying dusky hairs much less conspicuous; buffy lateral line (usually present and distinct in bailey?) faint or absent. Similar to P. b. rudinoris but color much grayer and cranial characters distinctive. Color—Type: Upper parts in general ashy gray, finely and rather in- conspicuously overlaid with black hairs which are most numerous on top of head; under parts, fore limbs, and hind feet white; tail light brownish above, whitish below. Skull.—About as in P. b. baileyi. Compared with that of P. b. rudi- noris the skull differs in detail as follows: Rostrum broader; ascending branches of premaxillae broader and only slightly exceeding nasals in posterior extension (premaxillae reaching well beyond nasals in rudinoris) ; mastoid and auditory bullae slightly larger. Goldman—Three New Rodents from Western Arizona. 205 Measurements.—Type: Total length, 222 mm.; tail vertebrae, 125; hind foot, 28. Average and extremes of seven adult topotypes: 221 (210-228); 118 (110-125); 27.5 (26-28). Skull (type): Greatest length, 29.5; greatest width (between outer margins of auditory processes, 16.2); greatest zygomatic width, 16.1; interorbital constriction, 7.3; length of nasals, 10.4; interparietal, 6.5 x 4; maxillary toothrow, 4.2. Remarks.—Typical Perognathus baileyi is now known from a considerable number of localities within a comparatively narrow strip of territory ex- tending north from the type locality, Magdalena, Sonora, to the Salt River Valley in east-central Arizona. Previous collecting had failed to reveal its presence in the western part of the state and the discovery of a new form in that region is therefore of considerable interest. P. baileyi appears to be a species of rather irregular or sporadic occurrence, but future field work will probably add materially to its known range. The rather slight differential characters indicate probably intergradation of P. b. domensis with P. b. baileyi to the eastward of the type locality. It requires no close comparison with P. b. rudinoris of Lower California. Specimens examined.—Ten, all from the type locality. Sigmodon hispidus plenus, subsp. nov. COLORADO RIVER COTTON RAT. Type.—From Parker, Arizona (altitude 350 feet). No. 181,086, @ adult, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by E. A. Goldman, February 2, 1918. Original number 21819. Geographic range.—Colorado River Valley, above the confluence of the Colorado and Gila rivers, as far north as Needles, California. General characters.—A large, pallid subspecies, most nearly related to Sigmodon hispidus eremicus, but usually much larger, with skull more massive and differing in detail; color about as in eremicus. Approaching S. h. arizonae in size, but paler and cranial characters distinctive. Color—Type: Upper parts pale buff, tending toward rusty on rump, moderately mixed or lined on top of head and back with blackish which, however, leaves the general tone rather light; under parts, ears, and feet dull whitish, or grayish, as usual in the group; tail light brownish above, grayish below. Skuil.—Similar to that of S. h. eremicus, but larger and more massive, in the older adults rather more elongated; rostrum much broader and heavier; interparietal larger; auditory bullae slightly larger, more inflated ; dentition heavier. Somewhat similar to that of S. h. arizonae, which it nearly equals in size, but supraorbital ridges in adults less prominent, less upturned; parietals less extensively developed below temporal ridges; denti- tion heavier. Measurements.—T ype: Total length, 316; tail vertebrae, 147; hind foot, 36.5. An adult male from Needles, California: 328; 139; 37. Skull (type): Greatest length, 36.8; zygomatic breadth, 21.7; interorbital breadth, 5.5; nasals, 13.8; width of braincase (immediately in front of descending process of supraoccipital), 15; width of rostrum (maxillae at 206 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. antorbital notch), 7; interparietal (at median line), 2.7; maxillary tooth- row, 6.6. Remarks.—Although closely allied to Sigmodon hispidus eremicus, which inhabits the lower Colorado and the Gila river valleys, this geo- graphic race is readily distinguished by the larger skull, with rostrum decidedly heavier, and interparietal more extended antero-posteriorly. Only a few specimens have been collected, but these exhibit uniformly well-marked cranial differences in comparison with series of typical eremicus now available from various localities, and which collectively establish the range of individual variation in that form. It is not very unlike S. h. arizonae, but a fine series of 25 topotypes of the latter reveals distinctive characters that have been pointed out. Szgmodon h. plenus appears to be restricted to isolated sections of alluvial bottom along the Colorado River, in a region of extreme general aridity. Specimens examined.—Seven, from localities as follows: Arizona: Parker (type locality), 2. California: Needles, 1; Colorado River (opposite Parker, Arizona), 1; 15 miles southwest of Ehrenberg, Arizona, 3. Vol. 41, pp. 207-208 December 18, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DESCRIPTION OF A NEW WHISTLING THRUSH FROM SOUTHEAST SIAM. BY’ J... 0. RILEY. In the large collection of birds made by Dr. Hugh M. Smith in Siam for the U. 8. National Museum, there is a specimen of a large whistling thrush taken on the island of Koh Chang. It is related to Myophonus temmincki temminckiz, but evidently belongs to quite a different form. It may be known as Myophonus temminckii changensis, subsp. nov. Type, adult male, U. S. National Museum, No. 307,159, Koh Chang, Gulf of Siam, January 6, 1926. Collected by Dr. Hugh M. Smith (original number 475). Similar to Myophonus temminckii temminckii Vigors, but darker, with the bases of the feathers of the chest, breast, belly and rump white. Description. —Above and below plumbeous-black, each feather tipped more or less broadly with glistening, dark dull violet-blue, except on the belly, where the tips are obsolete; forehead a shining, dark aniline blue; lores dull black; under tail-coverts blue-violet black; bases of the feathers of the chest, breast, belly and rump white, especially conspicuous on the rump, where only the tips are plumbeous; lesser wing-coverts a shin- ing, dark aniline blue, the feathers black at the base; rest of the wing feathers, except tertials, black, with the outer web dusky violet-blue ( 2), the outer primaries having the dusky violet-blue basally; tertials wholly dusky violet-blue; median wing-coverts rather broadly tipped with white; tail dusky violet-blue, black along the shafts of the feathers; bill mustard yellow, black along the culmen. Wing, 173; tail, 127; culmen, 29.5; tarsus, 49; middle toe, without claw, 30.5 mm. Remarks.—The present race has been compared with eleven specimens of M. t. temminckii, fifteen of M. t. eugenei, and one of M. t. crassirostris, and it differs from the first form as indicated above. While M. t. tem- minckit has the bases of the feathers of the rump white, though not so pronouncedly as in M. t. changensis, the feathers of the chest, breast 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 48—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 41, 1928. (207) 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. and belly are dusky at the base, or, if there is any white present, it is confined to the shaft or a narrow streak along it. M. t. eugenet has no white at the base of the rump feathers, or to those of the lower-parts and need not be considered further. M. t. crassirostris has the bases of the rump, chest and belly feathers white, as in M. t. changensis, but it lacks the white tips to the middle wing-coverts, and the blue of the upper- and lower-parts is much brighter, more of a dark bluish violet, rather than plumbeous black. M. klossii Robinson (Ibis, 1915, p. 750) I have not seen, but the description and measurements indicate quite a different species. The description of M. robinsoni Grant (Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, xv, 1905, p. 69) indicates a bird very similar to M. t. changensis, but the measurements are much too small. It was described from Mount Mengku- anglebah, Selangor. Vol. 41, pp. 209-210 December 18, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FORSTER’S TERN IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. BY FREDERICK C. LINCOLN. Forster’s Tern (Sterna forsteri) has had a somewhat curious history in connection with the list of birds of the Washington region. In the latest list of birds of this area! Miss May T. Cooke lists two records: ‘‘One, August, 1859 (Spec. U. 8S. Nat. Mus.); one, summer, 1875 (fide P. L. Jouy).”’ Examination of the register of specimens in the National Museum reveals an entry for this species in the characteristic handwriting of Pro- fessor S. F. Baird. It was recorded as No. 20922, the other items of the data being Washington, Aug., 1859, S. F. Baird. In the column “‘how obtained”’ is the note “‘50c.”’ From this it appears that the speci- men was purchased, probably either in the market or from a local gunner, and while there is no definite reason to doubt its local origin, neither is there any definite assurance that it was so taken. This specimen ap- parently was overlooked by Coues and Prentiss in both editions of their birds of the District of Columbia,? and by Professor Cooke in his two lists of birds of Washington.* It was sent to Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio, March 21, 1888. The specimen credited to P. L. Jouy was recorded by him in 1876,‘ as ‘obtained last summer [1875] on the Potomac, in the vicinity of George- town.” In view of this seeming rarity, it is remarkable that during the month of September and first half of October, 1928, this tern should be fairly common on the Potomac River, within the District limits. I am in- debted to Mr. and Mrs. William J. Whiting and to Mr. W. H. Ball for their notes, which are here incorporated to complete the account of this occurrence. 1Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 34, Mar. 31, 1921, p. 5. 2Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, 1862, pp. 399-421; also Bul. No. 26, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1883. 3Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 21, pp. 107-118, April 11, 1908; also vol. 26, pp. 21-26, February 8, 1913. 4Notes on Forster’s Tern, Field and Forest, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 29-31, August, 1876. 49—Proc. Brou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (209) 210 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Reports of the presence of these birds reached the Biological Survey about the middle of September, but it was not until the 27th that I was able to search for them. On that date, in company with Captain Moody Creighton, in charge of the Biological Survey patrol boat ‘‘Curlew,” I examined all the mud banks and islands in the river from Hains Point to the site of the new Memorial Bridge. A few terns were seen and two were taken, both being examples of Sterna hirundo. Needless to say, my confi- dence in the report of S. forsteri, dropped to zero, and it was only upon the repeated insistence of Mr. Ball, that another trip was made on October 11. This time no common terns were seen, but 16 Forster’s were under observation for two or three hours as they moved up and down a long mud bank on the Virginia side of the channel opposite East Potomac Park. Three specimens were collected, two being retained in the Biologi- cal Survey collections, while the third was placed in the collection of District birds in the National Museum. The following additional dates serve to round out the history of this interesting case: Sept. 13, one seen from mud flat (Whiting); Sept. 23, one seen at Tidal Basin (Whiting); Sept. 24, two resting on mud flat (Whiting); Sept. 25, one at Tidal Basin (Ball); Oct. 1, fourteen, counted resting on mud flat (Whiting); Oct. 2, one at Hains Point (Ball); Oct. 6, three at Hains Point (Ball); Oct. 6, four, near Memorial Bridge, then passing to near Highway Bridge (Whiting); Oct. 9, thirty-seven counted resting on mud flat, eight flying near at same time (Whiting); Oct. 14, three resting on mud flat (Whiting); Oct. 14, three at Hains Point (Ball). A fall field character that has not been adequately stressed by authors is the white crown with the rather broad blackish bar on the sides of the head, embracing the eyes. In S. hirundo the black cap is frequently imperfect at this season, but apparently the crown is never silvery white as in forsteri. These two species may, in fact, be more readily identified in the field in the fall, than in the spring. Of the three specimens obtained, two were adult, while the third was a bird of the vear. Forster’s Tern is known to breed on islands off the coast of Virginia so it would seem that it should be of rather frequent occurrence in the Washing- ton region. Vol. 41, pp. 211-214 December 18, 1928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW NORTH AMERICAN GROUND SQUIRRELS. BY ARTHUR H. HOWELL. A revision of the North American ground squirrels, now in progress, has revealed a number of new races, which are here briefly described in advance of a more formal paper. Citellus townsendii brunneus, subsp. nov. IDAHO SPOTTED GROUND SQUIRREL. Type.—Female adult, skin and skull No. 201,963, U. S. National Mu- seum (Biological Survey collection); collected at New Meadows, Adams County, Idaho, July 11, 1913, by L. E. Wyman; original number 178. Subspecific characters—Similar to Citellus t. townsendii, but color of upperparts more brownish (less grayish), and the dorsal spots smaller; cinnamon patch on face darker and more extensive; ears much larger, raised conspicuously above the crown; tail darker above; skull averaging larger and relatively broader. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 224; tail vertebrae, 61; hind foot, 32. Skull—Average of 4 adult males from Weiser and Midvale, Idaho: Greatest length, 40.4 (39.8-40.8); zygomatic breadth, 25.5 (24.9-26.1); breadth of cranium, 18.4 (18.3-18.5); least interorbital breadth, 8.4 (7.5-9.2); least postorbital breadth, 10.8 (10.4-11.6); length of nasals, 15 (14.6-16.1); maxillary tooth row, 8.5 (8.4-8.8). Adult female (type): 38.2; 24; 17.2; 8.1; 9.5; 13.4; 7.5. Range.—West-central Idaho; specimens examined from Weiser, Mid- vale, Goodrich, Van Wyck, and New Meadows. Citellus elegans nevadensis, subsp. nov. Type.—Female adult, skin and skull, No. 156,788, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection); collected at Paradise, Humboldt County, Nevada, March 3, 1908, by Stanley E. Piper; original number 112. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Citellus e. elegans, but larger, with longer tail and hind foot; upperparts averaging more grayish (less brownish) especially on head and shoulders; underparts darker buff; skull larger, but postorbital breadth less. 50—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 41, 1928. (211) 212 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 337; tail vertebrae, 100; hind foot, 47. Average of 9 adults from Ruby Valley and Skelton, Nevada, and MecDermitt, Oregon: Total length, 291.1 (270-307); tail vertebrae, 88.1 (76-100); hind foot, 46.1 (42-48). Skull—Average of 5 adults (3 males, 2 females) from Paradise and Metropolis, Nevada: Greatest length, 47.6 (44.7-48.6); zygomatic breadth, 31.5 (29.9-32.4); breadth of cranium, 21.1 (19.8-21.7); least interorbital breadth, 10.1 (9.2—11.6); least postorbi- tal breadth, 10.8 (10.4-11.5); length of-nasals, 17.7 (17-18.6); maxillary tooth row, 9.7 (9.8-10.3). Skull of type: 48.6; 32.2; 21.4; 2 iGcBs 18.6; 10.3. Range.—Northeastern Nevada and southeastern Oregon; specimen examined from McDermitt and head of Quinn River, Oregon; Paradise Valley, Mountain City, Metropolis, Elko, Skelton, and Ruby Valley, Nevada. Citellus columbianus ruficaudus, subsp. nov. BLUE MOUNTAINS GROUND SQUIRREL. Type.—Female adult, skin and skull, No. 231,942, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection); collected at Wallowa Lake, Wallowa County, Oregon; by George G. Cantwell; original number 1093. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Citellus c. columbianus, but sides of face and usually the throat a deeper shade of tawny; legs and feet darker; upper side of tail tawny (instead of gray); hind feet and skull larger. Measurements.—Average of 10 adults (8 males, 2 females) from Wallowa Mountains, Enterprise, Elgin, and Bourne, Oregon: Total length, 369.6 (340-410); tail vertebrae, 100.7 (80-115); hind foot, 54.2 (51-58). Skull. —Average of 8 males from same localities: Greatest length, 54.2 (51.5-57); palatal length, 26.6 (24.5-28); zygomatic breadth, 34.1 (83.2-35.6); breadth of cranium, 21.9 (21.5-22.4); least interorbital breadth, 12.4 (11.1-14.3); least postorbital breadth, 11.9 (10.5-12.6); length of nasals 19.8 (18.8-20.3); maxillary tooth row, 11.4 (10.5-12.4). Skull of type (9?) 52.8; 20.5; 44.13 21.7; 133 12.2:°19.1. 11. Range.—The Blue Mountain region of northeastern Oregon and south- eastern Washington. Specimens have been examined from the following localities: Washington: Anatone; Blue Mountains, 20-30 miles southeast of Dayton. Oregon: Austin; Anthony; Bourne; Cornucopia; Dixie Butte; Elgin; Enterprise; Meacham; Wallowa Lake. Citellus spilosoma pallescens, subsp. nov. Type.—Male adult, skin and skull, No. 79,535, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection); collected at La Ventura, Coahuila, Mexico, August 10, 1896, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman; original number, 10,016. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Citellus s. spilosoma (as represented by specimens from Durango), but paler; skull smaller, with shorter, broader rostrum. Compared with Citellus s. canescens, of Arizona: Size larger; tail Howell—Six New North American Ground Squirrels. 213 longer, with more black on distal half; dorsal spotting finer; skull larger, with narrower rostrum. Description of type-——Upperparts wood brown (of Ridgway, 1912), finely speckled, chiefly on hinder back, with white; tail above, light pinkish cinnamon on proximal half, the distal half bordered with fuscous-black, and edged with buffy white; tail beneath, pinkish buff, bordered with fuscous-black and buffy white; underparts white. Measurements.—Average of 12 adults from the type locality: Total length, 242.6 (232-253); tail vertebrae, 84.4 (76-92); hind foot, 35.7 (34.5-37). Skull—Average of 10 adults from type locality: Greatest length, 40.1 (38.9-41.1); zygomatic breadth, 23.8 (22.9-24.5); breadth of cranium, 18.6 (18.2-19); interorbital breadth, 8.4 (7.8-8.9); least post- orbital breadth, 14 (12.8-15.1); length of nasals, 13.6 (13-14.5); maxillary tooth row, 7.5 (7.1-8.1). Remarks.—Before undertaking further subdivision of this group, it was found necessary to identify the typical form, named without indication of its locality. Fortunately, the original specimens forming the basis of the description of spilosoma are still in the British Museum collection, and with the kind assistance of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have been able to obtain direct comparison of certain specimens in the Biological Survey collection with these types. Typical spilosoma is found to range from Durango City southward to Aguas Calientes, whereas the present form occupies the plains of north-central Mexico, from southern Chihuahua (Santa Rosalia) southward to San Luis Potosi and eastward to southern Nuevo Leon (Doctor Arroyo). Citellus tridecemlineatus arenicola, subsp. nov. Type.—Male adult, No. 87,686, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection); collected April 22, 1897, at Pendennis, Kansas, by J. Alden Loring; original number 3988. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Citellus t. tridecemlineatus, but smaller and paler, the dark dorsal stripes snuff brown (instead of sepia); similar also to C. t. texensis, but smaller and much paler. Measurements.—Average of 8 adults (4 males, 4 females) from type locality: Total length, 238 (214-295); tail vertebrae, 77.7 (71-83); hind foot, 32.2 (31-34). Skull—Average of 4 adult males from type locality: Greatest length, 38.3 (37.3-39); palatal length, 17.7 (17-18.5); zygomatic breadth, 23 (22.2-23.6); breadth of cranium, 17.1 (16.8-17.4); least inter- orbital breadth, 11.5 (10.8-11.8); length of nasals, 13.5 (12.9-13.9); maxillary tooth row, 6.8 (6.5-7). Range.—Southwestern Kansas, extreme eastern Colorado, northwestern Texas, western Oklahoma, and eastern New Mexico. Specimens have been examined from the following localities: Colorado: Eureka Hill, Cheyenne County; Leroy; Monon, Baca County; Springfield. Kansas: Oakley; Pendennis. Oklahoma: Woodward. 214 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Texas: Lipscomb; Lubbock; Mobeetie; Texline; Washburn. New Mexico: Cabra Springs; Clayton; Loveless Lake, Lincoln County; ~ Roswell; Tucumcari. Citellus tridecemlineatus monticola, subsp. nov. Type.—Male adult, skin and skull, No. 209,255, U. S. National Mu- seum (Biological Survey collection); collected June 15, 1915, at Marsh Lake,! White Mountains, Arizona (9,000 feet altitude), by Edward A. Goldman; original number 22,616. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Citellus t. alleni (of Wyoming), but upperparts chestnut-brown instead of sepia‘and underside of tail more reddish; similar to Citellus t. parvus, but larger; coloration of upperparts and underside of tail darker; underparts more buffy. Compared with hollisteri: Upperparts paler, the dorsal stripes more whitish (less buffy); and underside of tail more reddish. Description of type-—Ground color of upperparts chestnut-brown; light stripes and spots creamy white; front feet pinkish buff; hind feet cartridge ‘buff, the thighs mikado brown; tail above, pinkish cinnamon on proximal third, the remainder fuscous-black, broadly edged with cartridge buff; tail beneath, russet, bordered with fuscous-black and tipped with cartridge buff; underparts and lower sides cartridge buff. Range.—Known only from the type locality—a plateau at an elevation of about 9,000 feet in the White Mountains, Arizona. Specimens from Springerville, at the base of the mountains, are intermediate between monticola and parvus. 1Also called Big Lake. INDEX New names are printed in heavy type. A Aconitum columbianum ochroleu- TE 0 ROY OCR eS ee 193 OST) (7 | ae Ss a 182 (ADORGTIS ADICUIATA........----00-cecneacl--ce- 17 Waele Gee eho a 8 ce 18 scorzoneraefolia 18 Agropyron richardsonii vulpinus... 159 BannGersiis s: 2 areal 159 Agrostis capillaris aristulata.....___.. 160 LES 11 ee PENNS 160 Amaurobius americanus...............-.- 175 Ameiva barbouri........................-.--.. 56 Amphisbaena caudalis....__............. 58 Andropogon exaristatus................. 163 scoparius neomexicanus.. 163 Antrostomus vermiculatus.............. 130 Aranea (Zilla) teika...............-......--.. 180 Aratinga brewsteri........................-... 154 lametosa Litoralig.<.--.- 124i. 186 Maredna hicolor) --<..22-s.2cc..20--. 4: 176 Asagena americana.......................... 179 Asarum caudatum chloroleucum.... 193 Ashbrook, F. G. Muskrat Farm- cero Se yee See eee oe xi Asio domingensis:+..-..2--)-20.-8 = 166 DOTLOTICENBIS! .. 22... se2.2. hs 166 B Bailey, V. Areal live Beaver from iver ee a. ix Balaenoptera borealis...................... 171 Ball, Howard. Capture of a Red- throated Loon in the Potomac LE) ees ee OR xl Observation of a Golden Plover in the Vicinity of Wisse Comet 2k) bn xii — Notes on Birds seen at Op ori CNS; 0) «a xiii Beattie, R. Kent. Charles Van- couver Piper and the Flora of the Pacific Northwest..... .. 61-66 Becker, Wilhelm. A New Violet fromuC@olompis 2) os. s ele 151-152 Bishopp, F. C. The Warble Fly and its Fifty Million Dollar i PmP HT la oN ence EINK Ba ia OAS Mh xiii TRAE Cortes hieiy Co 4 | ee ee ec 201 Blake, S A New Grindelia fron WesAs eee 139-140 _ Notes on Thelesperma...... 145-150 Bromus laeviglumis = _______..........-.- 157 Brown, E. Note on a Cardinal flying against a window.......... x Burr, Mary R. (See under Beat- tie.) Cc Callilepis eremellus -.........-...-...-... 177 Calochortus apiculatus.................... 199 selwayensis = _..___............ 192 Carex concinnoides..............-..-------- 199 51—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasxH., Vou, 41, 1928. Cephalorhynchus .....................--..--- 171 Chamaelinorops wetmorei.. 45 Chamberlain, T. K. Life History and Conservation of Fresh Water Mussels in the Missis- SIMD vener ss oe ix Chamberlin, R. V., and W. J. Gertsch. Notes on Spiders from Southeastern Utah _.... 175-188 Chapin, Edward A. A New Orth- rius from Siam (Col.: Cleri- i: |) Re A ON ag 125-126 Chironectes argyrodytes _............. 15 @hlorisichlloridea..... 3... 162 Chlorospingus schistaceiceps _..... 190 Cicurina utahanay 26D 183 Cirrhipipra subpallida 112 Citellus arenicola.............................. 213 branes... 211 mionticola 23 35 eee 214 nevadensis........................ 211 pallescens....................-..... 212 ruficaudus....................-.---- 212 Pele WP On OnIV 6 use y 87 (Wiivanemas so ce ee fos eee 35-36 TOM COE eee 35 ete Chae eee 34 fuscinervis......................-... 33 Mm@diAlis 228222. 31 BORiCOR Eee fot 34 PUERU GU Soe = ee 32 Suledtaei 8 2 cae a 32 Gl ASEVG) 1113)” Oat, Oe ELD SoS ory nN 87 Clubionai abbott. ee 184 rather y i, | Wve eee Sn ees oad 184 Cochran, Doris M. A New Spe- cies of Chamaelinorops from Delbaere ee 45-48 ——— A New Genus and Species of Lizard, Hispaniolus pra- tensis, from the Haitian Re- OUD UC ee eee ae ee 49-52 ——— The Herpetological Collec- tions made in Haiti and its Adjoining Islands by Walter CUVerdamnen 2 ee cee 53-60 ——— The Identity of Werner’s Dromicus w-nigrum..........._....- 127-128 ——— A Second Species of Dei- roptyx from @uba..........-....-. 169-170 Moclopsymilata se 2 te 85 Colaptes pinicolus........................---- 131 Collinsia parviflora rosea............... 197 Coriarachne versicolor..............------ 183 Ctenium floridanum........................ 162 Cyrtoplax valeriana........................ 69 D Dactylortyx salvadoranus.............. 129 Danthonia californica americana.. 160 Dayton, William A. Whatis Ago- seris apiculata Greene?............ 17-20 Deiroptyx bartschii.......................---.. 169 Dickey, Donald R. Five New Mammals of the Genus Pero- myscus from El Salvador........ 1-6 (215) 216 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Dickey, Donald R. Five New Mammals of the Rodent Genera Sciurus, Orthogeomys, Heteromys, and Rheomys from HlSalvador= 2) ——— A New Marsupial from El Salvador Dickey, Donald R., and A. J. Van Rossem. Further Descrip- tions of New Birds from El Salvadori. esse Gee See ——w— A New Subspecies of Myi- oborus and a New Species of Chlorospingus from E] Salva- Digitaria floridana.....................-..-..- pauciflora:..2.2 002 Dipodomys mayensis...._.............-... Doolittle, A. A. Note on the Case reported of a Cardinal flying against a window............---------- Drake, Carl J. Synonymical Notes on Tingitid Genera with the Descriptions of two New Spe- cies from Haiti (Hemip.)........ Drake, C. J., and Halbert M. Har- ris. Three New Gerrids from North America (Hemip.)........ Drassodes neglectus..............------------ Drassyllus apachus..................-------- NOtonus:.. ss English, Carl S., Jr. and others.) iragrostis acttas 8 es Eriochloa contracta__._.......-.---.........- michauxii simpsoni.........- Euchoreutes alashanicus............... (See St. John F Frasera albicaulis alba_..................- Friedmann, Herbert. Notes on Melierax with Description of @ New Porme: 2 ee Gayenna saniuana......................-..--- Geranium viscosissimum album.... Gertsch, W. J. (See Chamberlin and Gertsch.) Ginnania mollis 2 eee Glyceria striata. 2 a ee Gnaphosa brumalis..................-.-.---- POso Pale 2 Oe hirsiitipes se eee Goldman, E. A. A New Kanga- roo Rat from Sonora.............. — Three New Rodents from Western Arizona..................-..- Greenfield, Ray. Note on the capture of a specimen of Sorex’ fontinalis.s2.. 2... Grindelia oolepis.............-...------------- oregana wilkesiana......._.. Grinnell, Joseph. The Song Spar- row of San Miguel Island, Cahfornig se eee 7-14 15-16 129-132 189-190 175 175 175 163 162 162 141 159 163 163 42 196 93-96 185 195 192 157 178 178 178 178 141-142 203-206 H sigmifer (O20 a shuee ee Harris, Halbert M. (See Drake and Harris.) Hecht, Selig. The Nature of the Sensitivity of Animals to 1 Ed 0) ROO ERR ARE Os ce ede bs RE Herpyllus atopophysis.................... hesperolus.......................-.. PEODIOCUMS! eee eee pallida. 2.) 2.03) eee Heteromys psakastus........._........ Hieracium albertinum......-2..222.-22...- Hilaria belangeri longifolia.............. Hispaniolus:... See pratensis....20:.32 08% 42s Hitchcock, A.S. Note on the Fi- nancial Support of the Interim Committee on Botanical No- menclature 2) 2 eee ee Collecting Grasses in New- foundland and Labradot.......... ——— New Species of Grasses from the United States.......... Hordeum jubatum caespitosum __.. Hottes, F. C. Concerning the Structure, Function, and Ori- gin of the Cornicles of the Family Aphididae................... Borderline Aphid Studies.. Howard, L. O. Meeting of the New Jersey Mosquito Exter- mination Association................ Howell, A. Brazier. New Chinese Mammals New Asiatic Mammals col- ected by F. R. ——— A New Hare from the Mountains of China................ Howell, Arthur H. Animal Life in a North Carolina Forest... Descriptions of Six New North American Ground Squimrels! i238 527 ea Hylaiavivoca:.228 2603. eee en euthysanota....................... J Jackson, H. H. T. Announce- ment of the Annual Meeting of the American Society of Mammalogists == 2) =) Jones, George Neville. John and others.) K Kalmbach, E. R. Notes on Wash- ington Starkngg oe eee Kellogg, Remington. An Appar- ently New Hyla from El Sal- Kephart, L. W. Geography of Bast Atrics.-\.. apes gas ee Knight, Harry H. Key to the Species of Clivinema with De- scriptions of Seven New Spe- cies (Hemiptera, Miridae)...... 71-84 133-138 x 41-44 115-120 143-144 xii 211-214 89 123 xi xiii 123-124 xi Index. L Lathyrus pedunculatus........-....... 195 Latrodectus mactans....................---- 179 Leiocephalus vineulum.__.....-.....- 54 NS Nee ERE Ok EER aes 21 CUP CLS? pets SRL, Si Je aS 22 [ro a ee ES Sela 21 Seen graben: 2 oe eee 143 Libbey, R. M. Observation of a Saw-whet Owl....:-- 2 ix Note on the early Arrival of Purple Martins.................... xi Lincoln, Frederick C. Capture of Specimens of Forster Tern, and Collection of a Nest and Eggs of Prothonotary War- bler near Washington.............. xii Note on a Tamed Robin.. xiii Prothonotary Warbler Breeding in the Washington 2 SITa Vers EER Oe ae 172 Forster’s Tern in the Dis- trict of Columbia..._..............:. 209-210 Pry pis tauphors..-_..-- 5... 180 Lomatium gormani purpureum...... 196 Loxosceles rufipes...................-....-.---- 176 GSE UCT ses 186 SPORE ae eRe 186 Repeater er ES 186 rataelanay tei ors 186 M Malloch, J. R. (See McAtee and Malloch.) Manacus purissimus................--...... 111 Marpissa californica........................ 187 Marsh, C. D. Fatal Poisoning of a Ranger in Yellowstone Park by Eating Cicuta Roots.......... x McAtee, W. L., and J. R. Malloch. A Character for Recognition of the Family Membracidae.... 39-40 McClintock, N. B. The ways of Loe Shc ee ge ek SE ean PSE ee xi Megalocysta gibbifera..........--. 23 Melierax ignoscens._.._..._.............--.. 94 Melospiza micronyx..................-...---- ih BRemiraeidaes 39-40 Metacyrba taeniola..........-...-.-........ 187 Miller, Gerrit S., Jr. A New Bat of the Genus Coelops............ 85-86 The Generic Position of the Porpoise Described by Philippi as Tursio? panope.... 171 ——— The Pollack Whale in the Gulf of Campeche... 171 Miller, W. B. Alaska Reindeer and Forage Probiems.............. Muhlenbergia arenacea.................. 161 APSEMOM 2 2. lee 161 Myioborus connectens.....__............. 189 Myophonus changensis.................. 207 N Natalus dominicensis...................... 67 Navarretia pilosifaucis...................... 196 Nelson, Descriptions of Three New Subspecies of Birds from Mexico and Guat- SING Aho eee et Se 153-156 WG ON re ne ee 187 Oo Oberholser, H. C. Abundance of Ducks on the Potomae River Ochotona fhe Cy ENE eee O'Malley, i Tife and Habits of the Fur Seal and the Salmon of the Pacific Coast...............- Oreopeleia silvestris.....................- Orthogeomys pygacanthus........... Orthonops ig eo Orthrius crassipes.........................-.- Oxytropis cascadensis...................... columbiana........................ okanoganea....................---- Olymplcn.. 3... a Pachygnatha xanthostomata.......... Pack, A. N. In Glacier Park with the White Goats, Bighorns, Beavers, and other Wild Life Palmer, Rocelia. (See St. John and others.) Palmer, T. S. Meeting of the American Ornithologists’ Un- ion at Charleston, S. C..- An Earlier Name for the Genus Evotomys..............-....-:- Pardosaatracsee: viele 2 SA aerer | fapidierna, i1 SON a eee alee ee walst(oh) ols: nee eee Penstemon euglaucus......__......__ Perognathus domensis.._..._...__._.. Peromyscus cordillerae..........-.__.__. philombrius............-.. } DPLUMOSUB Shey es ae Philodromus agamus..........__...____. retell ic) Ae Oe Te eee IN GQUISItOr = ees Phrurolithus alarius.......................... Piemeisel, R. L. Types of Vege- tation of East Africa................ Pinra ecucomueimen io) kk Pirate MmOntana:ce cs.) kt Pithecus pullltis._. 2.2: -<2 oo... ee Plechreurys Gristis.2.. a ee. Pon MVONNGA eS ee es ee ee To Gry GES are eek bene Pocadicnemis pumila...................-- Polystichum munitum inciso-ser- Si gity ee eee Cian caaeee te Porter, Carlos E. Resolution Ap- proving his Services to Science remem ted: ie. sie te lee PTOBOPOUHEOR BD. - on inna oceans Pseudois caesia....... nie ARICA eA a 217 ix 218 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. R Rachford, C. E. Game Adminis- tration in National Forests...... Rachodrassus flavus.......................- Radcliffe, L. The International Halibut Commission................ Rallus:vafer 220s 4 dk hee ta Rathbun, Mary J. A New Crab from Costa, Rica... Rattus sowerbylc22 3 Rheomys stirtoni... thomasif..2. 225 See Rich, W. H. Determination of the Age of Salmon by their Riley, J.H. Description of a New Whistling Thrush from South- CABt SLA ne ae aor, ale ae Robertus eremophilus Rosa megalantha..........--.-.-2.-22-.-. N. Resolution on the Ss St. John, Harold. A Revision of the Loco-Weeds of Washing- t ——— Additional Plants Glacier National Park........_... St. John, Harold, and Fred A. Warren. The Crinite Headed Hieraciums of the Northwest.. St. John, Harold, and others. New and Noteworthy Northwest- ern Plants. Part 1 Schiffornis intercedens steinbachi Sclurus bangs. ee Selenarctos wulsini Sergiolus fruitanus Setaria scheelei._.............................. Shamel, H. Harold. A New Bat from Dominica Sigmodon plenus...._.........-..--.--..-.. Sitanion hanseni anomalum......._____ Snyder, T. E. Report on the Fourth International Ento- mological Congress Spirembolus vallicolens.................... Sporolobus asper pilosus a Sprague, RodsHak: (See St. John and others.) Sterna forsterls. =. sot a Stiles, C. W. A Case of Jackson- ian Epilepsy Caused by an Armed Tapeworm.................... ——— Zoology and Religion........ ——— Exhibition of Specimens of Ascaris lumbricoides............ ——— Exhibition of Drawings of a. Nematodetcs 2 ie eee ——— Certain Questions of No- menelacure U0) Beet es Stirling, M. W. By Airplane to Pi gray csi ese ae eae Swales, Bradshaw H. Resolution regarding the Death of............ T Taylor, W.P. The Biology of For- est and Range! ee xiii 178 1x 121 69-70 42 12 11 xl 207-208 180 194 xi 163 97-106 199 107-110 191—200 113 113 7 115 177 163 67-68 205 160 xi Tetragnatha laboriosa................------ Thelesperma burridgeanum............ megapotamicum...............- Sim plicit oliwme ss eee subaequale._._.._.........--..---. SUD UC UTA eee eee Thelypteris oregana..................-.---- Theridion placems:... -...-.-c2.c.cechess--- Thomomys suboles..................---.---- Thone, L. Publication of Schertz’s Translation of Wil- staetter’s work on Chloro- ——— Exhibition of Books onPBiology2. 3 ——— Exhibition of a Volume from. a New Edition of Pas- teur’s Works Trachelas deceptus.................--------- tranquillus... 2.1220... Trepobates 1 SC WETS “eee trepidust.. 2 owt soa Triodia multinervosa.......__._._.... interruptum hallii________-... L spicatum congdonii............ SPUTEIOY, DANDOPE sean ees Ulke, T. Exhibition of Specimen of Pelican Flower Van Rossem, A. J. (See Dickey and Van Rossem.) Viola colombiana................2............- Viosca, Perey, Jr. A New Species of Hyla from Louisiana.......... Ww Walker, E. P. Notes on Weight OLsWi kee See le SA eo —— — Alaska Bird Colonies.......... Warren, Fred A. (See St. John and Warren.) ——— (See St. John and others.) Weitman, Gladys. (See St. John and others.) Wetmore, Alexander. The Clap- per Rail of Hispaniola........_.__. Note on the C. F. Baker Collection of Philippine In- BOCCS et fork UE eR eee ee een — Note on a Rare Thrush... Capture of Boat-tailed Grackle near Ocean City, Maryland) 58s as eas ——— Zoological Exploration in ispaniolays ia: Uae ian eee. The Short-eared Owls of Porto Rico and Hispaniola.... A New Species of Piculet from Gonave Island.................. The Mourning Dove in Jamaica xili 181 111-114 184 151 89-92 121-122 xii 165-166 167-168 173 Index. 219 Wetmore, Alexander. A New Y Subspecies of Fly-catcher ; from Gonave Island, Haiti.... 201-202 Young, S. P. Predatory Animals and Methods for their Con- x WO Pe Tl Sai x Xysticus ancistrophor..................-.-. 183 Z Try AAR SS ER 183 POTS AIRY AE 183 Zelotes lasalanus.......................--..--. 179 etre ge cht Dee eam ON 183 subterraneus................------ 178 Teal w ACNE 4 4 a j 4 y yA ( ne Aly j ” ’ 5 tt ens (ate, a) she Tone eRe,’ | an ; Ay AS a ' ; fy 1s PR ar AAA AAAAAAAAAA AAA AAAARAA an AARAAAARS PANnAaaaana AWN ARARAAG Aaa: ieeesceaseeiee AAAAA Raa ala RRRARAAEAPRAAERRAG AAAA-Y AAAARAAAAAAsaV) AAA AAA is 1 ai | AR A IWAAAA AAAAAARAR AR AAA : AAAAA . | AAAAAAAAAAA a sh : AAAAAAAA ARAAAAARAAAANAAAAA AAAAR A AAA: AAA AR AAAAAAAAAAAA Reale P\A , eA eaceetaapepeehr ann Cant a AP | | AF NA ANA AANA ananap ABAAAA AE Ecceatceenene’ AANA AAW AAAANWWARRRANAA Aa A059 Aa ARAN RAR PT AMARA AAAa Baia’ NAAAAAAAAAAZE AA BAANANA AAA Ne AARRARAARAAAA aA) ANAA ARARA RAR RARAIAIRIA AIA AAP RARRAAAAARRARAL AAA AM AR AAAAA aa AAARAARAIaA) a iN A AIAAN AAI AAAAAAA : B AAALA AW, | “A AAAARAAAAAAAA A alAlalalalalalalala JAAR lal | lala AA AAR AR Aa VV NAAAAAARAAAA p AAVAVAA AA AAA AAR AAARAAFRARAL ran - Z AA AAAAAAA AAA AA anna an ») AY AARAAARAA ARAA al AAA a 2A! AW RAnaana| > = — -F VAAYAAY Ae h 4 AA AAMANMARNRAAAAO ANNA . ! iP A i ia aPRAanAr ‘eeanaAhARAABBA-h'e SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES “TINEA 3 9088 01205 1710